Hugh Catalog

Crossarms
Hughes Brothers manufactures Douglas-fir crossarms to a large variety of specifications and cross-sectional dimensions. This section is intended to help the user decide which crossarm specification is best suited to the application at hand.
Distribution Crossarms, 4" x 5" and smaller
Crossarms 1) Utility Specifications:

Hughes Brothers, Inc. can manufacture crossarms in accordance with any utility specification using material which has been pre-graded to WCLIB Paragraph 170 and 170a. Crossarms are also routinely manufactured in accordance with ANSI 05.3, REA 1728H-701 and the old REA DT-5B and EEI specification TD-90.
2) REA Specification:
Unless specified otherwise, Hughes Brothers lumbergraders will apply the provisions of REA 1728H-701 as the minimum acceptable quality of wood crossarm for any crossarm purchased. An overview of this specification is given later in this section.
3) Utility Grade Crossarms:

User specific crossarm grading generates a certain number of timbers which do not meet the exact specification criteria, but are still quality timbers. These timbers meet many of the specifications of other utilities and are manufactured and sold as "utility grade" crossarms. Utility grade crossarms are generally graded in accordance with REA specifications and WCLIB. Knots along or near the neutral axis near the center of the arm or pole mounting hole are not cause for reject. This simple change in grading rules does not effect the strength or longevity of the crossarm, and maximizes the use of our raw timber resource.
Hughes Brothers Crossarms are identified by RED ENDS
Choice of structural materials:

Hughes Brothers, Inc. offers distribution crossarms made from solid sawn Douglas-fir, glue laminated wood in accordance with ANSI 05.2. By making all types of crossarms available, the customer can make the best choice based on economic and other factors present at that time.
A-1
Hughes Brothers, Inc.
P.O. Box 159 / 210 N. 13th / Seward, NE 68434 / Phone (402) 643-2991 / Fax (402) 643-2149
2001 Hughes Brothers, Inc.
Crossarms
The following photographs and descriptions illustrate some of the naturally occuring properties of solid sawn wood which must be limited to ensure a certain average design stress is attained.
Rate of Growth
Close grain is defined as an average of approximately 6 rings per inch, but not more than approximately 30 annual rings per inch on either one end of the piece or the other. In Douglas-fir, pieces averaging 5 rings or more than 30 rings per inch are accepted as close grain if averaging 1/3 or more summerwood.
Pitch Pockets
A pitch pocket is a pitch filled, well defined opening between the rings of annual growth which develops during the growth of the tree. Pitch pockets are limited according to WCLIB Standard No. 17 to two small (1/16" x 6", 1/8" x 4" or 1/4" x 2") on the top face and three medium (1/6" x 12", 1/8" x 8" or 3/8" x 4") on all other faces.
Seasoning Checks
Checks are defined as a separation of the wood normally occuring across or through the rings of annual growth and usually as the result of seasoning.
Rot
Rot, dote or red heart will not be permitted.
Slope of Grain
Slope of grain is the deviation of the wood fiber from a line parallel to the edge of the piece. The deviation is expressed as a ratio of 1 inch per unit of length. Examples are 1 inch in 12 inches, 1 inch in 10 inches, etc. Hughes crossarms are limited to a slope of grain of 1 in 12 in the center one third of the arm and 1 in 10 in the outer sections. Twenty percent of a lot may have a slope of grain of 1 in 10 for the entire arm.
Knots
Knots are the portion of a branch or limb which has become incorporated into a peice of lumber during the growth of the tree. Each utility specification has differing knot and knot location restrictions. In general, knots under 3/8" in diameter are pin knots and not considered. Knots are measured by averaging the least dimension of the knot on both faces. If the knot appears on one face only, the average would be the measured dimension divided by two.
Free of Heart Center (FOHC or Boxed Heart)

FOHC means without pith. All Douglas-fir crossarms are manufactured FOHC on one end of the timber and no more than 1/4 of the length of the timber may show any heart on occasional pieces.
A-2
Crossarms
Wane
Wane is the loss of wood on the corner of the piece due to bark or any other cause. It is limited to 1/2" measured diagonally.
Sapwood
Sapwood in excess of 25% in volume of total arm will not be permitted.
Warp
Warp exceeding 1/2 inch for crossarms 6 ft or less in length, 3/4 inch for crossarms 8 ft or less in length, and 1 inch for crossarms 10 ft or less in length. The warp shall be determined by measuring the offset between the crossarm and a straight-edge laid lengthwise on the concave face of the crossarm.
Shakes
Shake is the lengthwise separation of the wood which occurs between or through the rings of annual growth. True shake, where separation is evident, is prohibited.
Inspection Worm Holes

Worm holes or pieces containing dead wood will not be permitted. Inspection and acceptance may be made either at the point of manufacture or upon delivery of the finished product. Hughes Brothers shall give to the purchaser or his representative such access to the plant during working hours as is reasonable and necessary to determine the suitability of material to be supplied and shall furnish all necessary apparatus, labor and other facilities for making the tests herein called for without cost to the purchaser. Waiving of inspection shall not relieve the manufacturer from obligation to furnish material in accordance with their specification.
Seasoning
Crossarms shall be made of thoroughly seasoned timber. The average moisture content of any lot of untreated arms shall not be less than 12% nor more than 19% and no piece shall exceed 25% as determined by approved resistance type moisture meter on oven dry weight.
A-3
Crossarms
Overview of REA Bulletin 1728H-701
REA Specification 1728H-701 describes the minimum acceptable quality of wood crossarms permitted to be purchased by or for REA borrowers and the plans of procurement under which they may be purchased. B. Knots Only sound, firm and tight knots are allowed if well spaced.
Manufacture: Results of Treatments:

Penetration the penetration shall be no less than 3 inches from the end surfaces and from any pin and bolt holes, and at least 3/16 inch from the surface of any face for Douglas-fir heartwood. When testing penetration, a borer core shall be taken from not less than 20 crossarms in each treating charge. The borings shall be taken from the side or bottom of the crossarms and should be taken in the end sections beyond the brace bolt holes. The bored holes shall be plugged with preservative treated plugs driven into the arm. Borings from laminated arms shall not be taken from the same laminate unless there is an end joint separation. The retention of pentachlorophenol shall be no less than 0.4 pounds per cubic foot.
Material Requirements:
A. Material and grade all crossarms furnished under this specification shall be free of brashy wood, cracks, decay, and insect holes larger than 3/32 of an inch, shall meet additional requirements as shown on specific drawings, and shall be made of:
Douglas-fir - conforming to the provisions of Select Structural as described in paragraphs 169, 169a, 170 and 170a, Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber. All references to Douglas-fir shall be that of coastal origin. All laminated crossarms and structural timbers shall meet the requirements of ANSI 05.2.
Distribution Arms
No knot allowed within 1 knot diameter to pole mounting hole. C L
All crossarms shall be branded legibly to a depth of approximately 1/16 inch before treatment. The letters and figures shall be not less than 1/2 inch in height. Top One Half 3/4" max. knot close grain 1" max. knot dense grain
Bottom One Half 1" max. knot close grain 1-1/4" max. knot dense grain
Ou te
re
dg
es
of
bra
ce
mt g.
ho
les
Ends 1-1/4" max. knot close grain 1-1/2" max. knot dense grain
A-4
A Crossarms
Marking & Specifications
The brand shall include: 1) The manufacturers identifying symbol 2) Month and year of manufacture 3) Species of timber, i.e. DF for Douglas-fir 4) Preservative, i.e. P for Penta 5) Indication of preservative retention 6) WQC - Wood Quality Control program, if applicable.
35/
8"
The following drawings for distribution arms are in accordance with REA specification M-19. "
8 1'-
B A
6"
A
Type 01
8" 1'B A
" 12 0" 4'-
3-
4" 1' 2 " 1' 3 " 1/2
5/
8"
4-5/8"
" 12
A B
Type 02
6"
" 1' 3 -1/ 1' 2 4"

4-5/8"
A A
6"
2"
B A A
" 1' 7
TOLERANCES Sizes of Holes

Nominal Go No Go
" 1' 7
" 5' 7
A B C
11/16" 7/16" 9/16"
5/8" 3/8" 1/2"
3/4" 1/2" 5/8"
6"
Cross section tolerances plus 1/8" or minus 0"
A-5
Crossarms
4"
A
35/ 8"
A
TOLERANCES Sizes of Holes

Nominal Go No Go
" 2' 5 " 11 " 1' 3 " 1' 3

A A A
6"
B
A B C
11/16" 7/16" 9/16"
5/8" 3/8" 1/2"
3/4" 1/2" 5/8"

" 2' 5 C " 11
" 1' 7 " 1' 7

B
34" 2" / 1 A 1' 2 1/2 ' 2"
5/
8"
A
4"
4-5/8"
" 8' 0
A 1
Type 03
" 1' 3 6"

A A 1' 2
6"
B
" 1' 3
A
" -1/2
" 1' 7 " 1' 7

B
34" 1' 6 " 1/2
5/8
"
1' 2 4"
4-5/8"
1/2
"
A
" 8' 0
1' 6 -1/ 2"
Type 04
" 2' 6 " 1' 7
6"
A C
6" " 2' 6 " 1' 7

A
1' 6
1/2
"
Type 05
-1 1' 6 4"
4-5/8"
/2"
A C A
' 0" 10
6"
A-6
Crossarms
Utility Grade Distribution Crossarm Specification
L Top One Half 3/4" max. knot close grain 1" max. knot dense grain Each utility grade arm has the brand suffix "XO" and the hammer stamp "UTL" on the end of the arm.
Bottom One Half 1" max. knot close grain 1-1/4" max. knot dense grain
Ou te
re
dg
es
of
bra
ce
mt g.
ho
les
Ends 1-1/4" max. knot close grain 1-1/2" max. knot dense grain Density: Minimum 6 rings per inch on either end of the piece; with the exception that pieces with 5 rings per inch are acceptable provided they contain 1/3 or more summerwood. Slope of Grain: Limited to 1" in 12", except that 20% of the pieces may have a slope of grain not to exceed 1" in 10". Crook: Shall not exceed 1/2" in 8' arms and 5/8" in 10 ' arms. Medium Stained Sapwood: Allowed Medium Pitch Streak: Allowed Medium torn Grain: Allowed Pin Holes: Scattered Skips: One light or equivalent light. 1/16" x 25% the length. Season Checks: 1/4 the depth of any face and are limited to 10" long on the TOP face and 1/3 the length on the other faces. Knots: Pin Knots Allowed. Knots in Pin Hole Zones - No knot intersecting any hole shall exceed 1" in diameter. Loose knots and knot holes shall drain water when the arm is normally installed. In the center section, upper half, they shall not be greater than 1/2 dimension round knots. Else where they shall not be greater than the dimension of round knots. If a knot occurs only on one face it is allowed to be 25% bigger than the maximun knot size for that face. Top of arm - 3/4" knots or equivalent smaller, well spaced. Wide face - 1-1/4" knots or equivalent smaller on the outer 1/3 of the arm only, well spaced. Occasional pieces may have 1 additional knot either face. Minor surface characteristics equivalent to 1/2 the maximum allowable knot size are permitted. Note: Spike knots are acceptable as long as they do not exceed a combined displacement of 3/4 of an inch and do not exceed 1" across at the midpoint. Bark & Pitch Pockets: Top of arm - Two small or equivalent smaller, Other faces - Three medium or equivalent smaller. 8' arms can have 2 - 1/16" x 12" long 2 - 1/8" x 8" long 2 - 3/8 x 4" long Wane: - One edge only; 1" measured across the corner. No length restriction.
A-7
Crossarms
(Hughes Brothers does not guarantee electrical characteristics of wood products. Values shown are typical and are intended for reference purposes only. Results are greatly dependent upon moisture content.)
A
CFO Voltage
1 ft 224 231 225 227 202 202 207 204 0.90 2 ft 368 356 396 373 321 321 0.86 3 ft 529 529 411 411 0.78 4 ft 603 603 487 487 0.81
Electrical Properties of Crossarms Table 1

Critical flashover voltage of Douglas-fir wood crossarm, in kV
Condition No. 1 2 3 Avg. 1 2 3 Avg. Avg.
Dry
Wet
Wet/Dry
Typical measured results of critical flashover voltages are presented in Table 1
Calculated average CFO strength based on Table 1 is presented in Table 2.
CFO Strength
1 ft 227 204 2 ft 187 161 3 ft 176 137 4 ft 151 122 Dry Wet
Table 2
Average critical flashover strength of wood crossarm, in kV/ft
Material A
Condition
Table 3
Summary of added CFO by wood crossarm Results are greatly dependent on the moisture content of the crossarm.
No. I 1. 2. Basic Insulation Porcelain Insulator Pin-Type Dry Condition Wet Condition Suspension Insulator a) Vertical Position Dry Condition Wet Condition b) Horizontal Position Dry Condition Wet Condition Polymer Insulator Suspension Insulator a) Vertical Position Dry Condition Wet Condition d) Horizontal Position Dry Condition Wet Condition
Added CFO by Second Component Wood Crossarm Length 0-2 ft Length 2-4 ft
100 kV/ft 70 kV/ft 130 kV/ft 100 kV/ft 130 kV/ft 50 kV/ft
130 kV/ft 100 kV/ft -
II 1.
170 kV/ft 50 kV/ft 150 kV/ft 90 kV/ft
140 kV/ft 50 kV/ft 130 kV/ft 90 kV/ft
Source: IEEE Transactions, Vol. 6, no. 1 Jan '91 Jacob, Grzybowski, Ross
A-8
Crossarms
Ordering Information
Common Cross Sections
3-1/4" x 4-1/4" 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" 3-5/8" x 4-5/8" 3-3/4" x 4-3/4"
Governing Specification
Hughes Brothers will produce to any industry specification.
Treating
Corners rounded with 3/8" radius.
Treating will be performed in accordance with AWPA ( American Wood Preservers Assoc.) standard C25-92 (Solid Sawn), C28-91 (Glue Laminated) with retention levels between 0.2 and 0.8 pounds per cubic foot of dry penta. Treating results are verified by Asoma analysis immediately following processing.
Incising
All arms will be incised unless specified otherwise.
Boring / Drilling
For REA drilling simply reference the arm cross section, length and drilling type number. Other drilling configurations are available. For custom drilling requirements the following information is necessary.
Arm Size . . . . . . . . . . W = _____Width (top face) D = _____Depth (side face) L = _____Overall Length Pin Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . _____Number of Pin Holes Pole Through Bolt . . . T = _____Pole Through Bolt Hole Diameter Double Arming Bolt . . _____Holes Required? Y (yes) N (no) A = _____End Distance DA = _____Bolt Hole Diameter
W
E S S
P = _____Pin Hole Diameter C = _____Center Spacing E = _____End Distance S = _____Side Spacing Brace Bolt Hole . . . . BB = _____Brace Bolt Hole Diameter B = _____ Brace Bolt Spacing _____Specify Orientation: V (vertical) H (horizontal)
DA
A
C
BB P
S S E
B L
BB
DA
A-9
Preservative Treatment
Hughes Brothers has long recognized the advantage of treating exposed fibers of wood components of utility structures. Treated wood framing components have in some areas extended the life span of the components to fifty years. Hughes Brothers uses a proprietary, non-evaporating P9 oil as a carrier for the Pentachlorophenol in the pressure treatment process. The final color after treatment is shade 5 or lighter according to standard color charts.
Industry Standards
AWPA C25 ANSI 05.2 ANSI 05.3 REA 1728H-701 Sawn crossarms - preservative treatment by pressure processes. Specifications for wood products - structural glue laminated timber for utility structures. Specifications and dimensions - solid sawn wood crossarms and braces. Specification for wood crossarms (solid and laminated), transmission timbers and pole keys.
Hughes Brothers has two pressure treating retorts, 40-0 and 65-0 in length.
Incising
Incising is a process where small incisions are made along all faces of the crossarms. The benefits of incising are to aid in the penetration of preservative treatment and to relieve surface tension of the wood fiber, thus reducing the possibility of surface checks. Hughes Brothers incising machines can handle pieces up to 6 x 12.
A-9.1
Transmission Crossarms
Hughes Brothers manufactures transmission crossarms to a variety of specifications and cross-sectional dimensions. This section is intended to help the end user determine which transmission crossarm is best suited for the application at hand.
Industry Standards
ANSI 05.2 ANSI 05.3 REA 1728H-701 Specifications for wood products - structural glue laminated timber for utility structures. Specifications and dimensions - solid sawn wood crossarms and braces. Specification for wood crossarms (solid and laminated), transmission timbers and pole keys.
Common Cross Sectional Sizes

Solid Sawn 3-1/2 x 4-1/2 3-3/4 x 5-3/4 4-5/8 x 5-5/8 5-1/2 x 7-1/2(*) 3-3/4 x 4-3/4 3-5/8 x 7-1/2 3-5/8 x 9-1/2
*Suggest use of glue laminated due to availability and quality issues Glue Laminated (standard sizes) 3-1/8 x 7-1/2 5-1/8 x 6 5-1/8 x 9 6-3/4 x 6 6-3/4 x 9 3-5/8 x 7-1/2 3-5/8 x 11-1/2 5-1/2 x 7-1/2 3-1/8 x 9 5-1/8 x 7-1/2 5-1/8 x 10-1/2 6-3/4 x 7-1/2 6-3/4 x 10-1/2 3-5/8 x 9-1/2 4-3/4 x 5-3/4 6 x 8
Glue Laminated (special sizes)
NOTE: Virtually any cross sectional size and length combination as well as cambered units are available in glue laminated crossarms.
A-9.2
Crossarms
3378-A Braceless Arm
8-0
3-1/2 x 4-1/2 Solid Sawn Arm
Crossarm Pins Not Included
Ultimate Strength Rating 2500 lbs Vertical (Balanced or Unbalanced)
5/8 Bolt, Curved Washer & Locknut (ordered separately)
Other sizes and strengths available Contact Hughes Brothers with your specific requirements.
12
A-9.3
Dead End Assemblies

Double Arm Dead End Assemblies
Hughes Brothers 2890 Series Double Arm Dead End Assemblies are furnished factory assembled. Each unit is supplied with assembled double arms, braces, brace & arm mounting bolts, washers, nuts & locknuts, ready for field installation. Hughes Brothers factory assembled dead-ends are stronger than conventional dead ends. Hughes Brothers lumber graders carefully select each wood member in the assembly. The following chart enables the engineer to select a dead end assembly of known strength rating for the specific loading conditions. (See the comparison of the strength of Hughes Brothers Double Arm Dead End versus conventional dead-end assemblies.) As with all Hughes Brothers wood products, special attention is given to all timber connections to ensure that timber shrinkage over time does not result in radio frequency interference.
.......Compare the climbing space!
Conventional Double Arms
Hughes 2890 Double Arms A-10

Dead End Assemblies

Buckarm vs. Hughes Dead End
Buckarm Type Hughes Type
Weaker
Stronger
Assumptions:
3.5" x 4.5" Crossarm used in both situations 13/16" Thru holes for bolts Fiber Stress, f=7400 psi 8 ft. arm, all loads concentrated at ends of arm, 44" from center Ultimate Moment = fiber stress x section modulus M=P(lbs.) x Dist(in.) = f(lb/in2) x S(in3)
Hughes Dead End Strength Calculations

d1 -13/16" Thru Bolt Hole
b d
S = b(d3 - d13) 6d
Buckarm Strength Calculations

b d
SHughes = 3.5 (4.53 - .833) 6 (4.5) =11.74 in.3 P= fs = (7400lb/in.2)(11.74 in.3) = 1975 lbs. dist 44in P=1975 lb. for each stick times 2 sticks (2)(P) = (2)(1975) = 3950 lbs
13/16" Thru Bolt Hole S = bd2 - Bolt Hole 6
S Buckarm= (4.5)(3.5)2 - Bolt Hole 6 =(4.5)(3.5)2 - (.813)(3.5)2 6 6 =7.53 in.3 P = fs = (7400lb./in2)(7.53in3) = 1266 lbs. dist 44in. P =1255 lbs. for each stick times 3 sticks of wood (3)(P) = (3)(1266) = 3798 lbs
Conclusion:
The Hughes type Dead End is stronger because: 1) Section Modulus is greater when timbers are oriented as in the Hughes Dead End. 2) Bolt Holes are through center of gravity of arms.
A-11
Dead Ends
Installed Cost Comparison
Field Assembled vs Hughes Brothers Assembled Dead Ends
I. Material Cost (REA C8-3 Example)
1. (3) Crossarms . . . . . . . . . .@ $________/each = ________ 2. Hardware 6 D/A Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . @ $________/each = ________ 18 Sq Washers (2-1/4") . . . @ $________/each = ________ 18 Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .@ $________/each = ________ 3 Eyenuts . . . . . . . . . . . . .@ $________/each = ________ 2 pr. Crossarm Braces . . .@ $________/each = ________ 4 Round Washers (1-3/8") @ $________/each = ________ Total Hardware Cost $ ________ 3. Picking time (time required to marshall the above mat'l) (________) Man Hours @ $________/Man Hour = $________ 1. (1) Hughes Dead End Assembly @ $________ea.
(________) Man Hours @ $________/Man Hr. = ___________
II. Field Installation Labor

(________) Man Hours @ $________/Man Hour = $________
Additional Benefits of Hughes Dead Ends

Known strength rating. Use of "Transmission" Grade Douglas-fir. Lower inventory costs. One unit to order. Special designs available.
(________) Man Hours @ $________/Man Hr. =________ TOTAL COST OF HUGHES ARM $________
TOTAL COST OF FIELD ASSEMBLED ARM $________
A-12
Dead End Assemblies

Completed, packaged assembly contains: 1 - Double Arm Assembly 1 - Pair 2045 Braces All Mounting Hardware
2890 Double Arm Dead End
Span
1/2" Bolt CW70 13/16" Hole EN70 3/4" Eye Nut 5/8" Bolt with CW60 and MF60 3/4" Bolt P4 P4 Drop
4-Wire
P4
P4
11/16" Hole
A Arm Length 6'-0" 8'-0" 10'-0" A 1'-9" 2'-4" 2'-4" B 10" 1'-3" 2'-3" C 2'-7" 3'-7" 4'-7"
B P3
P3
3-Wire
P3
Note: See chart on previous page for maximum load "P3 or P4"
A-13
Dead End Assemblies

Completed, packaged assembly contains: 1 - Double Arm Assembly 1 - Pair 2045 Braces All Mounting Hardware
A
2892 Double Arm Dead End
Span
15/16" Hole
AS2277 Clevis Link
1/2" Bolt Drop
Bolt & Cotter
16"
5/8" Bolt with CW60 and MF60
P4 7/8" Bolt
P4
P4
P4
4-Wire
15/16" Hole A B P3 Arm Length 6'-0" 8'-0" 10'-0" A 2'-4" 2'-4" B 1'-3" 2'-3" C 2'-7" 3'-7" 4'-7" B A
3-Wire
P3 P3
Note: See chart on previous page for maximum load "P3 or P4" C C
A-14
Dead End Assemblies

3-Wire
2890-J 2890-K 2890-L 2890-M 2890-A 2890-F 2890-B 2890-G 2892-A 2890-C 2890-E 2890-H 2892-B 2892-D B2218-B P3* Calculated Ultimate Strength Per Attachment (lbs) 5,800 7,000 10,000 13,000 4,300 5,000 7,500 9,500 12,200 4,000 6,000 7,400 9,500 11,800 14,600 P4* Calculated Ultimate Strength Per Attachment (lbs) 4,400 5,300 7,800 9,900 3,000 3,400 5,500 7,000 8,600 2,600 3,900 5,000 6,000 7,800 9,800
Ordering and Strength Charts

Arm Size 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 6'-0" 3-3/4" x 4-3/4" x 6'-0" 3-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 6'-0" 4-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 6'-0" 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 8'-0" 3-3/4" x 4-3/4" x 8'-0" 3-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 8'-0" 4-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 8'-0" 3-5/8" x 7-1/2" x 8'-0" 3-3/4" x 4-3/4" x 10'-0" 3-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 10'-0" 4-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 10'-0" 3-5/8" x 7-1/2" x 10'-0" 3-5/8" x 8-1/2" x 10'-0" 3-5/8" x 9-1/2" x 10'-0" Brace Number 2045-AB45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-CC30-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2017BB48PR Spacing 37" 58" 58" 58" 60" 60" 60" 60" 60" 72" 72" 72" 72" 72" 72" Drop 18.5" 31" 31" 31" 18" 30" 30" 30" 30" 36" 36" 36" 36" 36" 31"
4-Wire
2890-J4 2890-K4 2890-L4 2890-M4 2890-A4 2890-F4 2890-B4 2890-G4 2892-A4 2890-C4 2890-E4 2890-H4 2892-B4 2892-D4 B2218-B4
Arm Size 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 6'-0" 3-3/4" x 4-3/4" x 6'-0" 3-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 6'-0" 4-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 6'-0" 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 8'-0" 3-3/4" x 4-3/4" x 8'-0" 3-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 8'-0" 4-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 8'-0" 3-5/8" x 7-1/2" x 8'-0" 3-3/4" x 4-3/4" x 10'-0" 3-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 10'-0" 4-3/4" x 5-3/4" x 10'-0" 3-5/8" x 7-1/2" x 10'-0" 3-5/8" x 8-1/2" x 10'-0" 3-5/8" x 9-1/2" x 10'-0"
Brace Number 2045-AB45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-D45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2045-E45-9-11 2017BB48PR
Spacing 37" 58" 58" 58" 60" 60" 60" 60" 60" 72" 72" 72" 72" 72" 72"
Drop 18.5" 31" 31" 31" 30" 30" 30" 30" 30" 36" 36" 36" 36" 36" 31"
*Note: As a minimum these strengths should meet or exceed: l. The maximum design tension of the wire times an overload capacity factor of 2.0 2. The wire tension at 60oF, no ice times an overload capacity factor of 4.0 RUS accepted
A-15
Dead End Assemblies

Conductor Strength Reference
Recommended 3 Wire Assembly
Conductor Size #6 AAC #4 AAC #4(6/1)(7/1) #2 AAC #2(6/1)(7/1) 1/0 AAC 1/0(6/1) 2/0 AAC 2/0(6/1) 3/0 AAC 3/0(6/1) 4/0 AAC 4/0(6/1) 266.8 AAC 266.8(26/7) 336.4 AAC 336.4(18/1) 397.5 AAC 477 AAC 556.5 AAC 636 AAC 795 AAC Conductor Breaking Strength (lbs.) 555 875 2,290 1,335 3,525 2,090 4,280 2,586 5,345 3,200 6,675 3,890 8,420 5,185 11,250 6,420 8,625 7,305 8,600 10,620 11,690 14,330

Conductor Size #6 AAC #4AAC #4(6/1)(7/1) #2 AAC #2(6/1)(7/1) 1/0 AAC 1/0(6/1) 2/0 AAC 2/0(6/1) 3/0 AAC 3/0(6/1) 4/0 AAC 4/0(6/1) 226.8 AAC 266.8(26/7) 336.4 AAC 336.4(18/1) 397.5 AAC 477 AAC 556.5 AAC 636 AAC 795 AAC Conductor Breaking Strength (lbs.) 555 875 2,290 1,335 3,525 2,090 4,280 2,586 5,345 3,200 6,675 3,890 8,420 5,185 11,250 6,420 8,625 7,305 8,600 10,620 11,690 14,330
6' Arm 2890-J 2890-J 2890-J 2890-J 2890-J 2890-J 2890-J 2890-J 2890-K 2890-J 2890-L 2890-J ******* 2890-K ******* 2890-L ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* *******
8' Arm 2890-A 2890-A 2890-A 2890-A 2890-A 2890-A 2890-B 2890-A 2890-B 2890-A 2890-G 2890-F 2892-A 2890-B B2218-P 2890-G 2892-A 2890-G 2892-A B2218-P B2218-P *******
10' Arm 2890-C 2890-C 2890-C 2890-C 2890-E 2890-C 2890-E 2890-C 2890-H 2890-C 2892-B 2890-E B2218-B 2890-H B2218-B 2892-B B2218-B 2892-B B2218-B B2218-B B2218-B *******
6' Arm 2890-J4 2890-J4 2890-J4 2890-J4 2890-J4 2890-J4 2890-K4 2890-J4 2890-L4 2890-J4 2890-M4 2890-K4 ******* 2890-L4 ******* 2890-L4 ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* *******
8' Arm
10' Arm
2890-A4 2890-C4 2890-A4 2890-C4 2890-A4 2890-E4 2890-A4 2890-C4 2890-B4 2890-H4 2890-A4 2890-C4 2890-B4 2892-B4 2890-A4 2890-E4 2890-G4 2892-B4 2890-B4 2890-E4 2892-A4 B2218-B4 2890-B4 2890-H4 B2218-P4 ******* 2890-G4 2892-B4 ******* ******* 2892-A4 B2218-B4 B2218-P4 ******* 2892-A4 B2218-B4 B2218-P4 ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* *******
*Contact Hughes Brothers, Inc. Engineering Department for these applications. RUS accepted
DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
1. The recommended double arm assemblies are based on a maximum load tension not exceeding 60% of the ultimate conductor tensile strength, and the induced stress in the arms not exceeding 50% of the average ultimate fiber stress of the Douglas-fir arms. 2. It is recommended the 60F bare conductor wire tension not exceed 30% of the conductor ultimate tensile strength. 3. It is recommended the 60F bare conductor wire tension does not generate a stress in the arm which will exceed 25% of the average ultimate fiber stress of Douglas-fir. 4. Guying conditions and attachments were not considered for the development of this chart.
A-16
Dead End Assemblies

2891 Dead End Assembly (H-Frame Const.)
Phase Spacing Phase Spacing Phase Spacing
Down Guys Phase Spacing
Pole Spacing Phase Spacing
Down Guys
Pole Spacing 6"
Line View Detail at Pole Bracket

CW80 7/8" Bolt 7/8" Washer Head Bolt X-Brace (to be ordered separately)
Pole Band & Guying Hardware (to be ordered separately) D
1'-4"
Pole Bracket
2892.1 Dead End Fitting
3/4" Bolt 1/2" Split Bolt
Detail at Dead End Assembly

Arm Size
D Code 7-1/2" A 8-1/2" B 9-1/2" C 7-1/2" D 7" E 10" F 10-1/2" G
Ordering Information Specification Requirements

2891A 3-126-150 1. Phase Spacing Phase Spacing (inches) 2. Pole Spacing Pole Spacing (inches) 3. Load Requirements Number of Wires (These will determine D&W) Arm Size Code
W 3-5/8" 3-5/8" 3-5/8" 5-5/8" 5-3/8" 3-1/2" 5-1/8"
6"
A-17
Dead End Assemblies

2890 / 2892 Dead End with 42,000 lb. Guying Kit
To order a 2892 Dead End Assembly and guying hardware (42,000 lb ultimate) in one of three variations, the appropriate suffix, G1, G2 or G2A is added to the Dead End part number. These suffixes can be used on 2890's as well.
Ordering Example: 2892-A G2

Guying Hardware Assy. Dead End Type 3171 Link
2817 Dead End Tee Links Roller 7/8" Bolts
B103-1/2-2-1/2 Bolt, MF100 (2) 3173 Links 28083 Roller 2817-D Dead End Tee
G1 Suffix
B103-1/2-2-1/2 Bolt, MF100 2817 Dead End Tee (2) 3159 Twisted Links B104-1/2-2-1/4 Bolt, MF100, (2) 28083 Rollers B103-1/2-2-1/2 Bolt, MF100 (2) 3155 Links B104-1/2-2-1/4 Bolt, MF100 (2) 28083 Rollers 2817-D Dead End Tee
G2A Suffix
G2 Suffix A-18

Dead End Assemblies

B2358-C 32,000 lb Guying Assembly Kits
3108._ Pole Band* Links Roller The following pole band guying assemblies are used frequently in conjunction with 2890 or 2892 Dead End assemblies. Each Guying kit provides an ultimate guy rating of 32,000 lbs. Dead End Assemblies purchased separately.
Pole Diameter
Straight Links, Straight Links, Twisted Links, Two Rollers One Roller Two Rollers B2358.5C1 B2358.6C1 B2358.7C1 B2358.8C1 B2358.9C1 B2358.10C1 B2358.11C1 B2358.12C1 B2358.5C2A B2358.5C2 B2358.6C2 B2358.6C2A B2358.7C2A B2358.7C2 B2358.8C2A B2358.8C2 B2358.9C2 B2358.9C2A B2358.10C2 B2358.10C2A B2358.11C2 B2358.11C2A B2358.12C2 B2358.12C2A
B2358-C1
Guying Hardware for a single down guy. 3108._ Pole Band* 3154 Links 28082 Roller 7/8"x3" Bolt, MF80
7"-10" 9"-12" 11"-14" 13"-16" 15"-18" 17"-20" 19"-22" 21"-24"
B2358-C2A B2358-C2
Double Guying 3108._ Pole Band* 3154 Links 2-28082 Rollers 7/8"x4" Bolt, MF80 * Pole Bands must be sized to fit pole. Double Guy with Twisted Links 3108._ Pole Band* 3159 Twisted Links 2-28082 Rollers 7/8"x4" Bolt, MF80
A-19
Dead End Assemblies

B2358-D 42,000 lb Guying Assembly Kits
The three guying assemblies shown on this page are used frequently in conjunction with 2892 & 3377 Dead End assemblies. Each Guying Kit provides an ultimate guy rating of 42,000 lbs. Dead End Assemblies purchased separately.
2817 Dead End Tee Links Roller
B2358-D1
Guying Hardware for a single down guy B103-1/2-2-1/2 Bolt, Locknut 2817-15 Tee 3173Links 28083 Roller B103-1/2-2-1/2 Bolt, MF100
B2358-D2A
Double Guy with Twisted Links B103-1/2-2-1/2 Bolt, Locknut 2817-15 Tee 3159 Twisted Links 2- 28083 Rollers B105-3 Bolt, MF100
B2358-D2
Double Guy B103-1/2-2-1/2 Bolt, Locknut 2817-15 Tee 3155 Links 2-28083 Rollers B105-3 Bolt, MF100
A-20
Dead End Assemblies

B2358-F 42,000 lb Guying Assembly Kits
B2358-F1
3107 Pole Band (Sized to fit pole) B103-1/2-2, 1" x 3-1/2" Bolt with MF100 Locknut
3155 Links 28083 Roller
B2358-F2 B2358-F2A
3107 Pole Band (sized to fit pole) 3155 Links 2- 28083 Rollers B105-3, 1" x 5" Bolt w/ MF100 Locknut 3107 Pole Band (sized to fit pole) 3159 Twisted Links 2- 28083 Rollers
B105-3, 1" x 5" Bolt w/ MF100 Locknut
Pole Diameter 8"-10" 10"-12" 12"-14" 14"-16" 16"-18" 18"-20"
Straight Links, Straight Links, Twisted Links, One Roller Two Rollers Two Rollers B2358.5F1 B2358.6F1 B2358.7F1 B2358.8F1 B2358.9F1 B2358.10F1 B2358.5F2 B2358.6F2 B2358.7F2 B2358.8F2 B2358.9F2 B2358.10F2 B2358.5F2A B2358.6F2A B2358.7F2A B2358.8F2A B2358.9F2A B2358.10F2A
A-21
Dead End Assemblies

2894 Narrow Profile Dead End Arm
The Hughes Brothers 2894 Braceless Dead End Arm is shipped completely assembled with eye nuts and optional take-off link. For wider phase spacing, consider the Hughes Brothers 3377 Dead End Arm. Pole mounting bolts ordered separately.
5/8" Mounting Bolts Ordered Separately
Arm Mounting Bracket
5/8" Eye Nut 5/8" Washer Head Bolt
Take-Off Link Option

13/16"
Phase Spacing
3"
2" 3" To order the 2894-A, B, C or D units complete with (2) take-off links add "L" Example: 2894-AL30
Equipment Link Option
Ordering Example:
2894 - A L 42 Phase Spacing Link Option, if Desired Stock No., See Chart
Captive Bolts To order the 2894-A, B, C or D units complete with (2) equipment links add "EL" Example: 2894-AEL30
A-22
Dead End Assemblies

2894 Dimensions and Strengths
Calculated Ultimate Calculated Ultimate Longitudinal Strength Per Vertical Strength Per Attachment - Balanced Attachment - Balanced 9,180 Lbs. 7,870 Lbs. 6,890 Lbs. 6,120 Lbs. 5,510 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 5,250 Lbs. 4,000 Lbs. 3,940 Lbs. 3,500 Lbs. 3,150 Lbs. 2,860 Lbs. 11,630 Lbs. 9,970 Lbs. 8,725 Lbs. 7,755 Lbs. 6,980 Lbs. 6,345 Lbs. 6,260 Lbs. 5,370 Lbs. 4,700 Lbs. 4,170 Lbs. 3,760 Lbs. 3,400 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 4,800 Lbs. 4,130 Lbs. 3,635 Lbs. 3,240 Lbs. 2,925 Lbs. 3,770 Lbs. 3,170 Lbs. 2,735 Lbs. 2,400 Lbs. 2,140 Lbs. 1,930 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 4,690 Lbs. 4,600 Lbs. 3,870 Lbs. 3,330 Lbs. 2,930 Lbs. 2,610 Lbs. 2,360 Lbs.
Stock No. 2894-A36 2894-A42 2894-A48 2894-A54 2894-A60 2894-A66 2894-B36 2894-B42 2894-B48 2894-B54 2894-B60 2894-B66 2894-C36 2894-C42 2894-C48 2894-C54 2894-C60 2894-C66 2894-D36 2894-D42 2894-D48 2894-D54 2894-D60 2894-D66
Phase Spacing 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6"
D Arm W Arm Depth Width 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 1/2" 3 1/2" 3 1/2" 3 1/2" 3 1/2" 3 1/2" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 4 1/2" 4 1/2" 4 1/2" 4 1/2" 4 1/2" 4 1/2" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 5 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4" 4 3/4"
S Bolt Spacing 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"
*Note: As a minimum the longitudinal strengths should meet or exceed: 1.The maximum design tension of the wire times an overload capacity factor of 2.0. 2.The wire tension at 60 F, no ice times an overload capacity factor of 4.0.
A-23
Dead End Assemblies

3377 Braceless Dead End Assembly
The Hughes Brothers 3377 Series of single arm, braceless dead ends offer a trim appearance. The assembly uses either a solid sawn Douglas-fir or ANSI 05.2 glue-laminated timber with a galvanized steel mounting bracket. The unique mounting bracket features a keyhole and slot to ease installation and also provides greater climbing clearances than a dead end with braces.
Strength ratings shown are based on theoretical strength calculations. The 3377 is approved for REA construction.
A 1/2" Bolt, Locknut
A 1/2" Lag Screw
3-1/2"
Saddle Washer Eye Nut Bent Plate
12"
11/16" Jumper Pin Hole
3"
A-24
Dead End Assemblies

3377 Dead End Assembly 3 Wire
B A A B
3-1/2"
Saddle Washer Eye Nut
11/16" Jumper Pin Hole
3"
12"
3/4" Bolt, Locknut & Curved Washer (ordered separately) Stock No. 3377-A7.5 3377-A8.5 3377-A9.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C8.5 3377-C9.5 Arm Size Weight A
Calculated Ultimate Strength Rating Per Phase for B Solid and Glu-lam
3-1/2" x 7-1/2" x 8'-0" 94 lbs. 44" 3-1/2" x 8-1/2" x 8'-0" 100 lbs. 44" 3-1/2" x 9-1/2" x 8'-0" 108 lbs. 44" 3-1/2" x 7-1/2" x 10'-0" 104 lbs. 55" 3-1/2" x 8-1/2" x 10'-0" 112 lbs. 55" 3-1/2" x 9-1/2" x 10'-0" 121 lbs. 55"
4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 5"
6,500 8,500 10,500 5,100 6,500 8,200
Ordering Example
3 3 7 7 - A 7.5
L - Glu-Laminated Timber No designation - Solid Douglas-fir Beam depth Length, see table
A-25
Dead End Assemblies

3377 Dead End Assembly 4 Wire
8' Arm 10' Arm 5" 5" 2'-4" 2'-4" 1'-3" 2'-3" 1'-3" 2'-3" 2'-4" 2'-4" 5" 5"
3-1/2"
11/16" Jumper Pin Hole (typ. 4 places)
Stock No. 3377-A4-7.5 3377-A4-8.5 3377-A4-9.5
Arm Size 3-1/2" x 7-1/2" x 8'-0" 3-1/2" x 8-1/2" x 8'-0" 3-1/2" x 9-1/2" x 8'-0"
Weight 97 lbs 103 lbs 111 lbs 107 lbs 115 lbs 121 lbs
Calculated Ultimate Strength Rating Per Phase for Solid and Glu-lam
5,600 7,200 9,000 3,600 4,650 5,800
3/4" Bolt, Locknut & Curved Washer (ordered separately)
3377-C4-7.5 3-1/2" x 7-1/2" x 10'-0" 3377-C4-8.5 3-1/2" x 8-1/2" x 10'-0" 3377-C4-9.5 3-1/2" x 9-1/2" x 10'-0"
Ordering Example
3 3 7 7 - C 4 7.5
L - Glu-Laminated Timber No designation - Solid Douglas-fir Beam depth Designates 4 Wire Length, See Table
A-26
12"
Dead End Assemblies

Conductor Strength Reference
Conductor Size Conductor Breaking Strength (lbs)

Conductor Size Conductor Breaking Strength (lbs)
8' Arm
10' Arm
10' Arm
#6 AAC #4 AAC #4(6/1)(7/1) #2 AAC #2(6/1)(7/1) 1/0 AAC 1/0(6/1) 2/0 AAC 2/0(6/1) 3/0 AAC 3/0(6/1) 4/0 AAC 4/0(6/1) 266.8 AAC 266.8(26/7) 336.4 AAC 336.4(18/1) 397.5 AAC 477 AAC 556.5 AAC 636 AAC 795 AAC
555 875 2,290 1,335 3,525 2,090 4,280 2,586 5,345 3,200 6,675 3,890 8,420 5,185 11,250 6,420 8,625 7,305 8,600 10,620 11,690 14,330
3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A8.5 3377-A7.5 3377-A9.5 3377-A7.5 ******* 3377-A8.5 3377-A9.5 3377-A9.5 3377-A9.5 ******* ******* *******
3377-C7.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C8.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C8.5 3377-C7.5 3377-C9.5 3377-C7.5 ******* 3377-C8.5 ******* 3377-C9.5 ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* *******
#6 AAC #4AAC #4(6/1)(7/1) #2 AAC #2(6/1)(7/1) 1/0 AAC 1/0(6/1) 2/0 AAC 2/0(6/1) 3/0 AAC 3/0(6/1) 4/0 AAC 4/0(6/1) 226.8 AAC 266.8(26/7) 336.4 AAC 336.4(18/1) 397.5 AAC 477 AAC 556.5 AAC 636 AAC 795 AAC
555 875 2,290 1,335 3,525 2,090 4,280 2,586 5,345 3,200 6,675 3,890 8,420 5,185 11,250 6,420 8,625 7,305 8,600 10,620 11,690 14,330
3377-C4-7.5 3377-C4-7.5 3377-C4-7.5 3377-C4-7.5 3377-C4-8.5 3377-C4-7.5 3377-C4-9.5 3377-C4-7.5 ******* 3377-C4-8.5 ******* 3377-C4-9.5 ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* ******* *******
*Contact Hughes Brothers, Inc. Engineering department for these applications. RUS accepted
DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS
1. The recommended braceless arm assemblies are based on a maximum load tension not exceeding 60% of the ultimate conductor tensile strength, and the induced stress in the arms not exceeding 50% of the average ultimate fiber stress of the Douglas-fir arms. 2. It is recommended the 60F bare conductor wire tension does not generate a stress in the arm which will exceed 25% of the average ultimate fiber stress of Douglas-fir. 3. Guying conditions and attachments were not considered for the development of this chart.
A-27
Dead End Assemblies

Guying Options
Also refer to Hughes Brothers B2358 Guying Assembly Kits shown on previous pages.
12"
3377.10B Guy Plate
2817 Dead End Tee 25,000 lb Ultimate Guy Rating For 7-1/2" and 8-1/2" 3-wire arms 35,000 lb Ultimate Guy Rating For 9-1/2" 3-wire and all 4-wire arms
25,000 lb Ultimate Guy Rating For 7-1/2" and 8-1/2" 3-wire arms
A2121-D Cutout Arrestor Bracket for 3377 Dead Ends

BC3 , 3/8" x Carriage Bolt, Spring Lock Washer, Square Nut 7-1/2" to 9-1/2"
Stock No. A2121-D7.5 A2121-D8.5 A2121-D9.5
10" 12" 12"
BC51-1/2, 1/2" x 1-1/2" Carriage Bolt, Spring Lock Washer, External Tooth Lock Washer, Hex Nut.
3-1/2"
"" Bolt Length
A-28
6"
3377.10A Guy Plate
12"
12"
Dead End Assemblies

3377 Testing
As with all Hughes Brothers products, the 3377 has undergone rigorous testing.
NOTE: The 3377 Series was designed to carry heavy loads while minimizing the arm deflection. The 3377 has typical deflections less than 2" under ultimate loads.
Testing a 9-1/2" arm.
Testing a 3377.10B Guying Tee
A-29
Dead End Assemblies

3376-A 3 or 4 Phase Universal Dead End
The 3376 Universal Dead End series is a 3 or 4 wire, braceless Dead End assembly with double guying option. The dead end is furnished assembled as shown, ready for use in 3 or 4 wire applications. No additional guying attachments are required. The bracket assembly is made of galvanized steel and features a key-hole slot allowing the whole assembly to be hung on a mounting bolt during installation. The bracket eliminates the need for crossarm braces. The crossarm is made from transmission grade solid sawn Douglas-fir timber. Jumper pin holes are factory drilled prior to treating.
5" 2"
2'-4" 2"
1'-3"
1'-3" 2"
2'-4" 2"
5"
13/16"
13/16"
13/16"
13/16" Pin Holes
15/16" Holes
Stock No. 3376-A7.5 3376-A8.5 3376-A9.5
Arm Size
Ultimate Strength Rating Per Phase 3-Wire 4-Wire 5,600 lbs. 7,200 lbs. 9,000 lbs.
3-1/2" x 7-1/2"x8'-0" 6,500 lbs. 3-1/2" x 8-1/2"x8'-0" 8,500 lbs. 3-1/2" x 9-1/2"x8'-0" 10,500 lbs.
A-29.5
12"
Dead End Assemblies

3375-A
Light Duty Braceless Dead End
The 3375-A Light Duty Dead-End series is an 80 lightweight braceless pre-assembled deadend crossarm for less severe loading requirements. The pole mounting bracket is galvanized steel and features a keyhole slot for ease of installation and a single guy attachment. The bracket eliminates the need for crossarm braces and in most cases the need for additional guying attachments. The crossarm is a laminated beam which makes the unit economical and predictable in its strength characteristics. Additional holes are provided for jumper pins.
5" 2" 14"
43" 14" 2" 15" 15" 2"
43" 14" 14" 2"
5"
2745.6 Washer Nut w./ EN60 Eye Nut
11/16" Pin Holes 1/2" Washer Head Bolt
Laminated Arm
Part No. 3375-A6.0L 3375-A7.5L 3375-A9.0L Arm Size (Laminated) 3-1/8 x 6 x 8-0 3-1/8 x 7-1/2 x 8-0 3-1/8 x 9 x 8-0 Weight Ultimate Strength Per Phase 54 lbs 2700 lbs 62 lbs 4200 lbs 70 lbs 6000 lbs
12"
Note: Packaged hardware to be ordered separately, 3375-A-PH 1 - EN70, 3/4 Eyenut 2 - B712-6 3/4 x 12 Bolt 2 - MF 70 Locknut 2 - CW70 3/4 Curved Washer Packaged hardware is boxed and strapped to the bottom of the arm.
3/4" Bolt, Locknut, Curved Washer (Ordered Separately)
A-29.6
3 1/8"
Dead End Assemblies

3375-B
Light Duty Braceless Dead End
The 3375-B Light Duty Dead-End series is a 10-0 lightweight braceless pre-assembled dead-end crossarm. The pole mounting bracket is galvanized steel and features a keyhole slot for ease of installation and a single guy attachment. The bracket eliminates the need for crossarm braces and in most cases the need for additional guying attachments. The crossarm is a laminated beam which makes the unit economical and predictable in its strength characteristics. Additional holes are provided for jumper pins.
5" 2" 14"
55" 14" 2" 2'-3" 2'-3" 2"
55" 14" 14" 2"
5"
2745.6 Washer Nut w/ EN60 Eye Nut
11/16" Pin Holes 1/2" Washer Head Bolt
Laminated Arm
Part No. Arm Size Weight Ultimate Strength Per Phase (Laminated) 2-Wire 4-Wire 3375-B6.0L 3-1/8 x 6 x 10-0 66 lbs 2100 lbs 1400 lbs 3375-B7.5L 3-1/8 x 7-1/2 x 10-0 74 lbs 3300 lbs 2200 lbs 3375-B9.0L 3-1/8 x 9 x 10-0 82 lbs 4700 lbs 3200 lbs Note: Packaged hardware to be ordered separately, 3375-A-PH 2 - B712-6 3/4 x 12 Bolt 2 - MF 70 Locknut 2 - CW70 3/4 Curved Washer Packaged hardware is boxed.
12"
15/16" dia.
3/4" Bolt, Locknut, Curved Washer (Ordered Separately)
3 1/8"
A-29.7
Dead End Assemblies

B2218-C & B2218-D Steel Dead End Assemblies
The B2218 series is made from steel channel in a configuration similar to the 2892 Double Arm Dead End. Pole mounting hardware consisting of (1) 5/8" x 14" & (2) 7/8" x 14" bolts is furnished with the assembly.
AS2277 Clevis AS1263 Link AS1263 Link (13/16" Hole)
Bolt & Cotter
A 7/8" Bolt 3/4" Bolt Span
2045 Crossarm Brace 5/8" Bolt with CW60 & MF60
Drop
Stock No.
Span 6'-0" 6'-0"
Drop 3'-0" 3'-0"
Ultimate Strength Rating per Weight Phase 336 lbs 313 lbs 10,500 13,500
B2218-C 4'-7" B2218-D 3'-7"
A-30
16"
Dead End Assemblies

B2218-N Steel Dead End Assembly
The B2218-N is a 10 ft., 3 wire assembly featuring an adaptation to facilitate a down guy. Manufactured from steel channel. Guying Hardware is included in this assembly. Pole mounting hardware consisting of (1) 5/8" x 14" & (2) 7/8" x 14" bolts is furnished with the assembly. 4'-7" 4'-7"
6'-0"
1" Bolt Links 2045 Braces 5/8" Bolt with MF60 & CW60
AS2355 Yoke Plates AS2277 Clevis AS1263 Link
3'-0"
AS1263 Link
2817 Dead End Tee 3159 Twisted Links 3/4" Bolt
7/8" Bolt
Stock No. Span B2218-N 6'-0"
Drop 3'-0"
Ultimate Strength Rating per Weight Phase 330 Lbs. 10,500
28083 Rollers
7/8" x 14" Bolt, CW80 Included

6"
14"
A-31
Dead End Assemblies

B2218-E4 4-Wire Steel Dead End Assembly
The B2218-E4 is a 10 ft. 4 wire assembly manufactured from steel channel. Pole mounting hardware consisting of (1) 5/8" x 14" & (2) 7/8" x 14" bolts is furnished with the assembly. 3/4" Bolt
3'-1"
3'-0" 6'-0"
3'-1"
2' 5-3/8"
5/8" Bolt with MF60 & CW60
3'-0"
2045 Crossarm Brace
7/8" x 14" Bolt, CW80
Stock No. B2218-E4
Span 6'-0"
Drop 3'-0"
Weight 327 lbs
Ultimate Strength Rating per Phase 8000 lbs
A-32
16"
Dead End Assemblies

B2218-K 4-Wire Steel Dead End Assembly
The B2218-K is a 12 ft. 4 wire assembly manufactured from steel channel. Pole mounting hardware, consisting of (1) 5/8" x 14" & (2) 7/8" x 14" bolts, is furnished with the assembly.
3/4" Bolt
3'-8"
3'-10" 7'-2"
3'-8"
5/8" x 14" Bolt with MF60 & CW60 7/8" x 14" Bolt, CW80
2'-3"
2016GB54.6PR
Stock No. B2218-K
Span 6'-0"
Drop 3'-0"
Weight 350 lbs
Ultimate Strength Rating per Phase 10,800 lbs.
16"
A-33
Dead End Assemblies

B2684 Series Steel Dead Ends
The B2684 Series Dead Ends are made from structural steel tube. A diamond shaped mesh is welded in place at each end to prevent birds from nesting in the arm. Each dead end features a guying attachment. Other configurations available.
13/16"
2"
B L
2"
3"
3"
13/16" G
F 13/16" x 1-1/16" Slot Ultimate Strength Rating per Phase** Unit Weight in pounds 110 128 72 148 128
Stock No. B2684-C B2684-C1 B2684-E* B2684-C2 B2684-C3
8" 5" 1-1/4" 3600 lbs (4 wire) 8'-6" 2'-5" 20" 2'-5" 1'-7" 10'-0" 3'-2" 20" 3'-2" 1'-7" 7-3/4" 6" 1-1/4" 3244 lbs (4 wire) 8" 5" 1-1/4" 8500 lbs (3 wire) 5'-4" 12" 18" N/A 2'-5" 8" 5" 15/16" 2270 lbs (4 wire) 12'-0" 3'-1" 20" 2'-9" 2'-9" 10'-0" 37" 21" 38" 19" 7-1/2" 6" 15/16" 2950 lbs (4 wire)
* 3-wire ** Assumes adequate bearing support.
A-34
Dead End Assemblies

B2684-A1 Steel Dead End
The B2684-A1 Steel Dead End is manufactured from structural steel tube and ships with eye nuts assembled to the arm for phase attachment. A keyhole and slot for mounting are on 12" centers. Other configurations available.
5"
55" Keyhole
55"
5"
Eye Nut (Assembled to Arm)
4"
Washer Nut 13/16" mounting hole
Stock No.
Weight 170
12"
B2684-A1
Expanded Metal 3/4" Bolt, Locknut & Curved Washer Mounting hardware sold separately.
A-35
Dead End Assemblies

B2684-K Steel Dead End Arm
The B2684-K Steel Dead End is manufactured from structural steel tube, and differs from other steel crossarms in the B2684 Series by its bent base plate. Other configurations available.
2-3/4"
36"
21-1/4"
21-1/4"
36"
2-3/4"
13/16" (typ) 10'-0"
8"
Expanded Metal 3/4" Bolt, Locknut w/ Curved Washer (sold separately)
Stock No. B2684-K
Weight 132 lbs
A-36
Dead End Assemblies

B2684-L Steel Dead End Arm
The B2684-L Steel Dead End is manufactured from structural steel tube, and differs from other steel crossarms in the B2684 Series by its bent base plate. Other configurations available. 10'-0"
13/16" (typ.)
4"
3'-0"
3'-4"
3'-0"
4"
2-3/4"
3'-0" 13/16" (typ.)
1'-9 1/4"
1'-9 1/4"
3'-0"
2-3/4"
3/4" Bolt, MF Locknut w/ Curved Washer (sold separately)
Stock No. B2684-L
Weight 142 lbs
12"
Expanded Metal
A-37
Dead End Assemblies

B1971-M Steel Dead End
The B1971-M tubular steel dead end is manufactured from structural steel tube and ships with eyelets assembled to the arm for phase attachment. A key hole and slot for mounting are on 8" centers. Other configurations available.
5/8" Bolt with Forged Eyelet 13/16"
2-3/4"
12-5/8"
29-1/4" 60"
12-5/8"
2-3/4"
8"
11/16"
Stock No. B1971-M
Weight 78 lbs
A-38
Dead End Assemblies

B2684-Q Steel Dead End
The B2684-Q is a 3 wire, dead end arm manufactured from structural steel angle and ships with eyenuts assembled to the arm for phase attachment. Other configurations available.
5' 4" 2" 2' 8" 2' 8" 2"
8"
11/16" Hole
13/16"
EN60, Eye Nut 4" 13/16" 13/16"
11/16" (6 plcs,) 10-3/4" 8" 2' 2-1/2" 8" 10-3/4" Stock No. B2684-Q
3/4" Ultimate Strength Rating per Phase 5000 lbs.
Weight 65 lbs
A-39
Dead End Assemblies

B2684-F Steel Alley Arm
The B2684-F Steel Alley Arm is manufactured from structural steel tube. A diamond shaped mesh is welded in place at the end of the arm to prevent birds from nesting in the arm. Other configurations available.
8'-6" 12" . . . 29" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 29" 3"
6"
13/16" (typ.) 11" . . . . . . . 3/4" Mounting Bolts Stock No. B2684-F Weight 104 lbs . . . . . 29" 14-1/2" 14-1/2" 29" 3"
12"
8"
13/16" (typ.)
Expanded Metal
4"
A-40
Braces
Wood Distribution Crossarm Braces
Hughes Brothers distribution crossarm braces are manufactured from clear, straight grained Douglas-fir and pressure treated with Pentachlorophenol in oil. End fittings are hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. Each brace has been designed with double nut connections by tapping metal through holes, to eliminate radio frequency interference and ensure tight connections. Metal connections are designed to allow full drainage of moisture, leaving no place for decay to develop. Electrically, wood distribution braces take full advantage of the insulating properties of wood crossarms. Any short circuit path between conductors is eliminated. Special length braces can be furnished in any practical spacing or drop.
Hughes Brothers warehouse stocked with 2023 braces.
B-1
Crossarm Braces
Span
2003 & 2004 Wood Crossarm Brace

Hughes Brothers 2003 & 2004 light duty distribution crossarm braces are designed to be an economical yet mechanically strong wood brace. Unless otherwise specified, the arm fitting is furnished with a 9/16 hole and the pole mounting fitting with a 11/16 hole. Fittings are hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153 after fabrication. Right and left hand braces complete each pair.
Drop
Stock No. 2003-AA 2004-AB 2003-A 2004-B 2003-BB 2004-C
Span Inches 37 37 42 42 48 48 60 60 72
Drop Inches 12 18-1/2 12 21 18 24 18 30 36
B O
2004-CC 2004-D 2004-E
O S
E L
E T
5.6 6.2 6.4 6.8 7.0 7.5 7.6 8.7 10.0
Wt. Lbs. Per Pair
Wood Section
1-5/8" x 2-1/4"
Furnished with 9/16" hole in arm fitting and 11/16" hole in pole fitting unless otherwise specified. Use "5T" designation for 1/2" tapped attachment holes. Standard package quantity 5 pair. Special Length Braces furnished for any practical span or drop.
2003-A9-11
Brace to pole fitting hole size in sixteenths (11/16") Brace to arm fitting hole size in sixteenths (9/16") Brace type (span & drop)
B-2
Crossarm Braces
Span
1152 Wood Crossarm Brace

Hughes Brothers 1152 crossarm braces differ from other braces we manufacture in that they feature a longer tongue on the arm fitting. This allows for the use of a socket wrench at installation. Right and left hand braces complete each pair. Fittings are hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. Furnished with 13/16" hole in arm fitting and 11/16" hole in pole fitting unless otherwise specified.
Drop
Stock No. 1152.5 1152.6 1152.7 1152.8 1152.9 1152.10 1152.11 1152.12 1152.13 1152.14 1152.15
Span Inches 42 42 48 48 60 60 62 72 72 84 86
Drop Inches 12 21 18 24 18 30 23-5/8 22 36 24 33-5/8
Wt. Lbs. Per Pair 10 11 11 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 17
Wood Section 1-15/16" x 2-15/16"
Use "5T" designation for 1/2" tapped attachment holes. Special Length Braces furnished for any practical span or drop. Standard package quantity 5 pair.
1152.9-13-11
B-3
Crossarm Braces
2002 Inverted Wood Crossarm Brace
Drop Hughes Brothers 2002 Inverted Crossarm Braces are used primarily in tension applications although they can be used as a standard brace. End fittings and connections have been designed accordingly. Fittings are hot dip galvanized per ASTM A-153 after fabrication. Right and left hand braces complete each pair. Span Stock No. 2002.5 2002.6 2002.7 2002.8 2002.9 2002.10 2002.11 2002.12 2002.13 2002.14 2002.15 2002.16 2002.17 2002.18 2002.19 2002.20 2002.21 2002.22 2002.23 Span Inches 60 60 62 66 72 72 84 84 84 86 88 90 90 96 96 108 110 110 112 Drop Inches 18-1/4 30 23-7/8 20 22 36 23-1/2 42 27-3/8 33-5/8 38 33-5/8 45 36 48 42-1/4 34 54-5/8 37-13/16 Wt. Lbs. Per Pair 17 19 18 18 19 22 21 25 22 23 24 24 26 25 26 26 27 32 28 Wood Section 1-15/16" x 2-15/16"
Unless specified otherwise, end fittings are furnished with 11/16 bolt holes.
Standard Package Quantity 5 Pair
2 0 0 2.6 - 1 1 - 1 1
B-4
Crossarm Braces B
2809 & 2819 Flat Steel Crossarm Brace
C to
Hughes Brothers flat steel galvanized crossarm braces, when installed in pairs, provide an economical method for stabilizing light distribution construction.
Le ng th
Stock No. 2809.1 2809.2 2809.3 2809.4 2809.5* 2809.6 2809.7 2819.1 2819.2 2819.3 2819.4 2819.5 2819.6 2819.7
Hole Spacing Center to Center 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28" 30" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28" 30"
Length Inches 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
Metal Section 1/4" x 1-1/4"
Approximate Weight Lbs. Per Set 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.6 4.8 5.3 5.7
3/16" x 1-1/4"
2.7 2.9 3.2 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.2
*RUS accepted
Note: Other sizes are available on request. The braces are furnished with one 9/16" and one 7/16" hole unless specified otherwise.
2809.5
Specify by C to C length.
B-5
Crossarm Braces
Span
B
2023 Flat Wood Brace
Drop
C to C
th ng e l
Hughes Brothers 2023 flat wood braces are a direct replacement for flat steel braces, and provide superior mechanical strength due to their compression capability. Use of a wood distribution brace also improves the BIL of the pole top. Each brace in a pair is identical and interchangeable (right or left hand side), and furnished with 7/16 hole in the arm fitting and 9/16 hole in the pole fitting. Other hole sizes are available. Wood components are made of clear, straight grained Douglas-fir, 1" x 1-3/4" wood section. Fittings are formed from 11 ga. plate, hot-dip galvanized, threaded and attached to the wood with washer head bolts.
Stock No. 2023*
Brace Bolt Hole C. to C. Span Spacing 26" 18-3/4" 30" 38" 44"
Drop 18" 20-1/2"
Wt. Lbs. Per 100 Pr. 390 345 409
Wood Section 1" x 1-3/4" 1" x 1-3/4" 1" x 1-3/4"
2023-18-3/4 2023-30
27-1/2" 12-3/4"
Any practical special length can be furnished. Standard Package Quantity 10 Pair or Multiple Thereof
*RUS accepted Stock item
Use information above
B-6
Crossarm Braces
2023 Test Data
2023 Brace ready for testing in accordance with REA specs.
Pair of 2023 braces removed after 20 years of service ready for testing. These braces performed to full capacity when tested.
B-7
Crossarm Braces
Span
2045 Reversible Wood Crossarm Brace

The 2045 reversible crossarm brace is Hughes Brothers most popular distribution brace. The 2045 brace is Hughes Brothers best all purpose brace, and is able to withstand all normal and many excessive loads imposed on distribution lines. Each brace pair has identical right and left hand components. Each nutted connection is tapped to make a double nut connection ensuring permanently tight hardware. The 2045 has a wood section of 1-5/8" x 2-1/4". Span Inches 42 37 48 42 48 Drop Wood Length Fitting Inches Inches Angle 12 18-1/2 14-3/4 21 18 24 18 30 36 22 12-3/4 26-1/2 14 17 24 33-3/8 18-1/2 21 23 24-1/2 24-1/2 28-1/2 29-1/2 37 45-1/2 37 19 34-1/2 22-1/2 28-1/2 42 49 300 450 30o 450 300 450 300 450 450 300 300 450 300 300 300 300 Wt Lbs. Per Pair 7.4 7.6
Drop
Stock No. Unless otherwise specified, the brace to arm fitting hole will be 9/16" and the brace to pole fitting hole 11/16". Special length braces can be furnished for any practical span or drop. "5T" designates 1/2" tapped attachment holes, example; 2045-CC30-5T11. Other span & drop sizes available. 2045-A30-9-11 2045-AB45-9-11 2045-B30-9-11 2045-B45-9-11 2045-BB30-9-11
8.0 8.8 9.0 10.2 11.8 7.7 7.7 8.8 11.1 12.5
2045-C45-9-11 48 2045-CC30-9-11* 60 2045-D45-9-11* 60 2045-E45-9-11 2045-EE-30-9-11 2045-F30-9-11 2045-G45-9-11 2045-K30-9-11 2045-L30-11-11 2045-M30-9-11 2045-W30-13-11 72 72 42 60 48 59 84 86
2 0 4 5 - C C 30 - 9 - 1 1
* RUS accepted
See next page for ultimate load information
Brace to pole fitting hole size in sixteenths (11/16") Brace type (span, drop & fitting angle) Brace to arm fitting hole size in sixteenths (9/16")
B-8
Crossarm Braces
2045 Crossarm Brace Test Data
2045-CC30-9-11 Crossarm Brace
Unbalanced loading (44" Lever Arm) 2500 Pounds Shown 4300 Pound Ultimate Load
2045-D45-9-11 Crossarm Brace

Unbalanced loading (44" Lever Arm) 2500 Pounds Shown 5100 Pound Ultimate Load
NOTE: Please contact the Hughes Engineering Department for strength ratings of individual brace stock numbers.
B-9
Crossarm Braces
Heavy Duty, Face Mounting Crossarm Braces 2016, 2017 & 2018
C-C Length
Table 1
Fitting Angle 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 55o
Arm Arm Mounting Mounting Hole Hole Size* Size*

2016/17 2018
The Hughes 2016, 2017 & 2018 series braces are the strongest distribution braces available. These braces are ordered by specifying brace length from mounting hole to mounting hole. Face mounted braces are furnished in pairs (right & left side). Should it be necessary, braces can be converted from right to left side in the field by simply reversing one end fitting.
A B C D E F G H J K L
13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16"
15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16"
Table 2
Pole Mounting Fitting Hole Size 2016 2017 A B A B C A B 13/16" 11/16" 15/16" 13/16" 11/16" 15/16" 13/16"
* Hole Oversized 1/16" from mounting bolt
Ultimate Ratings
2016 / 2017 Tension 15,000 lbs 2018 20,000 lbs
2018
2016HB 108 PR
Stock No. (Arm) Table 1 (Pole) Table 2 PR- pair RT- right hand only LT- left hand only C-C Length in inches
B-10
Crossarm Braces
2016
11/16" Standard 11/16" Mounting holes are standard. Brace can be furnished with 13/16" holes when specified.
2-1/8" x 3-3/8" Wood Section 11/16"
2017
13/16" Standard 13/16" Mounting holes are standard. Brace can be furnished with 11/16" holes when specified. 13/16"
2-3/4" x 3-1/2" Wood Section
2018
15/16" Mounting holes are standard. Brace can be furnished with 13/16" holes when specified. 15/16" Standard 15/16"
2018 3-3/8" x 4-3/8" Wood Section 2018.5 3-3/8" x 5-3/8" Wood Section
B-11
Special Purpose Braces

Crossarm Bolt Hole Spacing
B
1096 Alley Arm Brace
Hughes Brothers 1096 Wood Alley Arm Braces are designed for greater strength than alley arm braces made from formed angle iron. The 1096 Alley Arm Brace is made from 2-3/4" x 3-1/2" straight grained, pressure treated Douglas-fir. The brace is furnished with an 11/16" hole at the arm fitting and an 11/16" hole at the pole fitting unless otherwise specified. Metal step is made from 3/16 x 1-3/16 stock.
Brace Bolt Hole Spacing Stock No. 1096.5 1096.6 1096.7
Brace Bolt Crossarm Bolt Hole C. to C. Hole C. to C. Wt. Lbs. Spacing Spacing Each Wood Section 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 3'-10" 4'-8" 5'-4" 16 18 21 2-3/4" x 3-1/2" 2-3/4" x 3-1/2" 2-3/4" x 3-1/2"
The spacing from the arm fitting bolt hole to the upper bolt hole of the metal step is 2-6 unless otherwise specified. An "R" suffix designates a "Reversed Brace", i.e., the arm fitting of the Alley Arm Brace is for attachment under the arm and pole fitting is on face of pole. (See illustration at left).
Use information above Brace Bolt Hole Spacing
1096._R Reversed Alley Arm Brace
B-12
Special Purpose Braces B

1096.1C
Arm Spacing
1096.1C Vertical Arm Brace

For multi-arm alley construction, Vertical Brace No. 1096.1C should be ordered. This vertical brace is made from 3/16" x 2 x 2-1/2 angle. Center to center spacing between 9/16 bolt holes varies by arm spacing. For longer vertical brace lengths, specify desired crossarm vertical spacing and mounting hole sizes. Mounting bolts ordered separately.
Stock No. 1096.1C-24 1096.1C-36 1096.1C-46 1096.1C-48 Arm Spacing 24" 36" 46" 48" Weight 5.5 lbs 9.3 lbs 10.5 lbs 12.0 lbs
B-13

B
1097 Steel Alley Arm Brace

The 1097 Steel Alley Arm Brace is used where the arms are mounted on one side of the pole. The brace end is flattened for the pole or arm attachment. Manufactured from 3/16"x1-3/4"x1-3/4" angle.
Stock No. A 1097.1A60-9 1097.1A84-11 "A" 60" 84" "B" Mtg. Holes
30" 9/16" 30" 11/16"
NOTE: To order the brace reversed such that the brace mounts under the crossarm, add an "R" to the part number (i.e. 1097.1AR60-9).
AS2329 Welded Steel Alley Arm Brace

Stock No. AS2329 AS2329-A AS2329-B AS2329-D "A" 7'-0" 7'-6" 10'-6" "B" 2'-6" 3'-5 1/4" 4'-11 1/4" Weight 16.3 lbs 17.5 lbs 23.5 lbs 16.3 lbs A
- Same as AS2329 but reversed so that knee brace mounts against pole.
The AS2329 Steel Alley Arm Brace is used where the arms are mounted on one side of the pole. The brace end is flattened for the pole or arm attachment. The Hughes Brothers AS2329 Brace is manufactured from plate which is notched, bent and welded.
B-14

AS2309 Steel Angle Brace
B
Hole #1
Hole #2
A face mounted steel brace, the pole mounting end is flattened so the brace can be used as either a right hand or left hand member. A gap of 1/16" is left in the flattened portion of the brace to allow for moisture drainage. The AS2309 is typically used in REA construction as illustrated in this TSS-1 configuration.
Stock No. AS2309-A AS2309-B AS2309-C
Section Size 3/16"x1 3/4"x1 3/4" 3/16"x1 3/4"x1 3/4" 3/16"x1 3/4"x1 3/4"
"A" 50" 36" 50" 30" 35" 47"
"B" Hole #1 Hole #2 3'6" 11/16" 11/16" 30o 2'6" 13/16" 11/16" 35o 3'6" 13/16" 11/16" 30o 2'0" 9/16" 11/16" 38o 2'6" 9/16" 11/16" 32o 2'6" 11/16" 11/16" 0o
Wt/lbs 9.0 6.7 8.6 4.7 7.0 8.5 7.4
Use stock numbers at right
AS2309-D 3/16"x1 1/2"x1 1/2" AS2309-E 3/16"x1 1/2"x1 1/2" AS2309-G* 3/16"x1 3/4"x1 3/4" AS2309-H
3/16"x1 3/4"x1 3/4" 40-1/4" 3'0" 11/16" 11/16" 30o
* AS2309-G is a straight brace folded on both ends.
B-15
Transmission Braces
Hughes Brothers Knee &Vee Braces
Hughes Brothers Knee & Vee Braces are made of select, straight grained Douglas-fir. The timbers are surfaced, graded, bored, pressure treated with Penta and assembled with steel end fittings. End fitting through holes are tapped to provide double nut connections to ensure tight hardware as the wood shrinks over time. All end fittings are hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. Wood members used in our braces are transmission grade timbers (more exacting standards than crossarms.)
Spacing
Spacing
Drop
Drop
Knee Braces
End fittings oriented perpendicular to each other.
Vee Braces
End fittings oriented parallel to each other.
B-16
Transmission Braces
2010 Light Duty Brace
The 2010 brace uses a 2-1/8"x 3-3/8" wood section. The 2010 is typically used when the spacing and drop does not exceed 5'-0" or the overall brace length does not exceed 7'-0". End fittings are fabricated from 3/16" steel. 11/16" mounting holes are standard.
Table I
Fitting Angle A B C D E F G H J K 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o
Mounting Hole Size 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16"
-C C
11/16" Hole 2-1/8" 3/16" Steel Fitting
Ultimate Ratings
Tension Compression 15,000 lbs 7,500 lbs @ 7' 0" C-C
3-3/8"
2010 GJK 59.5

C-C length in inches Knee or Vee Table I, 2nd end fitting Table I, 1st end fitting
B-17
Transmission Braces
1135 Medium Duty Brace B
The 1135 uses a 2-3/4" x 3-1/2" wood section and is typically used when the spacing & drop does not exceed 7'-0" or the overall brace length does not exceed 10'-0". End fittings are fabricated from 1/4" steel and hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. 13/16" mounting holes are standard.
Table I
Fitting Angle A B C D E F G H J K L 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 45o
Mounting Hole Size 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 15/16"
-C C
2-3/4"
13/16" Hole Standard
Ultimate Ratings
Tension Compression 15,000 lbs 7,500 lbs @ 10' 0" C-C Length
1/4" Steel Fitting
1 1 3 5 B D V 1 2 3.8
3-1/2"
B-18
Transmission Braces
2025 Knee & Vee Brace
2025
The 2025 uses a 3-3/8" x 4-3/8" wood section and the 2025.5 a 3-3/8" x 5-3/8" wood section. The 2025 is typically used when the spacing & drop does not exceed 9'-6" or the overall brace length does not exceed 13'-6". For heavier compression loads the 2025.5 is used. End fittings are fabricated from 1/4" steel and hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. 15/16" mounting holes are standard, 13/16" are available.
-C C
Ultimate Ratings
Tension Compression 20,000 lbs Dependent on C-C length and wood size
2 0 2 5 B D V 1 5 4.7 2025.5
Table I
Fitting Angle
Tapped Washer Plate
Mounting Hole Size 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 15/16" 13/16"
3-3/8" 15/16" Hole, std. 4-3/8"
3-3/8"
A B C D E F G H J K L M
30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 25o 25o
5-3/8"
1/4" Steel Fitting
2025.5
2025
B-19
Transmission Braces
2025M Steel Knee & Vee Brace
The 2025M uses the same end fittings as standard 2025 braces but substitutes a 3" x 3" tubular steel member for the Douglas-fir timber. End fittings are fabricated from 1/4" steel and hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. 15/16" mounting holes are standard, 13/16" available.
Ultimate Ratings
Tension Compression 20,000 lbs Dependent on C-C length
-C C
2 0 2 5 M - B D V 1 5 4.7
15/16" Hole, standard 3"
Table I
Fitting Angle A B C D E F G H J K L M 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o 25o 25o
Mounting Hole Size 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 15/16" 13/16"
3" 1/4" Steel Fitting
3" x 3" Steel Tube
B-20
Transmission Braces
2038B, 2038C Heavy Duty Braces
Knee Configuration The 2038 series knee/vee braces incorporate a 6-bolt, channel type end
fitting and are used primarily for high loading conditions. The 2038B uses a 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" wood section, and the 2038C a 3-1/2" x 5-1/2" wood section. End fittings are fabricated from 3/8" steel and hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. 15/16" mounting holes are standard.
We recommend contacting the Hughes Brothers engineering department to ensure proper application of the 2038 Heavy Duty Brace.
Ultimate Strength
Tension - 30,000 lbs
2 0 3 8C - B D V 1 5 4.7
Vee Configuration
15/16" Hole
4-1/2"
3-1/2"
3/8" Steel Fitting 5/8" Washer Head Bolts
2038C B-21
2038B

3-1/2"
5-1/2"
-C C
Table I
Fitting Angle A B C D E 30o 37.5o 45o 52.5o 60o
Mounting Hole Size 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16"
Transmission Braces
7/8" Bolt with 2038D 1" Bolt with 2038E
2038D, 2038E Heavy Duty Tension Braces

Both the 2038D & 2038E Tension Braces use a 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" wood section. The 2038D end fittings are made of 1/4" steel while the 2038E has fittings made of 3/8" steel.
Steel Fittings*
3-1/2"
4-1/2"
All end fittings are hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. The 2038D tension brace has 15/16" mounting holes, 2038E has 1-1/16" mounting holes.
"C - C"
Ultimate Strength
2038D Tension - 30,000 lbs 2038E Tension - 38,000 lbs
2 0 3 8D - 2 0 8
C-C length in inches
*2038D has 1/4" steel fittings. 2038E has 3/8" steel fittings.
B-22
Transmission Braces
2038A & 2038TB Heavy Duty Tension Braces
2038A
7/8" Bolt Hughes Brothers 2038 tension braces incorporate a 6-bolt type end fitting with a 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" wood section. End fittings are fabricated from 1/4" & 3/8" steel, and hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. 15/16" mounting holes are standard. We recommend contacting the Hughes Brothers engineering department to ensure proper application of the 2038 Heavy Duty Brace.
1/4" Steel Fitting
3-1/2"
2038A-B- 204
C-C length in inches Table I, fitting angle & hole size
4-1/2"
Ultimate Strength
"C - C" 3/8" Steel Ftg Tension - 30,000 lbs
Note: The 2038TB has the clevis fitting rotated 90o from the 2038A
Table I
2038TB
A B C D E
Fitting Angle 30o 37o 45o 52o 60o
Mounting Hole Size 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16"
B-23
Transmission Braces
2043 Tension Brace 2043-A Adjustable Tension Brace
7/8" Bolt Hughes Brothers 2043 & 2043A tension braces have a wood section of 3-3/8" x 4-3/8". End fittings are formed from 1/4" steel with 15/16" standard mounting holes. All end fittings are hot dip galvanized per ASTM-A153. 1/4" Steel Fitting The 2043-A tension brace includes a 7/8" x 12" turnbuckle. The turnbuckle provides for plus or minus 6" of adjustment from the centered position.
3-3/8" C-C 4-3/8"
2043
C-C +/- 6"
2043-A
Ultimate Ratings
Tension 30,000 lbs Turnbuckle (included with 2043-A). See Fastener Section for Turnbuckle Details.
2043-130
C-C length in inches
B-24
X-Braces
Wood X-Bracing for Transmission Structures
When the first unbraced H-Frame structure was erected on our testing site (in the late 1920s), excessive deflection under relatively small loads was obvious. Hughes Brothers immediately accepted the challenge of developing bracing to reduce deflection and to strengthen transmission and distribution structures. After hundreds of tests on fittings and full size structures, X-Braces were developed which today are as much a part of an H-Frame as the poles and crossarms. Maintenance costs of X-Braced structures are lower than unbraced structures because X-Braced structures remain straight and true for the life of the line. Many years of experience in testing full scale, XBraced structures plus years of actual operating experience enable our engineering department to provide practical assistance. There are many subtleties involved in the design of a Hughes X-Brace that cannot be duplicated by simple timber X-Bracing. Let the Hughes Engineering staff help you determine the optimal size & placement of your next X-Brace application. You are invited to submit your structural design requirements without obligation. Please refer to the Engineering section for analysis of X-Brace design and location in structure systems.
Unbraced and X-Braced Hughes Brothers structures under the same load. Circa 1928
Unbraced
Top Deflection Calculated Strength 58 in. 4060 lbs.
Hughes X-Braced
Top Deflection Calculated Strength 6 in. 13,600 lbs.
B-25
X-Braces
1042 X-Brace
Hughes Brothers 1042 X-Braces are widely used because they increase the strength of H-Frames, reduce earth pressures and structure deflection, eliminate the necessity of storm guys, make possible the use of smaller poles, require no additional right of way and reduce to a minimum the overall maintenance costs. In addition to transmission lines, X-Braces are used on structures for river crossings, long span highway crossings, railroad crossings, switches, alleys and substations. Our engineering department will assist you with for the correct application of X-Braces. Hughes No. 1042 X-Braces are made of select Douglas-fir timber, and pressure treated with pentachlorophenol. The 1042 series incorporates a wood section of 3-3/8" x 4-3/8" for pole spacings up to 14'-0" and 3-3/8" x 5-3/8" for spacings 14'-6" and over. All fittings, washer plates, center clamps, washers and bolts are hot dipped galvanized. Fittings are made from 1/4" material. Washer plates are threaded for 1/2" bolts, locking the bolt for "Static Proof" hardware. Mounting bolt holes are 15/16". Center clamps keep the brace in alignment under compression loads while permitting free movement of the wood. Center clamp straps are made from 1/4" x 1-3/4" stock, center clamp bolts are made from 1/2" steel rods with forged shoulders and cut threads on each end. Hughes Brothers 1042 X-Braces are shipped as a complete set, assembled, mounting hardware packaged, ready to install, when ordered complete (CPT). When ordering X-Braces, please specify center to center pole spacing and length of bolts. Unless otherwise specified, 50% of total bolts furnished are 7/8" x 14" and 50% are 7/8" x 16" cut thread machine bolts.
1042-12-6-CPT
Pole spacing in feet & inches*. Complete with mounting bolts, -CPT curved washers & center clamp. X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assem- No bly. No mounting hardware or Code center clamp. One member only with fittings. -PC *Use 6" increments only.
Ultimate Rating
The 1042 series has an ultimate rating of 20,000 lbs in tension. It is recommended that the Hughes Brothers Engineering staff assist you in specifying the use of X-Bracing.
B-26
X-Braces
Stock No. 1042-7-0 1042-7-6 1042-8-0 1042-8-6 1042-9-0 1042-9-6 1042-10-0 1042-10-6 1042-11-0 1042-11-6 1042-12-0 1042-12-6 1042-13-0 1042-13-6 1042-14-0 1042-14-6 1042-15-0 1042-15-6 1042-16-0 1042-16-6 1042-17-0 1042-17-6 1042-18-0 Pole Spacing Approx. Center to Wt. - Lbs. Center Per Set 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6" 13'-0" 13'-6" 14'-0" 14'-6" 15'-0" 15'-6" 16'-0" 16'-6" 17'-0" 17'-6" 18'-0" 121 128 131 133 141 147 149 158 164 166 174 181 186 192 197 132 245 152 152 267 272 281 287
3 3/8" x 5 3/8" for pole spacings 14'-6" and over unless specified otherwise.*
B
Wood Section
1042 X-Brace
3 3/8" x 4 3/8" for pole spacings 14'-0" and under unless specified otherwise.*
Specify spacing C to C poles
*Note: Available for special order 1042-12-6-LW-CPT LW - Designates larger wood section, 3-5/8" x 5-3/8" on XBraces with pole spacing less than 14'-6". (Always provided for pole spacing 14'-6" & over). SW - Designates 3-3/8" x 4-3/8" wood section on X-Braces for 14'-6" pole spacing & greater.
Install 7/8" thru-bolt with head end to fitting
1042 End Fitting with 7/8" thru-bolt and CW80 curved washer.
2840 Center Clamp

See last page of section for further details.
B-27
X-Braces
1150 X-Brace
Hughes No. 1150 X-Braces are made of select Douglas-fir, 2-3/4" x 3-1/2", pressure treated with pentachlorophenol, for pole spacings up to 11'-0". All fittings, washer plates, center clamps, curved washers and bolts are hot dip galvanized. Fittings are made from 1/4" material. Pole mounting holes are 13/16". Center clamp straps are made from 1/4" x 1-3/4" stock. Center clamp bolts are made from steel rods which have cut threads for 1/2" nuts. Hughes No. 1150 X-Braces are shipped as a complete set, assembled, mounting hardware packaged, ready to install. When ordering X-Braces, please specify center to center pole spacing and length of bolts. Unless otherwise specified, 50% of total bolts furnished are 3/4" x 14" and 50% are 3/4" x 16" cut thread machine bolts, when ordered complete (CPT).
1150 - 8 - 6 - C P T
Pole spacing in feet & inches*. Complete with mounting bolts, -CPT curved washers & center clamp. X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assem- No bly. No mounting hardware or Code center clamp. *Use 6" increments only.
Ultimate Ratings
The 1150 X-Brace has an ultimate rating of 15,000 lbs. in tension. It is recommended that our engineers assist you in determining proper applications of X-Bracing.
B-28
X-Braces
1150 X-Brace
Pole Spacing Approx. Center to Wt. - Lbs. Stock No. Center Per Set 1150-5-0 1150-5-6 1150-6-0 1150-6-6 1150-7-0 1150-7-6 1150-8-0 1150-8-6 1150-9-0 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 69 73 77 81 85 89 92 96 100 104 108 111 115
9'-6" 1150-9-6 1150-10-0 10'-0" 1150-10-6 10'-6" 1150-11-0 11'-0"
Install 3/4" thru-bolt with head end to fitting
1150 End Fitting with 3/4" thru-bolt and CW70 curved washer. 2840 Center Clamp
B-29
X-Braces B
2094 X-Brace
Hughes Brothers 2094 X-Braces were designed specifically for larger pole spacings such as found in long span, angle, river or railroad crossings. The brace is recommended for pole spacings up to 20'-0". Hughes No. 2094 X-Braces are made of select Douglas-fir or glue laminated timbers, 3-3/4" x 5-3/4", pressure treated with pentachlorophenol. All fittings, washer plates, center clamps, curved washers and bolts are hot dip galvanized. Fittings are made from 3/8" material. Pole mounting holes are 15/16". Hughes Brothers 2094 X-Braces are shipped with end fittings assembled and complete with mounting bolts and center clamp, when ordered complete (CPT). Unless otherwise specified, 50% of total bolts furnished are 7/8" x 14" and 50% are 7/8" x 16" cut thread machine bolts.
2094-14-6- CPT
Pole spacing in feet & inches*. Complete with mounting bolts, -CPT curved washers & center clamp. X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assem- -No bly. No mounting hardware or Code center clamp. *Use 6" increments only.
Ultimate Rating
B-30
X-Braces B
2094 X-Brace
Specify Spacing C to C Poles Pole Spacing Approx. Center to Wt. - Lbs. Center Per Set 14'-6" 15'-0" 15'-6" 16'-0" 16'-6" 17'-0" 17'-6" 18'-0" 18'-6" 19'-0" 19'-6" 20'-0" 298 314 322 322 340 346 357 364 370 381 389 394
Stock No. 2094-14-6 2094-15-0 2094-15-6 2094-16-0 2094-16-6 2094-17-0 2094-17-6 2094-18-0 2094-18-6 2094-19-0 2094-19-6 2094-20-0
2840 Center Clamp

B-31
X-Braces B
2056 X-Brace
Hughes Brothers 2056 X-Braces were designed specifically for pole spacings from 16 feet to 25 feet and use two pole mounting bolts to develop the required strength. Hughes No. 2056 X-Braces are made of select Douglas-fir or glue laminated timbers, 3-11/16" x 8-1/2", pressure treated with pentachlorophenol. All fittings, washer plates, center clamps, curved washers and bolts are hot dip galvanized. Fittings are made from 1/4" material. Pole mounting holes are 15/16". Hughes 2056 X-Braces are shipped with end fittings assembled and complete with mounting bolts and center clamp, when ordered complete (CPT). Unless otherwise specified, 50% of total bolts furnished are 7/8" x 14" and 50% are 7/8" x 16" cut thread machine bolts.
2056-16-6- CPT
Pole spacing in feet & inches*. Complete with mounting bolts, -CPT curved washers & center clamp. X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assem- No bly. No mounting hardware or Code center clamp. *Use 6" increments only.
Ultimate Ratings
B-32
X-Braces
2056 X-Brace
Pole Spacing Approx. Center to Wt. - Lbs. Stock No. Center Per Set 2056-16-0 16'-0" 2056-16-6 16'-6" 2056-17-0 17'-0" 2056-17-6 17'-6" 2056-18-0 18'-0" 2056-18-6 18'-6" 2056-19-0 19'-0" 2056-19-6 19'-6" 2056-20-0 20'-0" 2056-20-6 20'-6" 2056-21-0 21'-0" 2056-21-6 21'-6" 2056-22-0 22'-0" 2056-22-6 22'-6" 2056-23-0 23'-0" 2056-23-6 23'-6" 2056-24-0 24'-0" 2056-24-6 24'-6" 2056-25-0 25'-0" 503 515 520 537 552 565 576 589 589 612 624 638 650 659 673 688 694 711 724 Install 7/8" thru-bolt with head end to fitting
3-11/16"x8-1/2" Wood Section
6"
2056 End Fitting
2840 Center Clamp
B-33
X-Braces
2061 & 2061-A X-Braces
Hughes Brothers 2061 X-Braces were designed specifically for pole spacings from 16 feet to 21 feet. A single bolt is used to connect the X-Brace to the pole. Specify spacing C to C poles 2061 X-Braces are made from select Douglas-fir or glue laminated timbers, 3-5/8"x7-1/2", pressure treated with pentachlorophenol. The 2061 X-Brace mounts to the pole with 7/8" bolts. The 2061-A X-Brace mounts to the pole with 1" bolts and grid gains. Hughes 2061 X-Braces are shipped with end fittings assembled and complete with mounting bolts and center clamp, when ordered complete (CPT). Pole Spacing Approx. Center to Wt. - Lbs. Center Per Set 16'-0" 16'-6" 17'-0" 17'-6" 18'-0" 18'-6" 19'-0" 19'-6" 20'-0" 20'-6" 21'-0" 401 422 431 441 453 460 473 483 493 504 513
Stock No. 2061-16-0 2061-16-6 2061-17-0 Install thru-bolt with head end to fitting 2061-17-6 2061-18-0 2061-18-6 2061-19-0 2061-19-6 2061-20-0 2061-20-6 2061-21-0
2 0 61 - 18 - 6 - C P T
Pole spacing in feet & inches*.
Ultimate Ratings
Complete with mounting hardware. -CPT X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assembly. No No mounting hardware or center clamp. Code *Use 6" increments only.
B-34
X-Braces
Heavy Duty X-Brace, Pin Type Connection
Hughes Brothers Pin Type X-Braces are designed for the demands of EHV HFrame construction with pole spacings of 18' to 30'. The X-Braces are furnished complete with mounting bolts, tees, pin bolts, center clamps and grid gains when required. The pin type connection greatly simplifies structure framing operations while providing an excellent pole to brace connection. Wood Section 5-1/8" x 7-1/2" Laminate 3-5/8" x 7-1/2" Solid Sawn 5-1/8" x 6" Laminate 5-1/8" x 7-1/2" Laminate 5-1/8" x 9" Laminate 5-1/8" x 9" Laminate 4-5/8" x 5-5/8" Solid Sawn 4-1/2" x 5-1/2" Solid Sawn 4-5/8" x 5-5/8" Solid Sawn 6" x 6-3/4" Laminate 6" x 6-3/4" Laminate 5-1/8" x 6" Laminate
Stock No. 2093 2093A 2093B 2093K 2095 2095K 2096* 2096A* Install thru-bolt with head end to fitting 2096B* 2097 2123 2121
6"
2 0 9 3- 2 0 - 0 - C P T
Pole spacing in feet & inches*. Complete with mounting hardware. -CPT X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assembly. -No No mounting hardware or center clamp. Code *Use 6" increments only.
Ultimate Ratings
The Heavy Duty Pin Type Connection X-Braces are rated at 35,000 lbs. ultimate in tension. It is recommended that our Engineering staff assist you in specifying and applying these Heavy Duty X-Braces. For more detailed information, contact Hughes Brothers Engineering Department. *30,000 lbs ultimate in tension.
B-35
X-Braces
Heavy Duty X-Braces, Wrap Around Type
Hughes Brothers wrap around type XBraces provide the maximum strength obtainable from a two-piece X-Brace design. The load transfer between the XBrace and pole is accomplished exceptionally well because of the unique end fitting design. The braces are normally recommended for use on structures with pole spacings up to 30' and are available in several wood sections. Stock No. 2086 2086A 2087 Wood Section 5-1/8" x 7-1/2" Laminate 5-1/8" x 6" Laminate 4-5/8" x 5-5/8" Solid Sawn
2 0 8 6- 2 0 - 0 - C P T
Pole spacing in feet & inches*. Complete with mounting -CPT hardware. X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO
Install thru-bolt with head end to fitting
Provides just X-Brace assem- -No bly. No mounting hardware or Code center clamp. *Use 6" increments only.
Ultimate Ratings
The Heavy Duty Wrap Around Type X-Braces are rated at 35,000 lbs. ultimate in tension. It is recommended that our Engineering staff assist you in specifying and applying these Heavy Duty X-Braces. For more detailed information, contact Hughes Brothers Engineering Department.
B-36
X-Braces
2122 Extra Heavy Duty X-Brace, Pin Type Connection
Hughes Brothers Type 2122 X-Brace is designed for use on EHV two pole structures. The end fitting configuration will develop the very high loading capabilities required of these braces. The 2122 X-Braces can be furnished complete with mounting bolts, tees, pin bolts, center clamps and grid gains. Pin type connections greatly simplify structure framing operations while providing an excellent pole to brace connection. Stock No. 2122 Wood Section 6" x 6-3/4" Laminate
2 1 2 2- 2 0 - 0 - C P T
Pole spacing in feet & inches*.
6" Install 1" thru-bolt with head end to fitting
Complete with mounting -CPT hardware. X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assem- -No bly. No mounting hardware or Code center clamp. *Use 6" increments only.
Ultimate Ratings
The Extra Heavy Duty Pin type X-Braces are rated at 40,000 lbs. ultimate in tension. It is recommended that our Engineering staff assist you in specifying and applying these Heavy Duty X-Braces. For more detailed information, contact Hughes Brothers Engineering Department.
B-37
X-Braces
B2508 Tubular Steel X-Brace
The B2508 Steel X-Brace is designed to compliment concrete and steel transmission poles. In certain applications, it can be justified for wood pole construction.
"L
en
gt
B2508-15-0- CPT
Pole spacing in feet & inches*. Complete with mounting bolts, -CPT curved washers & center clamp. X-Brace with center clamp only. -CCO Provides just X-Brace assem- -No bly. No mounting hardware or Code center clamp. *Use 6" increments only.
"C
-C
When using with concrete poles, please specify CC length and pole diameters.
Ultimate Ratings
It is recommended that our Engineering staff assist you in specifying and applying these Heavy Duty X-Braces. For more detailed information, contact the Hughes Brothers Engineering Department.
B-38
X-Braces
B2508-B Heavy Duty Steel X-Brace
The B2508-B Steel X-Brace is designed to compliment concrete and steel transmission poles. In certain applications, it can be justified for wood pole construction.
h en
B2508B-188CC
Center to center length, C-C in inches
"C
-C
"L
gt
To specify, reference B2508-B and the X-brace member length in inches. Contact Hughes Brothers engineering department and reference pole spacing and pole diameter for assistance in determining C-C length.
9"
Ultimate Ratings
It is recommended that our Engineering staff assist you in specifying and applying these Heavy Duty X-Braces. For more detailed information, contact the Hughes Brothers Engineering Department.
B-39
Center Clamps
2840 X-Brace Center Clamp
Center Clamps play a very important role in an X-Brace assembly. By clamping the center of an X-Brace, the effective length of the compression member is reduced by half. It is also important that the center clamp is free to move as the structure is loaded. Hughes Brothers center clamps are the result of years of full scale testing of H-Frames and a thorough understanding of the proper use of X-Bracing.
N50 1/2" Nut, MF50 1/2" Locknut
1-3/4" 9/16" Dia.
"A"
"B"
1/4" x 1-3/4" Material End of rod coned 30o
R3/8"
R3/8"
B-40
Center Clamps
2840 X-Brace Center Clamp
Component Parts Stock No. 2840-A 2840-B 2840-C 2840-D 2840-E 2840-F 2840-G 2840-H 2840-I 2840-J 2840-K 2840-L 2840-M 2840-N 2840-P 2840-Q 2840-R 2840-S 2840-T 2840-U 2840-V 2840-W 2840-X 2840-Y 2840-Z Type X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace A-Frame A-Frame A-Frame A-Frame A-Frame X-Brace A-Frame A-Frame X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace X-Brace Wood Section in Inches 3-3/8 x 4-3/8 3-3/4 x 4-3/4 3-3/8 x 5-3/8 4x5 4-3/4 x 5-3/4 2-3/4 x 3-1/2 3-3/4 x 8-3/4 3-3/8 x 4-3/8 3-3/4 x 4-3/4 3-3/8 x 5-3/8 4x5 2-3/4 x 3-1/2 2-1/8 x 3-1/8 4x6 5-1/2 x 7-1/2 4x6 5-1/2 x 7-1/2 3-3/4 x 8-3/4 3-3/4 x 7-1/2 5-1/2 x 7-1/2 3-11/16 x 9-1/2 3-3/4 x 5-3/4 4-3/4 x 6-3/4 5-1/4 x 9 4-1/2 x 9 Rod Part No. A(in.) 2840.1B 2840.1C 2840.1B 2840.1D 2840.1E 2840.1A 2840.1C 2840.1B 2840.1C 2840.1B 2840.1D 2840.1A 2840.1F 2840.1D 2840.1G 2840.1D 2840.1G 2840.1C 2840.1C 2840.1G 2840.1C 2840.1C 2840.1E 2840.1H 2840.1J 2840.1M 2840.1K 2840.1L 2840.1N 6-7/8 7-5/8 6-7/8 8-1/8 9-5/8 5-5/8 7-5/8 6-7/8 7-5/8 6-7/8 8-1/8 5-5/8 4-3/8 8-1/8 11-1/8 8-1/8 11-1/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 11-1/8 7-5/8 7-5/8 9-5/8 10-5/8 9-1/8 13-3/4 13-1/8 12-1/8 14-5/8 Strap Part No. B(in.) 2840.2B 2840.2C 2840.2E 2840.2D 2840.2F 2840.2A 2840.2I 2840.2E 2840.2F 2840.2H 2840.2G 2840.2B 2840.2J 2840.2K 2840.2L 2840.2G 2840.2M 2840.2N 2840.2M 2840.2N 2840.2M 2840.2G 2840.2P 2840.2R 2840.2R 2840.2S 7-1/4 7-3/8 8-1/2 8-1/8 9-1/8 6 13-1/2 8-1/2 9-1/8 10 9-3/4 7-1/4 5-3/4 11-1/4 14-1/4 9-3/4 12 10-3/4 12 10-3/4 12 9-3/4 10-1/2 14 14 13
B-41
Guying Attachments
2817 Dead End Tee
C
C
6"
3-5/8"
A 11/16"
The Hughes Brothers 2817 Dead End Tee is forged from high strength steel and can be used to make simple attachments at the pole, crossarm, X-brace or tension brace. The stem mounting holes can be chamfered for insulator, clevis, hook or other attachments.
Stock No. 2817-11 2817-13 2817-15 2817-17 2817-B-13 2817-D 2817-E 2817-F 2817-S-15 2842.4A** 2842.4B**
Mounting Hole / in. 11/16 13/16 15/16 1-1/16 13/16 15/16 13/16 1-1/16 15/16 13/16 15/16
Stem Hole 1-1/4* 1-1/4* 1-1/4* 1-1/4* 13/16* 1 1/8
Dimensions / Inches A B C 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-5/8 1-1/2 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 1/2 1/2
Weight 6.0 lbs 6.0 lbs 6.0 lbs 6.0 lbs 6.0 lbs 6.0 lbs 5.8 lbs 5.8 lbs 6.1 lbs 6.2 lbs 6.2 lbs
Ultimate Strength1 / lbs 60,000
60,000 60,000
1-1/4x1-5/8* 1-1/4 1-1/8 1-3/8 15/16 1-3/8 13/16 11/16
15/16 2-15/16 15/16 2-15/16
25,000 25,000
Standard product version * Chamfered Hole ** Flame cut from I-beam Unit weight is 6 lbs
The ultimate strength shown is based solely on the strength of the tee. Some pole mounting hardware may not develop an equivalent ultimate strength.
1
C-1
Guying Attachments
2817R Curved Base Dead End Tee
The 2817R Curved Base Dead End Tee is similar to the standard 2817 but features a base with a 4-1/2" radius. 3-5/8" Stem Hole 11/16"
2-1/8"
1-1/2"
6" R=4-1/2"
5/8"
Stock No. 2817R4.5-13-13 2817R4.5-13-15 2817R4.5-17-15
Mounting Holes 13/16" 13/16" 1-1/16"
Stem Hole 13/16" 15/16" 15/16"
Ultimate Strength 1 60,000 lbs. 60,000 lbs. 60,000 lbs.
Weight 6 lbs. 6 lbs. 6 lbs.
Ordering Example
Mounting Hole Dia. Stem Hole Dia.
2 8 1 7 R 4.5 - 15 - 15
To order unit with stem hole chamfered, add a "C" after hole diameter. (Example: 2817R4.5-15-15C). Other radii and stem and mounting hole configurations are available, consult Hughes Brothers Engineering department for assistance.
The ultimate strength shown is based solely on the strength of the tee. Some pole mounting hardware may not develop an equivalent ultimate strength.
C-2
Guying Attachments
1258 Pole Eye Plate
Hughes Brothers 1258 Pole Eye Plate is cast from 65-45-12 ductile iron. The Hughes design offers significant strength advantages over competing pole eye plates. Mounting options are either by (2) mounting bolts on 4 or 5 spacing, or (1) mounting bolt & (2) lag screws. Galvanizing is per ASTM A153.
4"
1"
Stock No. 1258 13/16" 5" 4"
3/8"
Mtg. Holes 13/16" or 9/16"
Stem Hole 13/16"
Ult. Strength 28,000 lbs. at 45o
Weight 3.5 lbs. ea.
13/16" 9/16"
13/16"
1-1/8" 1-1/8"
C-3
Guying Attachments
AS2720 Double Guying Tee
B 11/16" 1-3/4" 2-1/2" The Hughes Brothers AS2720 Guying Tee is designed to facilitate multiple guying attachments to one piece of hardware. The mounting base is formed to a 4-1/2" radius to provide a solid connection on concrete, steel and wood poles.
NOTE: The ultimate strength shown is based solely on the strength of the tee. Some pole mounting hardware may not develop an equivalent ultimate strength. A
Stock No.
Mounting Stem Holes Holes 15/16" 15/16"
Ultimate Strength Per Attachment Weight 35,000 lbs. 35,000 lbs. 13.2 lbs 14.3 lbs
R=4-1/2"
AS2720-4.5 15/16" AS2720-A4.5 15/16"
8" 2-1/2" 9" 3-1/2"
2816 Dead End & Guying Tee

1/2" Hughes Brothers 2816 Dead End & Guying Tees are flame cut from structural steel and are used for conductor or shield wire dead ends and down guys. Stem and guy mounting holes are chamfered for insulator, clevis, hook or other attachments. Stock No. 2816-13 2816-15 2816-17 Mounting Hole 13/16" 15/16" 1-1/16" Stem & Ultimate Guy Strength Per Hole Attachment Weight 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 25,000 lbs 25,000 lbs 25,000 lbs 6 lbs 6 lbs 6 lbs
6"
45o
C-4
Guying Attachments
11/16" 3" Stem Hole Mounting Hole
" /2 1 1-
B1912 & A2132 Heavy Dead End Tees

NOTE: The ultimate strength shown is based solely on the strength of the tee. Some pole mounting hardware may not develop an equivalent ultimate strength.
8" 3/ 1 9"
55/ 8"
12 "
" 3/8 1
Ultimate Stock No. Stem Hole Mtg. Hole Strength B1912-A A2132-E A2132-H 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-1/8" D 1-1/8" 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
Weight
" /2 1 1-
70,000 lbs 15.7 lbs 70,000 lbs 15.5 lbs 70,000 lbs 15.5 lbs
6 11/1
"
A2132 Heavy Guying Tees
2-1/2"
NOTE: The ultimate strength shown is based solely on the strength of the tee. Some pole mounting hardware may not develop an equivalent ultimate strength. Stock No.
12 "
9"
5 5-
/8"
1-1
Ultimate Strength Per Attachment 35,000 lbs. 35,000 lbs. 35,000 lbs.
/2"
B 1-1/8" 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
C 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-3/8"
D 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/4"
Weight 17 lbs 17 lbs 17 lbs
A2132-F 1-3/8" A2132-F1 1-1/8" A2132-G 1-1/8"
C-5
Guying Attachments
C
11/16" Stem Hole
A2132 Heavy Dead End Tee
Mounting Hole
D
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. A2132 A2132-A A2132-A1 A2132-A2 A2132-A4 A2132-D A2132-HH A2132-J A2132-KK A2132-M A 9 9 12 14 9 9 12 9 9 9 B 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5-5/8 5 5-5/8 C 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2-1/4 3 Mtg. Hole Stem Hole 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 15/16 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 15/16 1-3/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-1/8 1-1/16 1-3/8 D 1-5/16 1-1/8 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-3/8 1-1/4 1-5/8 E 1-5/16 1-1/8 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-3/8 1-1/4 1-5/8 Wt./ lbs 15.6 16.5 19.4 22.1 15.5 15.3 22 15 14.3 14.9
Ultimate Strength 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs 70,000 lbs
NOTE: The ultimate strength shown is based solely on the strength of the tee. Some pole mounting hardware may not develop an equivalent ultimate strength.
C-6
Guying Attachments
28261, 28262 & 28263 Guy Plate
D A B The Hughes Brothers 28261, 28262 & 28263 Guy Plates allow for guying attachment with 2 mounting bolts and are manufactured from 1/2" x 1-3/4" steel. Ultimate Stock No. D Strength Weight C 28261 28262 28263 4" 6" 10" 20,000 lbs 2.8 lbs 20,000 lbs 3.3 lbs 20,000 lbs 5.2 lbs
45o 2-3/4" NOTE: The ultimate strength shown is based solely on the strength of the guy plate. Some pole mounting hardware may not develop an equivalent ultimate strength.
Ordering Example:
Stock No. A B C Hole size in 1/16's (any combination of 9/16", 11/16", 13/16" & 15/16")
28262 - 11 - 11 - 13 Designates 6" hole spacing (see table above)
2822.2 Guy Plate

The Hughes Brothers 2822.2 is a sub-assembly of the 2822 Swinging Angle Bracket but functions well on its own as a heavy guy plate. The 2822.2 is manufactured from 5/8" x 3" steel. Stock No. 2822.2A-13 2822.2B-13 2822.2C-13 2822.2D-13 2822.2A-15 2822.2B-15 2822.2C-15 2822.2D-15 A Mtg. Holes Ultimate Inches in Inches Strength -lbs 6" 9" 12" 15" 6" 9" 12" 15" 13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 35,000
Mounting Holes
A Weight Std. Pkg. Qty. lbs. ea. 7 8.5 10 12 7 8.5 10 12 8 5 5 5 8 5 5 5 45o 15/16" Hole
C-7
Guying Attachments
3" A E
Guy Plates & Twisted Clips

Guy Plates
Stock No. AS424 AS452 AS1062 AS1459 A 11/16" 13/16" 13/16" 11/16" B C D 4" 6" 9" 12" E 3/8" 3/8" 5/16" 5/16" F 30o 30o 30o 45o Weight/lbs 2.4 2.5 3.2 3.8
C
11/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 7/8" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16"
Twisted Clips
3" B C Stock No. AS2276-* AS2276-A-* AS2276-C-* AS2276-D-* AS2276-E-* AS2276-F-* AS2276-G-* AS2276-H-* A 15/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" B 15/16" 15/16" 1-1/16" 13/16"** 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" C 1/2" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/4" 3/8" C-C Hole Before Bending Weight/lbs 7" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" 7" 7" 7" 3.0 3.7 3.7
3.0
A * Degree of bend ** Square hole
Ben d Ang le
Ordering Example:
AS2276-D-52 Degree of bend Stock number
C-8
Guying Attachments
Guy Rollers
Hole Size R Hughes Brothers Guy Rollers are cast from 65-45-12 ductile iron. Galvanized per ASTM A153.
WR
Thickness Stock Wire Seat No. Radius WR 28082 28083 28084 28085 28086 1-1/8" 1-9/16" 15/16" 11/16" 1-1/8" Hole Size Thickness/ Diameter
Diameter
Wt. 1.0 lbs 1.6 lbs .6 lbs .3 lbs .8 lbs
15/16" 7/8" x 2 3/4" 3/8" 1 1/16" 1" x 3 1/4" 7/16" 13/16" 13/16" x 2 3/8" 5/16" 11/16" 13/16" x 1 3/4" 5/16" 15/16" 13/16" x 2 1/2" 3/8"
C-9
Guying Attachments
B E
Oval Eye Nuts

Hughes Brothers Oval Eye Nuts have strength and dimensions are per ANSI C135.5.
C D F
EN80 & EN100 forged
EN50, EN60 & EN70 cast
Part Number Bolt Dia. EN50 EN60 EN70 EN80 EN100 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1
A 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 1-7/8
B 9/16 9/16 9/16 3/4 3/4
C 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
D 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-5/8 2-5/8
E 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-1/2 3-1/2
F 3 3 3 4-5/16 4-5/16
Ultimate Tensile Strength 7,800 13,550 20,050 25,400 33,500
Std Pkg Wt / lbs Quantity .5 .6 .6 1.5 1.5 100 100 100 25 25
C-10
Guying Attachments
2508 Wood Guy Markers
Hughes Brothers 2508 Wood Guy Markers are made of straight grain fir. They are dip painted in either high visibility white or yellow. Each guy guard is 1 3/4" x 2 5/8" x 8' in length with an inside groove 3/4" deep and 9/16" wide. Three tie wires are attached to each marker and only a pair of lineman's pliers are necessary for installation. A 6" mortised end rests firmly on the anchor end of the guy. The guy markers have no bolts, bulky catches, hinges or parts to lose. Hughes 2508 Guy Markers are wrapped in heavy kraft paper in bundles of 10 for shipping. Wood Guy Markers work especially well in areas of high ultra-violet radiation, outlasting most resin based, plastic guy guards. Douglas-fir breaks down under average UV exposure at the rate of 1/4" per 100 years.
Stock No. 2508 W 2508 Y
Color White Yellow
Wt./Ea. 7.4 lbs 7.4 lbs
2-5/8"
1-3/4"
1/4"R 9/16"
3/4"
C-11
Guying Attachments
CF690 Guy Strain in Guy Marker Application
The CF690 may also be used as a guy marker in areas of high vandalism. In this instance, the CF690 is manufactured from a high visibility yellow rod and coated with a polyurethane enamel yellow paint which is baked to hardness. The CF690 end fitting can be undone to loop the end through an earth anchor. The resulting installation will be nearly impossible to undo after the guy strand is installed. In this application, the guy marker also serves the dual purpose of guy strain insulator and guy marker. CC ("L" + 4-11/16") L
Other guy markers can sometimes be vandalized by pushing them up the guy wire.
Ordering Example:
CF690-144 R GM
Designates yellow rod coated with high visibility yellow paint for guy marker application. Designates roller in clevis end. Length ( "L" = 144" ).
The Hughes Brothers CF690 Guy Strain is an integral part of the guy and cannot be moved, When ordered as a guy marker, the CF690 is coated with high visibility yellow paint.
C-12
Guying Attachments
Guy Wire Thimbles
Hughes Brothers Guy Wire Thimbles prevent strand damage at attachment points.
Stock No. AS2731-A AS2731-B AS2731-C
Strand Size 3/8" 1/2" 5/8"
Opening Width 5/8" 3/4" 7/8"
Eye Width 7/8" 1-1/8" 1-5/16"
Eye Length 2-5/8" 1-1/8" 3-1/2"
Unit Wt. Ea. .09 .16 .31
See Fastener Section "E" for Turnbuckles
See Fiberglass Section "F" for Guy Strains
C-13
Spacer Fittings
Adjustable Spacer Fittings for H-Frame Double Arm Assemblies
Hughes Brothers Adjustable Spacer Fittings are used to facilitate double arm H-frame transmission arm construction. The distance between side arms can be varied to accommodate different pole diameters. This adjustability also greatly eases field framing operations. The double arm assemblies can be spread wide and slipped down the poles into position where the side arms can then be tightened against the poles. The 3414 allows for brace and insulator attachment while properly transferring loads to side arms.
Ordering Example:
3414.6 F L - 100 Adjustment Range (Table IV, pg C-16) Depth of crossarm (Table III, pg C-15) Width of crossarm (Table II, pg C-15) Side plate vertical & horizontal bolt size (Table I, pg C-15)
C-14
Spacer Fittings
Explanation and Use of Tables - In ordering a 3414 Spacer Fitting, a code made up from the tables is used to identify the arm size, their spacing and bolt sizes with which they will be used. For example: a 3414.6FL-100 would indicate a spacer for a 3-3/4" x 8-3/4" arm, 8-1/2" to 12-1/2" adjustment, and tapped 5/8" vertical and horizontal bolts. Table I gives the bolt sizes for which the spacer is to be tapped. Tables II & III give the various dimensions of the finished spacer. Table IV (page 16) gives the range of adjustment.
"X" "X" 1" Hole 3414 Body Section
Tables
Table I
Stock No. 3414.2 3414.4 3414.6 3414.7 3414.8 3414.9 3414.10 3414.11 3414.12 3414.13 3414.14 3414.15 Vertical Bolt 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 5/8" Tap 5/8" 7/8" 1/2" Punch 13/16" Punch 15/16" Horizontal Bolt 5/8" 3/4" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" Punch 15/16" 7/8" Punch 11/16" Tap 3/4" Tap 5/8"
Width (Table III)
"Y" "W" "Z"
Thkns (Table II) 3414 -* Side Plate *See Table IV 1-1/4"R
"S"
Thkns (Table II) 1-7/16" HB62, HN60 & Hole MFH60
Table II
Code Thickness A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA 2-5/8" 2-3/4" 2-7/8" 3-1/2" 3-5/8" 3-3/4" 3-7/8" 4" 4-1/2" 4-5/8" 4-3/4" 4-7/8" 5-1/2" 5-3/4" 3-3/8" 4-3/8" 6" 5-1/4" 3-1/4" 7-3/4" 5-1/8" 4-1/8" 3-1/8" 6-3/4" 2" "X" 1-5/16" 1-3/8" 1-7/16" 1-3/4" 1-13/16" 1-7/8" 1-15/16" 2" 2-1/4" 2-5/16" 2-3/8" 2-7/16" 2-3/4" 2-7/8" 1-11/16" 2-3/16" 3" 2-5/8" 1-5/8" 3-7/8" 2-9/16" 2-1/16" 1-9/16" 3-3/8" 1"
Table III
Code A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA Width 4-3/4" 5" 5-3/4" 6-1/2" 6-3/4" 7-1/2" 7-5/8" 7-3/4" 8-1/2" 8-5/8" 8-3/4" 8-7/8" 9-1/2" 5-3/8" 10-1/4" 4-1/2" 11-1/2" 6" 9-3/4" 9" 7-1/4" 8" 8-1/4" 10" 6" "Y" 2-3/32" 2-3/32" 2-3/32" 3-1/4" 3-3/8" 3-3/4" 3-13/16" 3-7/8 4-1/4" 4-5/16" 4-3/8" 4-7/16" 4-3/4" 2-3/32" 5-1/4" 2-3/32" 5-3/4" 2-3/32" 4-7/8" 4-1/2" 3-5/8" 4" 4-1/8" 5" 3" "W" 2-3/32" " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "Z" 0" 0" 0" 1-5/32" 1-9/32 1-21/32" 1-23/32" 1-25/32" 2-5/32" 2-7/32" 2-9/32" 2-11/32" 2-21/32" 0" 3-5/32" 0" 3-21/32" 0" 2-25/32" 2-13/32" 1-17/32" 1-29/32" 2-1/32" 2-29/32" 29/32" "S" 1-19/64" 1-27/64" 1-51/64" 1-55/64" 1-59/64" 2-19/64" 2-23/64" 2-27/64" 2-31/64" 2-51/64" 3-19/64" 3-51/64" 2-59/64" 2-35/64" 1-43/64" 2-3/64" 2-11/64" 3-3/64" 1-3/64"
C-15
Spacer Fittings
Range of Adjustment
"A" 1" hole dia.
"B"
6-1/2"
1-7/16" hole dia.
1-11/32"
Table IV Adjustability B Total Adj. 12-1/2" 14-1/2" 16-1/2" 4" 4" 4"
Stock No. 3414-100 3414-120 3414-140
A 8-1/2" 10-1/2" 12-1/2"
C-16
Spacer Fittings
AS2276 Type Twisted Clip 7/8" Bent Bolt 2722.1B-B
Applications
3414 Adjustable Spacer Fitting with Twisted Clip - Tension Brace Attachment
3414 Adjustable Spacer Fitting
Vee Brace 7/8" Bent Bolt 2722.1B-B 3414 Adjustable Spacer Fitting with Single Brace Attachment
7/8" Bent Stud 2722.1D-B
Vee Brace
3414 Adjustable Spacer Fitting with Double Brace Attachment
C-17
Spacer Fittings
Spacer Fitting Variations
3415 Spacer Fitting
Uses 5/16" plate.
3414-C Spacer Fitting

The 3414-C is used in non-horizontal applications such as those found on wishbone and K-frame structures.
C-18
Spacer Fittings
B2046 Spacer Fitting
The B2046 series of spacer fittings are designed for extra heavy-duty applications and uses a 2817 Dead End Tee for conductor attachment.
AS2419 Spacer Fitting

The AS2419 spacer fitting is used in dead end applications and utilizes a 3414 spacer fitting body.
3400 Spacer Fitting
C-19
Pole / Crossarm Fittings

3"
1004 Flat Gain Plate
C
Arm Depth The Hughes Brothers 1004 Flat Gain Plate is used between the crossarm and pole allowing moisture to drain from the connection. Adequate drainage of moisture at this critical connection helps minimize long term decay of each of the wood members. 1004 Flat Gain Plates are formed from 1/4" mild steel, and are hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153. Standard package quantity is 25.
Arm Depth 4-3/4" 5-3/4" 6-1/2" 7-3/4" 8-3/4" 9" 9-1/2" 10-1/2" 11-1/2" 13-1/2"
Hole Size / Stock Number 9/16" 1004.55 1004.56 1004.57 1004.58 1004.59 1004.510 1004.511 1004.512 11/16" 1004.65 1004.66 1004.67 1004.68 1004.69 1004.610 1004.611 1004.612 13/16" 1004.75 1004.76 1004.77 1004.78 1004.79 1004.710 1004.711 1004.712 15/16 1004.85 1004.86 1004.87 1004.88 1004.89 1004.895 1004.810 1004.811 1004.812 1004.814 1 1/8"
Unit Wt
1.2 lbs 1.4 lbs 1004.107 1.6 lbs 1.8 lbs 2.0 lbs 2.0 lbs 1004.1010 2.3 lbs 2.4 lbs 2.6 lbs 1004.1014 3.7 lbs
C-20

3"
1005 Ribbed Tie Plate
C
Hughes Brothers 1005 Ribbed Tie Plate is used at the crossarm mounting hole to ensure the integrity of the mounting bolt connection at the crossarm. Arm Depth 1005 Flat Gain Plates are formed from 1/4" mild steel, and are hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153. Standard package quantity is 25.
Arm Depth 4-3/4" 5-3/4" 6-1/2" 7-3/4" 8-3/4" 9" 9-1/2" 11-1/2"
Hole Size / Stock Number 9/16" 1005.55 1005.56 1005.57 1005.58 1005.59 1005.510 1005.512 11/16" 1005.65 1005.66 1005.67 1005.68 1005.69 1005.610 1005.612 13/16" 1005.75 1005.76 1005.77 1005.78 1005.79 1005.710 1005.712 15/16" 1005.85 1005.86 1005.87 1005.88 1005.89 1005.895 1005.810 1005.812 1 1/8" 1005.105 1005.106 1005.107 1005.108 1005.109 1005.1010 1005.1012
Unit Wt
1.2 lbs 1.4 lbs 1.6 lbs 1.9 lbs 2.0 lbs 2.1 lbs 2.1 lbs 2.6 lbs
C-21

1/4"
1113 Embossed Tie Plate

The Hughes Brothers 1113 Embossed Tie Plate is similar in function to the 1005 Ribbed Tie Plate. The 1113 Embossed Tie Plate maintains the integrity of the mounting bolt connection at the crossarm.
Arm Depth
All 1113 Embossed Tie Plates are hot dip galvanized per ASTM A 153. The standard packaged quantity is 25.
4"
Arm Depth 4-3/4" 5-3/4" 7-1/2" 8-1/2" 9-1/2" 10-1/2" 11-1/2" Hole Size / Stock Number 9/16" 1113.55 1113.56 1113.58 1113.59 1113.510 1113.511 1113.512 11/16" 1113.65 1113.66 1113.68 1113.69 1113.610 1113.611 1113.612 13/16" 1113.75 1113.76 1113.78 1113.79 1113.710 1113.711 1113.712 15/16" 1-5/16"
Unit Wt.
1.8 lbs 2.1 lbs 2.6 lbs 2.9 lbs 3.2 lbs 3.3 lbs 3.7 lbs
1113.85 1113.86 1113.126 1113.88 1113.128 1113.89 1113.810 1113.811 1113.812
C-22

1/4" 3" The Hughes Brothers A783 series of pole gain fittings are used at the crossarm mounting hole to ensure the integrity of the mounting bolt connection at the crossarm. Specify A783 Gain Fittings are formed from 1/4" mild steel and are hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153. Standard package quantity is 10.
A783 Pole Gain Fitting
"Y"
Embossed 2" Stock No. A783.1A A783.1B A783.1C A783.1D A783.1E A783.1F A783.1G A783.1H A783.1J A783.1K A783.1L A783.1M A783.1N A783.1P A783.1Q A783.1R A783.1S A783.1T A783.1U A783.1V A783.1W A783.1X A783.1Y A783.1Z A783.1AA A783.1BB Wood Size (inches) 3-3/4 X 8-3/4 2-3/4 X 9-1/2 3-3/4 X 9-1/2 3-3/4 X 7-3/4 2-3/4 X 7-3/4 2-3/4 X 5-3/4 3-3/4 X 7-1/2 4-3/4 X 5-3/4 4-1/2 X 5-1/2 3-3/4 X 4-3/4 3-3/4 X 5-3/4 5-3/4 X 7-3/4 5-3/4 X 5-3/4 5-1/2 X 7-1/2 3-5/8 X 9-1/2 3-5/8 X 7-1/2 3-1/2 X 7-1/2 2-5/8 X 9-1/2 3-1/8 X 9 3-5/8 X 8-1/2 5-1/8 X 7-1/2 3-1/8 X 10-1/2 5-5/8 X 7-1/2 3-1/8 X 7-1/2 5-3/8 X 7 5-1/8 X 7-3/4 "X" "Y" (inches) (inches) 3-3/4 2-3/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-1/2 3-3/4 3-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-1/2 3-5/8 3-5/8 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 5-1/8 3-1/8 5-5/8 3-1/8 5-3/8 5-1/8 4-7/16 4-13/16 4-13/16 3-15/16 3-15/16 2-15/16 3-13/16 2-15/16 2-13/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-15/16 2-15/16 3-13/16 4-13/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 4-13/16 4-9/16 4-5/16 3-13/16 5-5/16 3-13/16 3-13/16 3-9/16 3-15/16 Unit Weight 4.2 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.2 3.8 4.3 3.4 3.3 3.1 3.2 4.2 3.6 4.1 4.3 3.7 4.1 4.2 3.1 4.1 4.0 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.9 3.9
"Y"
"X"
Ordering Example:
A783.1N-15 Mtg. Hole Size Arm Dimension
C-23

2844 Pole Shims
Stock No. 2844.2C 2844.2H 2844.2L 2844.2N 2844.2V 2844.2Q 2844.7C 2844.7H 2844.7L 2844.7N 2844.7V 2844.7Q "W" 5-3/4" 7-3/4" 8-3/4" 9-1/2" 9" 10-1/2" 5-3/4" 7-3/4" 8-3/4" 9-1/2" 9" 10-1/2" Thickness 1/4 " 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
Unit Wt/lbs
1.6 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.3 2.6 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.2 4.0 4.5 3.2 3.7 4.1 4.2 4.2 4.7 3.4 3.9 4.3 4.4 4.2 4.8 3.9 4.0 4.5 4.7 4.6 Hughes Brothers 2844 Pole Shims were used frequently before the advent of Hughes Brothers Adjustable Spacer Fittings in double arm assemblies. When a fixed spacer fitting is used, and variations between pole diameters occurs, 2844 Pole Shims are used as an alternative to gaining the larger pole in an H-Frame. 2844 Pole Shims are used predominantly in maintenance applications. Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153.
Thickness
2844.10C 5-3/4" 2844.10H 7-3/4" 2844.10L 8-3/4" 2844.10N 9-1/2" 2844.10V 9" 2844.10Q 10-1/2" 2844.15C 5-3/4" 2844.15H 7-3/4" 2844.15L 8-3/4" 2844.15N 9-1/2" 2844.15V 9" 2844.15Q 10-1/2" 2844.20C 2844.20H 2844.20L 2844.20N 2844.20V 5-3/4" 7-3/4" 8-3/4" 9-1/2" 9"
15/16"
"W"
3"
C-24

B2351 Crossarm Phase Fitting
Hughes Brothers B2351 Crossarm Phase Fitting is used with suspension insulators and provides the option of a phase attachment without a crossarm through hole.
The assembly is provided complete with bolts, nuts and locknuts as shown. The phase attachment bent bolt is drilled and includes a cotter key. All material is hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153.
Stock No. 13/16" Hole B2351.1A B2351.1B B2351.1C B2351.1D B2351.1E
"A" 5-1/2" 4-3/4" 4-3/4" 5-3/4" 5-1/8"
Arm Size "B" "C" 7-1/2" 5-3/4" 6-3/4" 7-3/4" 7-1/2" 3-3/4" 2-7/8" 3-3/8" 3-7/8" 3-3/4"
Wt./lbs 8.2 7.3 7.6 8.3 8.2
A
5/8" x 4" Bent Bolt
2824 Eye Bolt & Saddle Assembly

Hughes No.2824 Eye Bolt & Saddle Assemblies are used for phase attachment of suspension insulators. The 3/16" x 4" saddle washer features a tapped through-hole. By tapping the washer through-hole, a double nut connection between the washer and eye bolt is made, ensuring tight, radio frequency static proof hardware. To Order just a Saddle Washer: Stock No. 2824.1B-* 2824.1C-* 2824.1D-* 2824.1E-* 2824.1F-* 2824.1G-* Tapped Hole 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" Through Hole 13/16" 15/16" -
Ordering Information:
Example for an Eye Bolt & Saddle Assembly: 2 8 2 4 .5 -"A"-"B" Arm Depth, Inches Arm Width, Inches Rod size (.5) for 5/8" or (.6) for 3/4"
* Specify width of crossarm. Example: 2824.1C-3-3/4 = 3-3/4" crossarm
C-25

B2502-Q Raptor Perch
Electrocution is one of the leading causes of eagle and raptor mortality. Hughes Brothers B2502-Q Perches provide a safe place for raptors to land on single pole structures. The B2502-Q features a 1-1/2" fiberglass rod as the perch shaft to help maintain the basic insulating level of the pole top assembly. The perch clamps to the crossarm so that no field drilling is required. The B2502 is often used in conjunction with the B2571 Bird Guard. 4' 0" 3-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 4' 0" Crossarm Perch
3' 7-3/8"
B2571-A-24-20 Bird Guard (as required)
D
.292
.370
3-1/2" x 4-1/2" x 8'-0" Crossarm (shown) 2023 Braces
Crossarm Size (inches) Stock No. Other configurations available upon request. Please contact Hughes Brothers engineering staff for assistance. B2502-Q3A B2502-Q3B B2502-Q3C B2502-Q3D B2502-Q3E D 5-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/2 4-3/4 3-3/4 H 5-3/4 4-3/4 4-1/2 5-3/4 5-3/4 Unit wt / lbs 24 22 22 23 24
C-26

B2751 Bird Guard
Hughes Brothers B2571 Bird Guard helps deter raptors from landing on the crossarm between phases of single pole structures. Large raptors risk electrocution on take-off and landing since their wing spans are often large enough to short circuit between phases. The B2571 is made of sturdy 7/16" X 1-1/4" fiberglass to help maintain the basic insulating level of the pole top assembly. The bird guard clamps to the crossarm so that no field drilling is required. The B2571 is often used in conjunction with the B2502-Q series of raptor perches.
7/16" x 1-1/4" Fiberglass Strap
1/4" Hex Bolt Bracket 3-3/4" x 4-3/4" Arm (shown) L 1/2" Carriage Bolt
Stock No.
Arm Size 3-3/4" x 4-3/4"
Unit wt. / lbs 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 6 7
Ordering Example:
B2571-A1-20-20 "L" Dimension in inches "Y" Dimension in inches Arm size (see table)
B2571-A-20-20 B2571-A-22-18 B2571-A-24-20 B2571-A-24-24 B2571-A-24-30 B2571-AA-24-20 B2571-AA-30-36 B2571-A1-24-20 B2571-A1-30-30
3-1/2" x 4-1/2" 3-3/4" x 5-3/4"
C-27

AS2349 Double Arming Plates
Hughes Brothers AS2349 Double Arming Plates are used in double arm construction for attaching short shank insulator pins and/or dead-ending. Double Arming Plates are manufactured for a variety of pole diameters, hole & slot widths and are galvanized per ASTM A153. Contact Hughes Brothers Engineering Department if your exact requirements aren't shown here. Type 2
Type 1
A B D
F E
Stock No. AS2349-B AS2349-C AS2349-E2 AS2349-E3 Stock No. AS2349-A AS2349-A1 AS2349-D1 AS2349-E1 AS2349-F1 AS2349-F2 AS2349-F3 AS2349-G
Type (1 or 2) 1 1 1 1 Type (1 or 2) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Steel Size 1/2" x 4" 1/2" x 4" 1/2" x 4" 1/2" x 4" Steel Size
Overall Length 24" 24" 24" 28-1/4" Overall Length
"A" 2" 2" 2" 2"
"B"
"C"
"D" 5-3/4" 5-3/4" 5-3/4" 7-7/8"
Hole Size 11/16" 15/16" 13/16" 13/16" Hole Size 11/16" 13/16" 11/16" 11/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16"
Weight 12.6 lbs 12.4 lbs 12.6 lbs 14.8 lbs
4-1/4" 11/16" x 3-1/2" 4-1/4" 15/16" x 3" 4-1/4" 13/16" x 3" 4-1/4" 13/16" x 3"
"E" 1" 1" 3/4" 1" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1"
"F" 11/16" x 3-1/2" 13/16" x 3" 11/16" x 3" 11/16" x 3-1/2" 11/16" x 3-1/2" 13/16" x 3-1/2" 11/16" x 3-1/2" 13/16" x 4"
"G" 7-3/4" 7-1/2" 6-1/4" 9" 6" 6" 6" 8"
Weight 5.6 lbs 5.3 lbs 4.2 lbs 6.2 lbs 4.4 lbs 4.4 lbs 9.2 lbs 5.5 lbs
1/4" x 4" 21" 1/4" x 4" 20" 1/4" x 4" 17" 1/4" x 4" 23-1/2" 1/4" x 4" 17" 1/4" x 4" 17" 1/2" x 4" 17" 1/4" x 4" 22"
C-28
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
C-29

Grid Gains
C
Galvanized per ASTM A153. Available with stainless steel bonding clips.
Curved Surface fits against pole
Grid gain teeth should be completely imbedded in wood pole when properly installed.
All Hughes Brothers Grid Gains are cast domestically of 65-45-12 Ductile Iron Benefits of Grid Gains Strengthens bolt connection at the pole by distributing the load over a larger area. Helps moisture drain from connections which improves pole and crossarm longevity.
C-30

Stock No. Without Bonding 1263-A 1263-B 1263-C With Bonding 1263-AB 1263-BB 1263-CB Hole Diameter 31/32" min. 1-1/16" 1-5/16" Unit Weight 1.0 lb 1.0 lb 1.0 lb
1263 Grid Gain

5-1/2"R
1/4"
4"
4"
5-1/2"R
1261 Grid Gain

1/4"
Stock No. Without With Bonding Bonding 1261-A 1261-B 1261-C Hole Diameter Unit Weight 1.3 lbs 1.3 lbs 1.3 lbs
6-3/4" 4"
1261-AB 31/32" min. 1261-BB 1-1/16" 1261-CB 1-5/16"
C-31

B A 1/4" B 5-1/2"R
1260 Grid Gain

3"
4-1/2"
3"
9"
No Bonding 1260-A 1260-B 1260-B2
Stock No. Center Hole Bonded 1260-AB 1260-BB
Outer Holes Bonded 1260-AB2 1260-BB2
Hole "A" 31/32" 1-1/16" 31/32"
Hole "B" 31/32" 31/32" 1-1/16"
Wt. 2.2 lbs 2.2 lbs 2.2 lbs
Bonding Clip 1/4"
1262 Grid Gain

The 1262 has teeth on the pole and crossarm sides.
6-3/4" 4"
Stock No. Without With Bonding Bonding 1262-A 1262-B 1262-C
Hole Diameter
Wt.
1262-AB 31/32" min. 1.4 lbs 1-1/16" 1.4 lbs 1262-BB 1-5/16" 1.4 lbs 1262-CB
C-32

3002 Push Brace Assembly
The 3002 Push Brace Assembly is used to facilitate field installation of a push pole. The push pole is trimmed to an 8" cross section and drilled for (3) 3/4" fitting bolts. The assembly is furnished complete with fittings, mounting tee and washer plate, all bolts, nuts and locknuts.
Pole Mounting Bolt Length
Dead End Tee 1" Machine Bolt Welded Clip Angles 3002-10 3002-12 3002-14 3002-16
Unit Weight / lbs 43.7 45.3 44.8 45.2
3/8" x 5" Steel Plate
8"
C-33

A1895 Pole Anchor Assembly
A1895-1 One Section Anchor (Consists of A1895.1A plus mtg hardware) Hughes Brothers A1895 Pole Anchor Assemblies are used as thrust and uplift anchors. Each individual anchor assembly adds 106 in2 of bearing area to a pole. The bearing plates may be ordered as a single unit or complete with mounting hardware. Unless specified otherwise, 7/8" x 26" machine bolts are furnished. Each bearing plate has a provision for attaching a ground wire with a bonding bolt.
A1895-2 Two Section Anchor
A1895-3 Four Section Anchor
5/8" x 4-1/2" Lag Screws 7/8" Pole Bolt
Side View
7"
Note: The A1895.1A weighs 22 lbs.
Ordering Example
A1895-2-26
Bolt length in inches. (26" unless specified otherwise)
Stock No.
1"
C-34

Band 5/8" Threaded Rod Curved Washer
B1637 Pole Stubbing Band

Hughes Brothers Pole Stubbing Bands provide an economical method of splinting a damaged or rotten pole, usually without disrupting service. A Pole Stub should be installed beside the damaged pole to the same set depth as the original pole. Each assembly includes band material, saddle spacer, lag screws and washers. A 5/8" x 12" threaded rod used to tighten the bands is also included.
Spacer Lag Screws B1637-B (Single) 5/8" Threaded Rod 2" Pipe
Band
Typical double band stubbing configuration. (B1637-B Shown) Spacer Lag Screws Lag Screws
B1637-C (Double) Stock No. B1637-B6 B1637-B8 Band Only B1637.5-6 B1637.5-8 6'-0" 8'-0" 5.2 7.0 Band Length Wt. Lbs. Ea. 6'-0" 8'-0" 12 14 Stock No. B1637-C8* B1637-C10* B1637-C12* Band Only B1637.4-8* B1637.4-10* B1637.4-12* 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 6.0 7.5 9.0 Band Length Wt. Lbs. Ea. 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 14.5 16.0 17
(Holes in Full Length of Band)
*(Holes in Last 36" of Band Only)
C-35

C4205 Cable Guard
The Hughes C4205 Cable Guard is designed to protect power & telephone riser cables. It is formed to match the shape of the standard PVC cable covers. Hughes Brothers Cable Guards are made of 14 Ga. steel with formed mounting flanges for easy installation. The C4205 is available with or without a covered vent hole. Lag screws are used for attachment, ordered separately. B
*C4205.1A features (7) 11/32" holes on each side.
Stock No. C4205.1A* C4205.3A C4205.4A C4205.4B C4205.4C
Mtg. Holes 11/32" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16"
"A" 5-3/8" 6-3/4" 4-7/8" 5-3/8" 5-7/8"
"B" 6-1/8" 6-1/4" 3-1/4" 4-1/4" 5-1/4"
"C" 10' 9' 8' 8' 8'
Vent Holes YES NO NO NO NO
Available covered vent hole reduces moisture build-up inside cover.
C-36

3016 Pole Guard
Pole guards are used to protect wood poles from vehicular damage in alleys, parking lots and street corners. All holes are 9/16" in diameter.
C
A
Stock No. 3016 3016-B 3018 A 30" 23" 17-3/4" Radius 7-1/2" 5-1/2" 7-1/2" Weight / lbs. 25 11 10
3010 Fir Grade Stakes

Hughes No. 3010 Fir Grade Stakes are available in six sizes. Wt. Lbs. Stock No. per 1,000 3010.5 3010.6 3010.7 3010.8 3010.9 3010.10 1,160 1,100 830 315 380 553 Std Pkg. Quantity 50 50 50 50 50 50
Size Inches 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 1-5/8 x 1-5/8 3/4 x 1-5/8 3/4 x 1-5/8 3/4 x 1-5/8
Length Inches 36 24 18 15 18 24
C-37

Ground Wire Moulding
Hughes Brothers Ground Wire Moulding provides a safe and economical cover for exposed ground wire. No. 2501 is the standard moulding used for most ground wire applications. No. 2503 is designed for additional protection and will not break when struck by a lineman's spike. No. 2504 will cover wires or pipe up to 1 inch in diameter. The moulding can be removed with standard hand tools allowing inspection of the cables. Hughes Ground Wire Mouldings are manufactured from Douglas-fir or Hem-fir, in standard lengths of 8'-0". All mouldings are carried in stock for immediate shipment. Special mouldings can be fabricated for any number of sizes of cables and for outside dimensions other than those shown. Hughes Brothers mouldings are shipped in strapped, rectangular bundles.
C
2501 2502
2503
2504
Stock No. 2501.8 2502.8 2503.8 2504.8
Wt. per 1000 Lineal Ft. 130 180 280 700
Treatment Penta Penta Penta Penta
Width Inches 1 1-1/2 1-11/16 2-11/16
Height Inches 7/8 7/8 1-3/16 1-11/16
Groove Width Inches 1/2 1/2 3/4 1-1/8
Groove Height Inches 1/2 1/2 3/4 1-1/8
Std. Length Bundle in Feet Qty. 8 8 8 8 63 25 25 8
C-38

Moulding Straps
25041 Hughes Brothers Galvanized Steel Moulding Straps are used for attaching ground wire or multi-conductor cable moulding to the pole. These straps are made of 3/32" x 3/4" steel and are easy to remove for wire cable inspection. Two 1-3/4" galvanized nails are furnished with each strap. For Use With 2501.8 2502.8 2503.8 2504.8 2505.8 2506.8 Wt. Lbs. per 1,000 60 70 85 130 200 290 Height Inches 7/8 7/8 1-3/16 1-11/16 2 3 Inside Width Inches 1 1-1/2 1-11/16 2-11/16 3-1/4 4 Recommended Spacing (ft) 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2 2 2
Stock No. 25011 25021 25031 25041 25051 25061
25031
Galvanized Moulding Staples

Hughes Galvanized Moulding Staples are used for attaching ground wire moulding to the pole, 2'-6" spacing recommended.
Stock No. 25014 25024 25034 25035
For Use With 2501.8 2502.8 2503.8 2503.8
Wt. Lbs. per 1,000 72 75 78 100
Height Inches 3 3 3 4
Inside Width Inches 1 1-1/2 1-11/16 1-11/16
C-39
Pole Bands
Reasons to Consider Hughes Brothers Pole Bands
C-40
Pole Bands
1111, 3100 & 3102 Distribution - Light Duty Pole Bands
1111, 3100, 3102 Hughes Brothers 1111, 3100 & 3102 Pole Bands are used for conductor and guy attachments. They are designed for a variety of line angle attachments. The 1111, 3100 & 3102 Pole Bands are easily adjustable to varying pole top diameters, and serve a dual purpose as anti-split devices. For the 1111, 3100 & 3102 series, pole through bolts are not required. All hardware connections are double nutted to ensure hardware remains tight. 1111-B & 3100-B Band sections are made from 1/4" x 4" steel with embossed bends. Each band section has a 9/16" hole for 1/2" lag screws. 3/4" x 6" Threaded rods with 4 nuts are furnished. Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.7 and an extra N70. *Connecting Links & Guy Rollers are ordered separately. Suggested connecting links are 3150 and 3170.
135
135o 90o
Stock No. 1111 3100 3102.1 3102.4 3102.6 1111-A 3100-A 1111-B 3100-B
Wt. Lbs. Each 15 13 15 18 22 15 13 15 13
Std. Pkg. Quantity 4 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 4
Type
Pole Dia. Inches
4-Way 90o 7 1/2-12 4-Way 90o 6 1/2-10 1/2 4-Way 90o 10-14 4-Way 90o 13-17 4-Way 90o 16-20 4-Way 135o 7 1/2-12 4-Way 135o 6 1/2-10 1/2 3-Way 90o 7 1/2-12 3-Way 90o 6 1/2-10 1/2
Suggested Maximum Conductor Working Load 6,000 Lbs., 45o Guy, 2 Way 3,500 Lbs., 30o Guy, 2 Way 4,500 Lbs., 45o Guy, 4 Way 2,600 Lbs., 30o Guy, 4 Way NOTE: To order Pole Bands assembled, add suffix "ASSY" to part number i.e. 3102.4-ASSY 135o
45o 135o 45o 1111-A & 3100-A
C-41
Pole Bands
3103 Medium Duty Pole Bands
Hughes Brothers 3103 Pole Bands are designed for conductor & guy attachments. 3103 Pole Bands are well suited to wood, concrete or steel pole applications. Band sections are made from 3/8" x 4" steel. Each band section has a 9/16" hole to accommodate a 1/2" lag screw. 7/8" threaded rod with 4 nuts are furnished. Stock No. 3103.5 3103.6 3103.7 3103.8 3103.9 3103.10 Wt. Lbs. Each 18 21 23 26 28 32 Pole Dia. Inches 7 - 10 9 - 12 11 - 14 13 - 16 15 - 18 17 - 20 Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.8 and an extra N80. Connecting Links & Guy Rollers are ordered separately. Suggested connecting links are 3151, 3152, 3153, 3154, and 3176. NOTE: To order Pole Bands assembled, add suffix "ASSY" to part number i.e. 3103.5-ASSY
Type 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o
Suggested Maximum Conductor Working Load

DE Load Rated at 7,000 Lbs with a 45o Guy DE Load Rated at 4,000 Lbs with a 30o Guy
C-42
Pole Bands
3105 Medium Duty Pole Bands
Hughes Brothers 3105 Pole Bands are designed for conductor & guy attachments. 3105 Pole Bands are well suited to wood, concrete or steel applications. Band sections are made from 1/2" x 4" steel. Each band section has a 9/16" hole to accommodate a 1/2" lag screw. 7/8" threaded rods with 4 nuts are furnished. Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.8 and an extra N80. Connecting Links & Guy Rollers are ordered separately. Suggested connecting links are 3151, 3152, 3153, 3154, 3166, 3176 and 3184. NOTE: To order Pole Bands assembled, add suffix "ASSY" to part number i.e. 3105.5-ASSY
Stock No. 3105.5 3105.6 3105.7 3105.8 3105.9
Wt. Lbs. Each 23 26 30 33 36
Type 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o 4-Way 90o
Pole Dia. Inches 7 - 10 9 - 12 11 - 14 13 - 16 15 - 18

DE Load Rated at 10,000 lbs with a 45o Guy DE Load Rated at 6,000 lbs with a 30o Guy.
C-43
Pole Bands
3107 Heavy Duty Pole Band
C
The Hughes Brothers 3107 Pole Band is designed for insulator & guying attachments on applications with heavy loading criteria. The 3107 Pole Band uses a 1-1/4" pole through bolt.
Shown with 3157 Links & 28083 Roller, 2718.55 Bonding Clip and bolt.*
Shear blocks are used to properly transfer stresses to the pole and guy. The principal function of the band sections is to prevent the splitting of the pole. Band sections are made from 1/4" x 4" steel.

Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.10 and an extra N100. *Connecting Links, Guy Rollers & Bolts are ordered separately. Suggested connecting links are 3157, 3155, 3159, 3160 and 3167. Stock No. 3107.5 3107.6 3107.7 3107.8 3107.9 3107.10 Wt. Lbs. Each 38 39 41 44 46 49 Pole Dia. Inches
o
Type
Description
2-Way 180
8 - 10 1-1/4" Thru Bolt 10 - 12 1" Stud Bolts 12 - 14 14 - 16 16 - 18 18 - 20
NOTE: To order Pole Bands assembled, add suffix "ASSY" to part number i.e. 3107.6-ASSY
C-44
Pole Bands
3108 Heavy Duty Pole Bands
C
The Hughes Brothers 3108 Pole Band is designed for insulator & guying attachments on applications with heavy loading criteria. The 3108 Pole Band uses a 7/8" pole through bolt.
Shown with 3154 Links & 28082 Roller.*
Shear blocks are used to properly transfer stresses to the pole and guy. The principal function of the band sections is to prevent the splitting of the pole. Band sections are made from 1/4" x 4" steel.

Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.8 and an extra N80. *Connecting Links, Guy Rollers & Bolts are ordered separately. Suggested connecting links are 3151, 3152, 3153, 3154 3166, 3176 and 3184. Stock No. 3108.5 3108.6 3108.7 3108.8 3108.9 3108.10 3108.11 3108.12 Wt. Lbs. Each Type 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 2-Way 180o Pole Dia. Inches Description
7 - 10 7/8" Thru Bolt 9 - 12 7/8" Stud Bolts 11 - 14 13 - 16 15 - 18 17 - 20 19 - 22 21 - 24
C-45
Pole Bands
3112 Heavy Duty Pole Bands
Hughes Brothers 3112 Pole Bands are designed for insulator and guying attachments on applications with very heavy loading.
Shown with 3157 Links and 2718.55 Bonding Clip.*

The 3112 Series uses a 1-1/4" pole thru bolt, with shear blocks to transfer loads to the pole and guy. An extra wide band section and double stud arrangement provides an excellent bearing surface on the pole to counter the vertical component of the guy load. Band sections are made from 3/8" x 5" steel. 1" stud bolts are included. Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.10 and an extra HN100. *Connecting Links, Guy Rollers & Bolts are ordered separately. Suggested connecting links are 3157, 3155, 3159, 3160 and 3167. Stock No. 3112.5 3112.6 3112.7 3112.8 3112.9 Wt. Lbs. Each 64 69 74 79 84 Type Pole Dia. Inches 7 - 10 10 - 14 12 - 17 15 - 19 17 - 21
2-Way 180o
C-46
Pole Bands
3340 Extra Heavy Duty Pole Bands
Hughes Brothers 3340 Pole Bands are designed for insulator and guying attachments on applications with very heavy loading, such as dead end applications. Conductor loads are transferred to the guy and pole by a 1-1/4" threaded rod. Large links and yoke plates at both conductor and down guy distribute loads equally. Several variations of this arrangement are available. Before ordering, we suggest our engineers assist you in making a complete analysis of the application and associated links and yokes for these band assemblies. Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.7 and an extra N70.

Stock No. 3340.5 3340.6
Wt. Lbs. Each 112 120
Type 2-Way 180o 2-Way 180o
Pole Dia. Inches 8 - 13 12 - 17
C-47
Pole Bands
3341 Extra Heavy Duty Pole Bands
Hughes Brothers 3341 Pole Bands are designed for insulator and guying attachments on applications with very heavy loading, such as in line dead end applications. Conductor loads are transferred to the guy and pole by a 1-1/4" threaded rod. Large links and yoke plates at both conductor and down guy distribute loads equally. Several variations of this arrangement are available. Before ordering, we suggest our engineers assist you in making a complete analysis of the application and associated links and yokes for these band assemblies. Two bonding options are available. For bonding on the band section, order stock no. 2718.55. For bonding on the stud, order stock no. 2727.7 and an extra N70.

DE Load Rated at 22,000 Lbs with a 45o Guy DE Load Rated at 12,700 Lbs 30o Guy
Stock No. 3341.5 3341.6
Wt. Lbs. Each 217 225
Type 2-Way 180o 2-Way 180o
Pole Dia. Inches 8 - 13 12 - 17
C-48
Pole Bands
2845 Pole Top Anti-Split Band
The 2845 can be used at various locations on a pole as a preventative measure against pole splits due to either induced loads or seasoning checks. The Hughes 2845 anti-split band is formed from 3/16" x 3" steel and clamps to the pole with 1/2" carriage bolts. Stock No. 2845.5 2845.6 2845.7 Pole Dia. Inches 7-9 8 1/2 - 11 10 - 13 Wt. Lbs. Each 4 5 6 Ground Clip & 1/2" x 1 1/2" Carriage Bolt (Furnished when Specified). Add suffix "2718.55". EXAMPLE: 2845.5-2718.55 1/2" Carriage Bolt Band Material 3/16" x 3" Steel
C-49
Connecting Links
C-C Offset
Connecting Links
Gap
B A Stock No. 3150 3152 3154 3170 Size in Inches 1/4 x 1-3/4 x 9-1/2 1/4 x 2 x 9-1/2 3/8 x 2 x 9-1/2 1/4 x 2 x 9-1/2 CC Hole Length 7-3/4" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" Offset/ Link 3/4" 3/4" 1" 3/4"
C
A 13/16" 15/16" 15/16" 13/16" B 13/16" 15/16" 15/16" 13/16" Ultimate Strength Rating** 20,000 lbs. 24,000 lbs. 38,000 lbs. 24,000 lbs. Weight/ Each Lbs. 1.1 1.2 1.8 1.2 Standard Pkg. Qty. 50 40 30 50
Gap/ 2 Links 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2"
** Rating per pair of links. All links sold individually.
1-3/8"
C-C Offset
Gap
A 1-3/8" CC Hole Length 7-1/4" 7" 7-1/4" 9-1/4" 7-1/8" 9-1/4" 9-1/4" 7-1/4" 7-1/2" 7-1/8" Offset/ Link 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1-3/8" 1" 1-3/8" 1-3/8" 3/4" 1" 1" Gap/ 2 Links 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2-3/4" 2" 2-3/4" 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2" Ultimate Strength Rating** 24,000 lbs. 24,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs. 35,000 lbs. 38,000 lbs. 38,000 lbs. 38,000 lbs. Weight/ Standard Each Lbs. Pkg. Qty. 1.8 1.8 2.8 3.5 2.6 3.4 3.0 2.8 2.7 2.8 30 30 20 10 20 10 20 20 20 20
Stock No. 3151 3153 3155 3157 3160 3167 3168 3169 3172 3176
Size in Inches 1/4 x 3 x 9-1/2 1/4 x 3 x 9-1/2 3/8 x 3 x 10 3/8 x 3 x 12 3/8 x 3 x 9-1/2 3/8 x 3 x 12 5/16 x 3 x 12 3/8 x 3 x 10 3/8 x 3 x 9-3/4 3/8 x 3 x 9-1/2
A 15/16" 15/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 15/16" 15/16"
B 1-1/4" 15/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/16" 15/16" 1-1/4" 1-1/4"
** Rating per pair of links.
All links sold individually.
C-50
Links
A B
Straight Links
C
C-C Ultimate Strength Rating** 24,000 lbs. 38,000 lbs. 38,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs. 60,000 lbs. 40,000 lbs. 40,000 lbs. Stock No. 2450 3165 3171 3173 3175 AS942-A A2273.1A Size in Inches 1/4 x 3 3/8 x 3 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 x 1-3/4 1/2 x 1-3/4 CC Hole Length 3" 6" 7-1/2" 6" 6" 6" 6" A 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-1/8" 13/16" 13/16" B 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-1/8" 13/16" 13/16" Weight/ Each Lbs. 1.1 2.5 1.8 2.4 3.2 1.8 1.8 Standard Pkg. Qty. 40 20 30 20 20 25 25
** Rating per pair of links. All links sold individually.
Guy Rollers
Hole Size R Hughes Brothers Guy Rollers are cast from 65-45-12 ductile iron. Galvanized per ASTM A 153.
WR
Diameter
Stock Wire Seat No. Radius WR Thickness 28082 28083 28084 28085 28086 1-1/8" 1-9/16" 15/16" 11/16" 1-1/8"
Hole Size
Thickness/ Diameter
Wt. 1.0 lbs 1.6 lbs .6 lbs .3 lbs .8 lbs
15/16" 7/8" x 2 3/4" 3/8" 1 1/16" 1" x 3 1/4" 7/16" 13/16" 13/16" x 2 3/8" 5/16" 11/16" 13/16" x 1 3/4" 5/16" 15/16" 13/16" x 2 1/2" 3/8"
C-51
Links
A
Twisted Links
B
C-C
Stock No. 3159 3174 3166 3184
Size in Inches 3/8 x 3 1/2 x 3 3/8 x 2 3/8 x 3
CC Hole Length 20" 20" 12" 11"
A 1-1/16" 1-3/8" 15/16" 15/16"
B 1-1/16" 1-3/8" 15/16" 15/16"
Ultimate Strength Rating** 45,000 lbs. 60,000 lbs. 38,000 lbs. 45,000 lbs.
Weight/ Each- Lbs. 6.8 9.0 2.8 3.8
Standard Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6
A B
All links sold individually.
Twisted Links
C-C
Stock No.
Size in Inches
CC Hole Length 6" 6" 8" 10" 7-1/4" 8"
A 13/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16"
B 13/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16"
Ultimate Strength Rating 20,000 lbs. 24,000 lbs. 24,000 lbs. 24,000 lbs. 19,000 lbs. 19,000 lbs.
Weight/ Each Lbs. 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.8 1.9 2.2
Standard Pkg. Qty. 50 50 50 50 50 50
AS942 1/2 x 1-3/4 AS2019-8* 1/2 x 2 AS2019-10* 1/2 x 2 AS2019-12* 1/2 x 2 AS2469 3/8 x 2 AS1263 3/8 x 2
*Specify length in inches. Example, AS2019-18 = 18" link.
C-52
Links
Gap
A1609 Extension Links

A Shipped assembled as shown. C-C
C
CC Hole Length 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 30" 40" 42" Gap/ 2 Links 13/16" Clevis Pin Dia 5/8" A Ultimate Strength Rating Weight/ Each Lbs. 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.6 4.4 5.6 5.9 Standard Pkg. Qty. 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 15 15 10 10 11/16" 13,000 lbs.
Stock No. A1609-10 A1609-12 A1609-14 A1609-16 A1609-18 A1609-20 A1609-22 A1609-24 A1609-30 A1609-40 A1609-42
Size in Inches 3/16 x 1-1/4
A Gap
1906 Clevis Links

B Shipped assembled as shown. C-C
Stock No. 1906-9 1906-12 1906-14 1906-20 1906-24 1906-30 1906-40 1906-47 1906-53
Size in Inches 3/8 x 3
CC Hole Length 9" 12" 14" 20" 24" 30" 40" 47" 53"
Gap/ 2 Links 7/8"
Ultimate Strength Rating 45,000 lbs.
Weight/ Each Lbs. 7.3 9.2 10.2 14.3 16.9 21.0 27.0 31.5 35.4
Standard Pkg. Qty. 8 8 5 5 5 3 2 2 2
15/16" 15/16"
C-53
Guy Link Assemblies

TG-92-1 REA Type 1
The following RUS accepted material is furnished with a Hughes TG-92-1(old style TG-22) REA Type 1 Guy Link Assembly: Stock No. 28082 3165 B83-2 N80 MF80 Description Quantity 1 2 2 2 2
Guy Roller Links 7/8" x 3" Machine Bolts 7/8" Square Nuts 7/8" Lock Nuts
Stock No. TG-92-1 TG-92-1 ASSY Description Unassembled, 5/Box Assembled, 5/Box Wt. ea. (lbs.) 7.6 7.6
TG-92-2 REA Type 2

The following RUS Accepted material is furnished with a Hughes TG-92-2 (old style TG-22-2) REA Type 2 Guy Link Assembly: Stock No. 1896 28082 B83-2 N80 MF80 Description Quantity 2 2 3 3 3
Yoke Plates Guy Rollers 7/8" x 3" Machine Bolts 7/8" Square Nuts 7/8" Lock Nuts
Stock No. TG-92-2 TG-92-2 ASSY Description Unassembled, 4/Box Assembled, 4/Box Wt. ea. (lbs.) 14.6 14.6
C-54
Yoke Plates
1 B
4 A
1896, AS2355 & AS2585 Yoke Plates

Ultimate Strength Rating / lbs. 19,000 19,000 24,000 19,000 24,000 38,000 38,000 19,000 38,000 30,000 24,000 50,000 30,000 38,000 30,000 38,000 24,000 24,000 30,000 38,000 19,000 38,000 30,000 Weight/ Each lbs. 5.1 5.1 6.7 6.5 6.6 8.9 10.2 17.0 10.2 6.9 3.9 13.0 5.2 31.8 7.0 10.0 12.2 9.2 10.7 18.3 5.1 14.1 10.2
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness A 1896 1896-A 1896-B AS2355 AS2355-A AS2355-B AS2355-C AS2355-D AS2355-E AS2355-F AS2355-G AS2355-H AS2355-J AS2355-K AS2355-L AS2355-M AS2355-Q AS2585-E AS2585-G AS2585-K AS2585-Q AS2585-U AS2585-W 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/8" 3/4" 5/8" 1/2" 3/4" 5/8" 3/4" 5/8" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 3/8" 3/4" 5/8" 6 6 6 6 7 6 6 18 6 9 6 6 4-1/2 18 8 6 10 B 5-3/16 5-3/16 5-3/16 4 4 4 5-3/16 9 5-3/16 3-5/8 2-1/2 4 5 9 4 5-3/16 6 1 2 3 4
15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 1-1/16 15/16 15/16 1-1/16 15/16 15/16 1-1/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/16 15/16 15/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 1 13/16 13/16 13/16 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 1-1/8 1-1/8 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 3/4 3/4 1-1/2 13/16 13/16 13/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 15/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 13/16 11/16 11/16
12 6 10 5 8 6-15/16 6 5-3/16 13 3-1/2 13 3-11/16
C-55
Yoke Plates
1
AS2585-M & AS2585-P Yoke Plates

2 B 3 C 4 D
Dimensions in Inches Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. each / lbs. 80,000 19,000 26.4 12.7
Stock No. Thickness A AS2585-M AS2585-P 7/8" 3/8" 5 12
B 6 3-3/8
6 6 3-3/8 3-3/8
1-1/8 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 1-1/8 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16
1 B 2 C 3 A
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness AS2585-C AS2585-D 3/4" 3/4" A 32 26 B 5-1/4 4-1/4 C 1 2 3 4 5 13/16 13/16 Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 38,000 38,000 54.0 39.3
AS2585-C & AS2585-D Yoke Plates

4
5-1/4 1 4-1/4 1
13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16
C-56
Yoke Plates
1 B 2 C 3 A
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness A AS2355-P 3/4" 18 B 3-1/8 C 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 38,000 26.0
AS2355-P Yoke Plate
C
4 5
1-1/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16 15/16
AS2585-A, AS2585-B, AS2585-F, AS2585-L & AS2585-Z Yoke Plates

3
2 A
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness A AS2585-A AS2585-B AS2585-F AS2585-L AS2585-Z 1/2" 3/4" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" B 1 2 3 13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16
Ultimate Weight Strength Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 30,000 50,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 5.9 43.2 20.7 7.2 15.3
12 4 13/16 13/16 13/16 32 10-1/2 1 13/16 22 7-1/4 1 12 4 13/16 13/16 13/16 18 6-1/4 1
C-57
Yoke Plates
1
1/2" Tapped Holes
AS2585-ZZ Yoke Plate

4
B A
Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 40,000 40,000 16.7 16.7
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness A AS2585-ZZ 3/4" AS2585-ZZ1* 3/4" 18 18 B 6 6 C 1 2 3 4
3-5/8 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 3-5/8 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
*AS2585-ZZ1 Does not have tapped holes
AS2585-R & AS2585-S Yoke Plates

3 2 A
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness AS2585-R AS2585-S 5/8" 3/4" A 18 18 B 1 2 3 Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 30,000 38,000 16.5 19.8
4-1/2 15/16 15/16 15/16 4-1/2 15/16 15/16 15/16
C-58
Yoke Plates
AS2585-H Yoke Plate
B
C
A
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness AS2585-H 5/8" A 13 B 3-5/8 All Holes 15/16" Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 40,000 10.2
AS2585-J Vee String Yoke Plate

B
1
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness AS2585-J 5/8" A 8-1/2 B 1 2 3 4 Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 30,000 7.9
4-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 15/16 1-1/4
C-59
Yoke Plates
AS2585-Y Yoke Plate

A
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness AS2585-Y 5/8" A 13 B 4-1/2 All Holes 11/16"
Ultimate Strength Rating / lbs. 30,000
Weight Each / lbs. 16.0
AS2355-N Yoke Plate
A
Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness AS2355-N 5/8" A 6 B 6 All Holes 13/16" Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 30,000 10.2
C-60
Yoke Plates
1
B 2 A 3
AS2585-V Yoke Plate

Dimensions in Inches B 2-1/2 1 7/8 2 1-1/4 3 1-1/4 Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 30,000 20.0
Stock No. Thickness AS2585-V 5/8"
A 13
B A
AS2585-T Yoke Plate

Dimensions in Inches Stock No. Thickness AS2585-T 5/8" A 18 B 5 All Holes 15/16" Ultimate Strength Weight Rating / lbs. Each / lbs. 30,000 12.9
AS2585-N Yoke Plate

2 A
D
A 12-1/2
Dimensions in Inches B C D 1 2 15/16
Stock No. Thickness AS2585-N 5/8"
Ultimate Weight Strength Each / lbs. Rating / lbs. 30,000 11.4
3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 1-1/8
C-61
Brackets
Length Thread
2812 Shield Wire Support Bracket

Hughes Brothers 2812 Shield Wire Supports are used on single pole and H-frame construction, providing an economical means of supporting the overhead shield wire. The 2812 is designed for adequate clearance between shield wire and pole. This support has greater vertical strength than an eye bolt due to the action of the support and welded curved washer.
4"x4" Curved Washer
3"
Welded Washer Nut & Locknut
2812.5-12-B1CL
Chain Link "B1" Designates 1/2" chain link* "B" Designates 5/8" link Length Bolt Diameter
Stock No. 2812.5-10-B1CL 2812.5-12-B1CL 2812.5-14-B1CL 2812.5-16-B1CL 2812.5-18-B1CL 2812.6-10-BCL 2812.6-12-BCL 2812.6-14-BCL 2812.6-16-BCL 2812.6-18-BCL
Bolt Diameter Length 5/8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 3/4" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18"
Thread Suggested Max. Length Weight/lbs Vertical Load 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.5 3.8 3.9 4 4.7 5.2 5.4 5000 lbs
*1/2" chain link furnished with 5/8" support (unless otherwise specified). *5/8" chain link furnished with 3/4" support (unless otherwise specified).
The 2812 series is RUS accepted.
C-62
Brackets
Length Thread Length

The 2855 Shield Wire Supports are identical to the 2812 series but feature a flat base washer for use on glue laminated wood poles or square static cast concrete poles. Ordering, weights and load rating information is identical to the 2812 series, but 2855 is substituted for 2812.
Length Thread Length

The Hughes Brothers 1501 Shield Wire Support is similar to the 2812 series but includes a ground wire bonding bolt.
Stock No. 1501.6-12 1501.6-14 1501.6-16 1501.7-12 1501.7-14 1501.7-16
Bolt Diameter Length 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 12" 14" 16" 12" 14" 16"
Thread Length 6" 7" 8" 6" 7" 8"
Weight 3.2 lbs 3.3 lbs 3.5 lbs 4 lbs 4.7 lbs 5.2 lbs
Suggested Max. Vertical Load 5,000 lbs
1501.6 -12-B1CL
Chain Link "B1" Designates 1/2" chain link* "B" Designates 5/8" link Length Bolt Diameter *1/2" chain link furnished with 5/8" support (unless otherwise specified). *5/8" chain link furnished with 3/4" support (unless otherwise specified).
C-63
Brackets
2859 Shield Wire Support
Stock No. 2859.1-10 2859.1-12 2859.1-14 2859.1-16 2859.1-18 2859.1-20 "L" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" Weight 5.5 lbs 6.1 6.5 6.8 6.9 7.2 4" Suggested Max. Vertical Load Vertical Transverse 5,000 lbs 2,500 lbs The Hughes Brothers 2859 Shield Wire Support features two 5/8" through bolts, curved front & back plates and a 1/2" chain link. The curved front plate is welded to both through bolts. Shipped with nuts and locknuts as shown. L
The 2859 series is RUS accepted.
6" 3"
2837 Pole Band Shield Wire Support

Hughes Brothers 2837 Light Duty Pole Band Shield Wire Support offers a provision for attachment of a shield wire support with a 5/8" shackle. In this application, the 2837 doubles as an anti-split band at the pole top. The 2837 uses a 3/16" x 4" steel band section. Assembly is provided with shackle by the "S" suffix. Stock No. Shackle & link ordered separately 2837.5 2837.6 2837.7 Wt. Lbs. Each 5.5 6.5 7.8 Pole Dia. Inches 7-9 8 1/2 - 11 10 - 13
C-64
Brackets
3-3/4"
2835 & 2852 Pole Band Shield Wire Support

Hughes Brothers 2835 & 2852 Pole Band Shield Wire Support functions as a shield wire support and anti-split band. The 2835 & 2852 are used to prevent pole splits due to either induced loads or seasoning checks. Chain Link The 2835 uses a 3/4" (2835.7) or 5/8" (2835.6) shield wire support, 5/8" stud bolts and 1/4" x 4" band sections. The Hughes 2852 Pole Band Shield Wire Support is identical to the 2835 except it uses a 7/8" shield wire support, 3/4" stud bolts and 1/4" x 4" band sections. The band section is provided with a bonding hole to facilitate grounding.
Stock No. 2835.6A-13 2835.6B-15 2835.7A-15 2835.7B-15
Pole Dia. Inches 6-1/2 ~ 10 7-1/2 ~ 12 6-1/2 ~10 7-1/2 ~ 12
Wt. Lbs. Each 18.2 19.0 20.0 21.0
Ordering Example (2835 Series):

2835.6B-15-B1CL
Chain Link "B1" Designates 1/2" chain link* "B" Designates 5/8" link Length Bolt Diameter
Add suffix B1CL for 1/2" chain link. Add suffix BCL for 5/8" chain link.
Stock No. 2852.5CL 2852.6CL 2852.7CL 2852.8CL 2852.9CL 2852.10CL
Pole Dia. Inches 6-1/2 ~ 10 7-1/2 ~ 12 12 ~ 15 13 ~ 16 15 ~ 18 17 ~ 20
Wt. Lbs. Each 18.2 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.5 24.0
Ordering Example (2852 Series):

2852.5 CL
5/8" Chain Link Pole Diameter (see table)
C-65
Bayonets
B2502 Shield Wire Bayonets
The Hughes Brothers B2502 shield wire bayonets allow for the installation of an overhead static wire or fiber optic static wire on unshielded lines without changing the existing conductor attachment locations or hardware. In many cases, the Hughes Brothers Shield Wire Bayonets will be used in addition to lightning arrestors. Many other configurations with varying clearances for specific pole top assemblies are available.
See Detail A 12"
End Cap Shoulder Eye Bolt Chain Link Detail A 1/2" Base Plate Bearing Plate 3/4" Bolt
Ordering Example:
L
Stock No. "L" R1 R2 Unit Wt.
B2502-C 7' 10" 25" 25" 110 lbs Base Plate Detail R2 R1
8" 12"
3' 0"
C-66
Bayonets
B2502 Shield Wire Bayonet Test Results
C
Type B2502-C Shield Wire Bayonet Assembly Vertical strength - 2300 lbs Longitudinal Strength - 1000 lbs Transverse strength - 1200 lbs
Cycle Test No deformation or indication of fatigue failure occurred after cycle testing the B2502-C Shield Wire Bayonet Assembly for 1.5 million cycles. 1 million cycles - 0 to 150 lbs 500,000 cycles - 0 to 300 lbs
Cycle tests
C-67
Bayonets
T 1"
2813 Shield Wire Support for Bayonets
W The Hughes Brothers 2813 Shield Wire Supports are used on rectangular members. A 4"x3/16" saddle plate is welded to the bracket. Hughes 2813 Shield wire Supports are available for any size bayonet.
Welded Washer Nut & Extra Nut Stock No. 3" 2813
"W" Bayonet Width Inches Specify
"T" Bayonet Thickness Inches Specify
Support Diameter Inches 5/8"
Approx. Wt. lbs. Each 4.3
Saddle Sizes Designation A B C D "W" 4-3/4" 5-3/4" 3-3/4" 4-5/8"
May be furnished with chain link when specified.
2813.66-3AB1WN Rod Diameter (decimal equivalent) Rod Length in inches Thread Length Washer Nut & Nut Chain Link, B = 5/8", B1 = 1/2" Saddle Size (from table above)
C-68
Bayonets
AS2613 Shield Wire Bayonet
Transverse Loading
Hughes Brothers AS2613 Series Shield Wire Bayonets are made from structural hot rolled angles and hot dip galvanized after fabrication. The bayonets are furnished so the shield wire attachments may be attached to either leg of the angle. (The Shield Wire Attachments are not furnished as part of the bayonet and must be ordered separately.) 9/16" Hole for Bonding The Corner Bayonet bent angle is offset 8-1/2".
B A Stock No. Inches Inches AS2613.1A AS2613.2A AS2613.3A AS2613.4A AS2613-F1 AS2613-F2 AS2613-F3 AS2613-F4 36 48 66 84 36 48 66 84 10 12 15 20 10 12 15 20 Angle Size Inches Ultimate Transverse Wt. Lbs. Load Rating Each (lbs) 10 17 25 36 15 20 36 59 300 400 250 250 575 450 375 460
Corner
Shield Wire Attachments

Hughes AS2613-G J-Bolt is made from 1/2" diameter bar stock and furnished complete with one 3/8" diameter chain link, spring lock washer and hex nut. Hughes AS2613-H1 Gooseneck is formed from 1/2" x 2" flat strip stock. A 11/16" connection hole is centered 1" from the end. The Gooseneck is furnished complete with two 1/2" x 1-1/2" machine bolts with locknuts for mounting to the bayonet. All parts are hot dip galvanized.
Stock No. AS2613-G AS2613-H1 Style J-Bolt Gooseneck Approx. Ship. Wt. Lbs. ea. .5 3.6
Corner Bayonets
5/8" mtg. bolts ordered separately
Straight
2 x 2 x 1/4 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 1/4 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 1/4 3 x 3 x 1/4 2 x 2 x 3/16 2 x 2 x 3/16 2 x 2 x 1/4 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 x 1/4
Straight Bayonets
15/16"
J-Bolt Gooseneck
2"
3-3/4"
C-69
Brackets
2821 Swinging Angle Brackets
The Hughes Brothers 2821 Swinging Angle bracket is used on H-Frame, double arm assemblies to provide additional clearance from conductor to crossarm when the insulators are in a deflected position as is the case on slight angle structures. The 2821 Swinging Angle Bracket is furnished complete with bolt and nuts. Standard stock sizes are listed in the table.
Stock No. 2821.5 2821.6 2821.7 2821.8
Length Inches 12 15 18 21
Spacing Inches 9 12 15 18
Weight Lbs. ea. 11 13 16 19
"AA" 20,000
Load Rating / Lbs. "BB" "CC" 20,000 12,000
Spacing
3/4" Washer Head Bolt 2821 Bracket
Length
3/8" x 3" Stock
BB 45o AA
45o
CC
C-70
Brackets
2823 Swinging Angle Bracket
The Hughes Brothers 2823 Swinging Angle bracket is used on single arm crossarm assemblies to provide additional clearance from conductor to crossarm when the insulators are subject to deflections as is the case on slight angle structures. The 2823 Swinging Angle Bracket is furnished complete with bolts, nuts and washer plate. Other sizes can be ordered by stating length, spacing and crossarm size.
Stock No. 2823.5 2823.6 2823.7 2823.8
"A" 6" 9" 12" 15"
"B" 9 12 15 18
"C" 12 15 18 21
Crossarm Size Specify
Weight Lbs. ea. 25 30 35 40
Load Rating / lbs "AA" "BB" "CC" 20,000 20,000 12,000
"A" 3/4" x 10" Bolt Standard
3/4" Washer Head Bolt "B"
"C"
2823 Bracket
BB
45o
CC AA 45o
C-71
Brackets
The Hughes Brothers 2846 Swinging Angle Brackets are used where the insulators are suspended from the pole, usually on angles from 6o to 25o depending on the conductor size and span length. The principal function of the swinging angle bracket is to provide additional clearance from the conductor to the pole. The swinging action of the bracket relieves the pole from the torque load introduced by uneven tension in the conductor in adjacent spans or in the event of a broken conductor.
13/16" Holes
3/4" Rod
3/4"R
Load
45o
"A"
3" 3" x 3" x 3/8" Clip Angles
7/8" Hole chamfered both sides Stock No. 2846.6 2846.7 "A" 9" 12" "B" 9" 12" Wt. / lbs Load Rating 8.8 9.0 5,000 5,000
"B"
C-72
Brackets
3/4" Washer Head Bolt
2822
1-1/4" Hole (chamfered both sides)
2822 & 2842 Swinging Angle Bracket

2822.2 Guying Plate Hughes Brothers 2822 & 2842 Swinging Angle Brackets are used where the insulators are suspended from the pole, usually on angles from 6o to 25o depending on the conductor size and span length. The principal function of the swinging angle bracket is to provide additional clearance from the conductor to the pole. The swinging action of the bracket relieves the pole from the torque load introduced by uneven tension in the conductor in adjacent spans or in the event of a broken conductor. The 2822 & 2842 Swinging Angle Bracket assemblies are furnished complete as shown including two 3/4"x14" through bolts, other bolt lengths are available. The 2822 and 2842 are identical except for the type of guy plate used. (See illustration).
"B"
15/16" Hole "A"
2842
3/4" Washer Head Bolt
1-1/4" Hole (chamfered both sides)
"B"
2842.2 Guying Plate 15/16" Hole
"A"
Stock No. 2822.5 2822.6 2822.7 2822.8 2842.5 2842.6 2842.7 2842.8
"A" 12 15 18 21 12 15 18 21
"B" 9 12 15 18 9 12 15 18
Load Rating / lbs Mtg. Bolt 45o at insulator Weight connection Spacing Lbs. ea. 6 9 12 15 6 9 12 15 20,000 29 35 41 47 28 32 38 44
NOTE: When a bracket is required other than those listed in the tables, specify the bracket length and through-bolt spacing desired.
C-73
Brackets
7/8" Bolt 1" Bolts 7/8" Forged Eye Bolt 2817 Dead End Tee 3" x 3" x 1/4" Angle 4" Grid Gain
1-1/4" Hole
B 45o AA
Hughes Brothers 2848 Swinging Angle Bracket is used to provide additional clearance from the conductor to the pole. The swinging action of the bracket relieves the pole from the torque load induced by uneven tensions in adjacent spans or in the event of a broken conductor. The 2848 Swinging Angle Bracket can also be used as a jumper string support. The bracket is furnished complete with mounting bolts, grid gain and tee for guy attachment.
Stock No. 2848-A 2848-B 2848-C 2848-D 2848-E 2848-F 2848-G 2848-H 2848-J 2848-K 2848-L 2848-M
"A" 1'-9" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-3" 2'-3" 2'-3" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0"
"B" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 5'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6"
Weight Lbs. ea. 71 75 81 77 86 88 94 102 112 69 108 116
Load Rating "AA" 30,000 lbs
C-74
Brackets
The 2831 Swinging Angle Bracket is designed for use with Hughes Brothers 3105 Pole Bands. The 3105 Pole Band helps the pole carry a larger load without splitting. 7/8" Bolt
C
A
3" x 3" x 1/4" Angle
1-1/4" Hole 3105 Pole Band
AA
45o
Stock No. 2831-A 2831-B 2831-C 2831-D 2831-E
"A" 1'-9" 1'-9" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-3"
"B" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-0"
Weight Load Rating "AA" Lbs. ea. 45 49 53 63 76 26,000 lbs
30,000 lbs
NOTE: The pole bands and links shown are not furnished as part of the swinging angle bracket assembly and should be ordered separately. To order (2) 3105 Pole Bands with the 2831 bracket specify pole band and bracket as follows: Example: 2831-B-3105.6* (2) 3105.6 Pole Bands, (links & rollers ordered separately) 2831 Bracket *See pole bands for correct pole diameter.
C-75
Brackets
7/8" Bolt Special 3107 Pole Band

The 1796 Swinging Angle Bracket is designed for use with Hughes Brothers special 3107 Pole Band. The special 3107 Pole Band helps the pole carry a larger load without splitting and is furnished with this swinging angle bracket.
1-1/4" Hole
B AA 45o
Stock No. 1796-A 1796-B 1796-C 1796-D 1796-E 1796-F
"A" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-0" 2'-6" 4'-0" 3'-9"
"B" 2'-0" 4'-0" 3'-0" 3'-6" 5'-0" 4'-9"
Weight Load Rating lbs. ea. "AA" 93 121 102 122 177 164 35,000 lbs
NOTE: The pole bands and links shown are not furnished as part of the swinging angle bracket assembly and should be ordered separately. To order (2) 3107 Pole Bands with the 1796 bracket specify pole band and bracket as follows: Example: 1796-B-3107.6* (2) 3107.6 Pole Bands, (links & rollers ordered separately) 1796 Bracket *See pole bands for correct pole diameter.
C-76
Brackets
7-5/8"
2839 Light Duty Corner Bracket

The Hughes Brothers 2839 Corner Bracket mounts to a pole with (2) 5/8" bolts ordered separately.
Stock No.
Unit Wt. 6.5 lbs
14-1/8"
2839
1329-A 5/8" U-Bolt
B2684.2C Service Drop Bracket

The B2684.2C Service Drop Link features four 7/32" holes for mounting on buildings or crossarms. Made from 3/16" x 1" stock with 7/16" attachment hole. Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A123.
4-3/4 "
12o
16-1/4"
Stock No. B2684.2C
Mtg. Holes 7/32"
Attachment Hole 7/16"
Weight .92 lbs
C-77
1-1/2"
Brackets
A Stud Hole Mtg. Hole
B2047 Post Insulator Mounting Bracket
C
3/8"
15o C
The Hughes Brothers B2047 series Post Insulator Mounting Brackets feature a curved mounting base. A variety of material thicknesses and widths are offered. Insulator mounting studs are also manufactured by Hughes Brothers. Please see fastener section, 2750 series.
2" Mtg. Hole
Radius
Stock No. B2047.1 B2047.2 B2047.3 B2047.4 B2047.8 B2047.9 B2047.11 B2047.13 B2047.15 B2047.18 B2047.19
A 10" 6" 10" 15" 6" 15" 5" 15" 15" 9-1/2" 10"
B 10" 10"/12" 10"/12" 12" 10" 10" 10" 12" 10" 10" 10" 10"/12" 10" 10"
C 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 6" 3" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4"
Radius 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 8" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2"
Stud Hole 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 15/16" 11/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 15/16"
Top Mtg.Hole 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 13/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 13/16" 13/16"
Bottom Mtg.Hole 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16" 13/16"x1-1/2" 13/16"x1-1/4"
No. of Bottom Mtg Holes 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
Weight / lbs 12.0 9.5 13.2 17.0 17.0 24.5 6.0 16.6 16.4 12.0 12.0 13.0 12.0 14.0
B2047.20A 8-1/2" B2047.23 9" 12" B2047.24
C-78
Brackets
C Top Mtg. Hole A
B1859 Post Insulator Mounting Bracket

The Hughes Brothers B1859 series Post Insulator Mounting Brackets have a flat mounting base. They are formed from 3/8" x 2-1/2" or 3" steel. Insulator mounting studs are also manufactured by Hughes Brothers. Please see fastener section, 2750 series.
Top Hole Bottom Hole
30o
Stud Hole Bottom Mtg. Hole Stud Hole Top Mounting Hole Bottom Hole 9/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" Top Hole 11/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" Bottom Mtg. Hole Weight / lbs 11/16" 11/16" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16" 4.3 6.2 12.3 6.0 10.4 12.0 10.4
Stock No.
B 8-1/2" 8-1/2" 12" 8-1/2" 12" 10" 12"
C 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 3" 2-1/2" 3" 3" 3"
B1859.1 4-1/4" B1859.2 8-1/4" B1859.3 15" B1859.4 7-3/4" B1859.5 12" B1859.6* 15" B1859.7 12"
11/16" 11/16" x 1-3/8" 11/16" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16" 11/16" 13/16" 11/16" 13/16" 11/16"x1-3/8" 13/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16"x1-3/8"
* 15o from horizontal insulator angle
C-79
Brackets
B2025 Heavy Post Insulator Mounting Bracket
The Hughes Brothers B2025 series of post insulator mounting brackets have a curved mounting base. The B2025 series is used for extra heavy loads and greater pole clearances.
5/8" Bolt
Angle
Washer 7/8" Stud
Insulator by others 5/8" Bolts 7/8" Bolt, CW80, MF80 (sold separately)
Stock No.
Stud Hole
Mtg. Hole Angle Weight 5o 12o 12o 48 lbs. 48 lbs. 38 lbs.
B2025-P 20" B2025-P1 20" B2025-P2 14"
12" 13/16" 13/16" 12" 15/16" 15/16" 12" 15/16" 15/16"
C-80
Brackets
L 13/16" Hole B
C4466 Post Insulator Insulator Stand-Off Arm Mtg. Hole
C
Hughes Brothers C4466 Series of Line Post Insulator Stand-Off Arms are used for special applications requiring a 1 ft. to 3 ft. clearance from the pole.
13/16"
Post Insulator (by others)
Stock No. C4466-B1.0 C4466-B1.25 C4466-B1.5 C4466-B1.75 C4466-B2.0 C4466-B2.25 C4466-B2.5 C4466-B2.75 C4466-B3.0
L 12" 15" 18" 21" 24" 27" 30" 33" 36"
A 10" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"
B 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
C 4" 4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"
Wt./lbs. 33 35 37 39 43 46 49 52 55
Ordering Example:
C4466-B1.75A "A" for 13/16" ins. mtg. hole "B" for 15/16" ins. mtg. hole Length "L" in feet
C-81
Brackets
9/16"
B1964 Single or Double Conduit Support Bracket
C
C
12"
6"
Hughes Brothers B1964 Single or Double Conduit Support Bracket is a single piece welded steel unit. The conduit is attached by a 1/2" U-bolt. A 6" clearance from the pole to the center of the conduit is maintained for conduit 2" to 4" in outside diameter. The bracket is attached to the pole by 5/8" lag screws or 5/8" bolts. Stock No. B1964 Unit wt. 6.7 lbs Std Pkg. 8
B1963 Single Conduit Support Bracket

The B1963 Single Conduit Support Bracket is a single piece, welded steel unit. The conduit is attached by 3/8" U-bolt. For use with conduit 2" to 4" in outside diameter. The bracket is attached to the pole by (2) 5/8" lag screws and (1) 5/8" machine bolt. Stock No. B1963 Unit wt. Std Pkg. 3.3 lbs 10
5-1/2
"
To order 3/8" U-bolt for 2" conduit, use stock no. AS2477.2A. To order 3/8" U-bolt for 4" conduit, use stock no. AS2477.6A.
C-82
Brackets
AS2477 Conduit Support Bracket
6"
The AS2477 series Conduit Support Brackets are welded steel units. The bracket is attached to the pole by 5/8" lag screws or 5/8" bolts. The bottom base fitting hole is an open slot to ease installation. Stock No. AS2477-A AS2477-B AS2477-C AS2477-D Unit wt. Conduit Dia. 9.6 8.6 6.8 9.0 (2) 4" or (2) 2" 2" or 6" 2" or 5" 2", 5" or 6"
Ordering Example:
Bracket only - A S 2 4 7 7 - B Bracket with U-bolt(s) - A S 2 4 7 7 - B 6 U-bolt / Conduit Size NOTE: AS2477-A4 or AS2477-A2 includes two (2) U-bolts. Each AS2477 bracket can be ordered with or without U-bolts as part of the assembly.
AS2477-A
AS2477-B
AS2477-C
AS2477-D
4" 6"
5" 6"
4" 2" 2" 2" 2" 5"
2"
C-83
Brackets
B2379 Conduit / Pipe Hanger
The B2379 Series Conduit / Pipe Hangers facilitate the mounting of equipment to conduit, steel poles or pipe. Each bracket assembly has 1/2" bolts staked to a band section. No. of Equipment Unit Wt. Mtg. Holes 3.9 lbs. 3.5 lbs. 3.0 lbs. 5.3 lbs. 5.5 lbs. 3.0 lbs. 3.2 lbs. 3.0 lbs. 3.7 lbs. 4.1 lbs. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
Stock No. B2379-A B2379-B B2379-C B2379-E* B2379-F* 11/16" Hole
Diameter 6-3/4" 6" 5" 8" 9"
B2379-KGE-1A** 3-1/2" to 4" 4" to 5" B2379-KGE-1B** B2379-KGE-2A** 3-1/2" to 4" 4" to 5" B2379-KGE-2B** 5" to 6" B2379-KGE-2C**
*Bracket comes complete with 5/8" x 1-1/2" bolt and spring lock washer in each 11/16" equipment mounting hole. **Bracket comes complete with 5/8" x 2" bolt and spring lock washer in each equipment mounting hole. 11/16" Hole
C-84
Pole Top Brackets

A1977 Pole Top Bracket
The Hughes Brothers A1977 Pole Top Bracket is used to mount post insulators from 15kv to 34.5kv. The tapered body is formed from 3/16" plate and welded to a 3/8" top plate. Pole and insulator mounting holes are 11/16". The A1977.5 is similar to the A1977.1 but uses 1/4" plate for the body and 1/2" top plate for greater strength. Insulator Mtg. Hole
C
D C
Stock No. A1977.1 A1977.5
Ins. Mtg Mtg. Hole Hole
D Weight B
11/16" 11/16" 5" 13/16" 11/16" 5"
NA 8-1/2" 6.3 lbs 3" 3-1/4" 2" 9.2 lbs
A Insulator Mtg. Hole
B2006 Pole Top Bracket

Hughes Brothers B2006 Pole Top Bracket is made from 4"x 5.4# channel and has a body formed to fit the pole with a 3/8" x 4-1/2" x 5" top plate.
The insulator mounting hole is 13/16" in diameter. Stock No. Mtg Hole B2006.1 B2006.2 B2006.4 B2006.7* B2006.8* B2006.9 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" A B Weight / lbs 8.7 7.3 14.4 13.8 17.4 9.0
5" 8" 5" 5" 8" 12-1/8" 8" 12" 5" 24" 8" 6"
*Top plate is 1/2" x 4-1/2" x 5"
C-85
Pole Top Pins

2770 Pole Top Pin with Nylon Alloy Threads
Hughes Brothers 2770 series of steel pole top pins feature a nylon alloy material as an alternative to cast lead threads. The use of a nylon alloy thread offers superior insulator to pole top pin fit and alignment. Also, handling, use and disposal problems associated with lead threads are eliminated. Extensive testing of the nylon alloy in the pole top application has been performed by Hughes Brothers.
Benefits of the Hughes Brothers Nylon Alloy threads are: - A flexible more resilient thread than lead threads - Superior insulator alignment - A firm, stable fit with most common pin insulators ie. no rocking of the insulator - Superior strength over lead threads
The 2770 is designed to be equally strong when mounted with channel facing or away from the pole. This feature allows for a 1" variation in pole mounting bolt length.
C-86
Pole Top Pins

A 3/16" C 11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot B 1-7/16" for 2770-A 1-5/16" for 2770-B 11/16"
Thread Diameter
100 = 1" threads 130 = 1-3/8" threads "C" dimension (when applicable) Length "A" dimension
Ordering Example:
2770-A 20-C5-100 Stock No.
Stock No. 2770-A24- 2770-A24-C5- 2770-A20- 2770-A20-C5- 2770-B18- 2770-B18-C5- 2770-B15-
"A" 24" 24" 20" 20" 18" 18" 15"
"B" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8" 5"
"C" NA 5" NA 5" NA 5" NA
Unit Wt. lbs 6.2 6.2 4.7 4.7 3.4 3.4 2.9
The 2770-A20-100 and 2770A20-130 are RUS accepted.
Testing
Transverse and Longitudinal Loading
1500 lbs. transverse load with no deformation, 2770-A20-100.
1200 lbs. longitudinal load with no deformation, 2770-A20-100.
C-87
Secondary Brackets
1084 Secondary Spool Bracket
The Hughes Brothers 1084 Secondary Spool Bracket is made from one piece of 4"x 3/16" steel, curved to fit the contour of the pole. The 1084 features a 90o slot in the base which makes it possible to rotate the bracket into two positions. This allows the bracket to be used as a pulley for stringing and sagging and then rotated and bolted into position. The 1084 uses a 5/8" machine bolt with a tapped bottom hole. The 1084A uses a 5/8" pin & cotter key. Stock No. 1084 1084-A Unit Wt. 2.8 lbs 2.8 lbs Std Pkg. 10 10
2301 Spool Bracket

The 2301 Light Duty Spool Bracket is used as a service, street lighting or light load dead end bracket. Stock No. Unit Wt. Std Pkg. 2301 1.6 20 The 2301 is made from 2-1/2" x 3/16" steel, curved to fit the contour of the pole. A 5/8" pin with humpback cotter key is supplied assembled to the bracket.
3-1/2"
2-3
/4"
L 11/16"
B2684-G Bracket
3-1/2"
The B2684-G Neutral Standoff Bracket offsets the neutral wire from the pole allowing for more climbing space. The B2684-G uses a 5/8" pin & Stock No. Unit Wt. "L" cotter key. B2684-G B2684-G1 B2684-G2 4.2 lbs 5.0 lbs 4.0 lbs 12" 14-1/8" 9"
9/16"
2-3 /4"

3-1/8"
31/ 2"
C-88
Ridge Irons
13/16" Hole
1144 Ridge Iron

Hughes Brothers developed these Ridge Irons which today are nationally accepted as a standard. The 1144 Ridge Irons were originally designed so utility companies could use the short shank pins they had on hand. The No. 1144-A are now preferred because they utilize the same long shank pins used in crossarms and because they are stronger due to the action of the pin-shank bracket. Both the 1144 and 1144-A are simple in design, contain a minimum of parts and withstand all loads that can be carried by standard insulator pins. These ridge irons are formed to fit the pole which helps to prevent pole-top splitting and are used primarily for 13.2 kv. to 44 kv. construction. The side members are formed from 4" x 3/16" steel. Shipped in bundles of five ridge irons Insulator pins not included Mounting bolts should be ordered from our bolt section
1144
11/16" Slot 11/16" Hole 9/16" Square hole for bonding 11/16" Slot
9/16" Square hole for bonding 11/16" Hole
8"
1144-A
Stock No. 1144 1144-A
Pole Dia. in Unit Weight / lbs. Inches 6-1/2 - 9 6-1/2 - 9 10 11
C-89
Ridge Irons
13/16" Hole
2608 Ridge Iron

Hughes Brothers developed these Ridge Irons which today are nationally accepted as a standard. The 2608 Ridge Irons were originally designed so utility companies could use the short shank pins they had on hand. The No. 2608-A are now preferred because they utilize the same long shank pins used in crossarms and because they are stronger due to the action of the pin-shank bracket.
2608
13/16" Slot 13/16" Hole 9/16" Square hole for bonding 13/16" Slot
Both the 2608 and 2608-A are simple in design, contain a minimum of parts and withstand all loads that can be carried by standard insulator pins. These ridge irons are formed to fit the pole which helps to prevent pole-top splitting and are used primarily for 13.2 kv. to 44 kv. construction. The side members are formed from 4" x 1/4" steel. Shipped in bundles of five ridge irons Insulator pins not included Mounting bolts should be ordered from our bolt section
9/16" Square hole for bonding 13/16" Hole
8"
Stock No.
Pole Dia. in Unit Weight / lbs. Inches 6-1/2 - 9 6-1/2 - 9 13 15
2608-A
2608 2608-A
C-90
Ridge Irons
13/16" Holes
18" 12"
2600 Ridge Iron

The Hughes Brothers 2600 Ridge Irons are for use with short shank pins and the 2600-A for use with long shank pins. The 5" channel is assembled to the ridge iron and supported by two braces. Side members, shaped to hug the pole, tend to prevent pole-top splitting. Shipped in bundles of five (5) ridge irons Insulator pins not included Mounting bolts should be ordered from Bolt Section.
11/16" Hole 11/16" Slot Stock No. 2600 2600-A Pole Dia. Unit Weight / lbs Inches 6-1/2 - 9 6-1/2 - 9 28 30
8"
C-91
Ridge Irons
2606 Ridge Iron
Hughes Brothers 2606-A Ridge Irons for line post construction are similar to the 2608 Ridge Irons. They are designed to increase the strength of the assembly by the use of a pole band. The pole band, made from 1-3/4" x 1/4" steel, fits over the formfitted side members of the Ridge Iron and pole and effectively reduces the possibility of pole replacements due to pole-top splitting. Studs and pin-shank brackets are boxed and bands and side members are bundled Insulator pins are not included Mounting bolts should be ordered from the Fastener Section
Stock No. 2606 2606-A
Top Dia. Unit weight / lbs Inches 6-1/2 - 9 6-1/2 - 9 18 20
1/4" top flanged washer
8"
13/16" Hole with 3/4" mtg. bolt
2606
2606-A
C-92
Ridge Irons
2604 Ridge Iron
Cross Tie attachment hole 11/16" Holes Hughes Brothers 2604 Ridge Iron is a complete assembly with two side members and cross plate, and is designed to be adaptable to varying pole diameters. 13/16" Shield Wire clamp hole 11/16" Hole The top plate can be removed after installation to allow the shield wire to be placed in between the side plates. In case of failure of the clamp or pin, or if the clamp becomes loose, the shield wire is held at the top of the pole and will not drop on the conductor.
Stock No.
Pole Dia / in 7-1/2" - 12"
Weight Ea. 20 lbs.
8"
2604
Side members and cross plates are bundled separately

Mounting bolts should be ordered from the Fasteners Section. 11/16"x1-3/8" Slot
C-93
Ridge Irons
13/16" Shield wire clamp hole
2605 Ridge Iron

Hughes Brothers 2605 Ridge Irons, like the 2604, are adaptable to varying pole diameters.
11/16" Hole
The 2605 Ridge Iron is used where additional height is required at the top of the pole. When the X dimension exceeds 12" a heavier side angle may be required. Contact Hughes Brothers engineering staff for other configurations. The top plate can be removed after installation to allow the shield wire to be placed in between the side plates.
8"
Bonding Hole
11/16" x 1-3/8" Slot
Weight Stock No. Pole Dia / in Lbs. / Ea. 2605-9* 2605-10 2605-12* 2605-14 2605-16 6-1/2 - 11 14.0 15.5 18.6 19.7 20.6
*Stock item
Ordering Example:
2 6 0 5 - "X" Distance above pole top
Side members and cross plates are bundled separately Mounting bolts should be ordered from our Bolt Section Stock items are shipped 2 units per box
C-94
Ridge Irons
1155 Ridge Iron
11/16" Hole Hughes Brothers 1155 Ridge Iron is designed so that failure of the clamp or pin will not drop the shield wire on the conductor. The 1155 is simple in design, containing a minimum of parts. The side members are form-fitted, shaped to fit the pole. The clamp attachment link is chamfered on both sides. Pole Dia. Wt. Ea. Lbs. Inches 6-1/2 - 9 15
11/16" Hole Bonding Hole
Stock No. 11/16" x 1-3/8" Slot 1155
8"
Pole mounting bolts to be ordered separately.
C-95
Ridge Irons
B2638 Ridge Irons
C
Hughes Brothers B2638 Ridge Irons for post insulator construction have a 5" bolt circle. The B2638 series provides for varying pole top diameters. For single bolt insulator attachment, a 4" x 4" x 1/2" square washer with 15/16" hole is recommended. B Stock No. Pole Diameter B2638-A B2638-B B2638-D B2638-E 10-1/4" to 16" 6" to 11-3/4" 6" to 11-3/4" 6" to 11-3/4" A B Weight Ea. 38 lbs 35 lbs 47 lbs 65 lbs
10" 5-1/2" 10" 5-1/2" 9" 8-1/2" 9" 22"
Pole Mounting holes are 13/16" Insulator mounting holes are 11/16" Center insulator mounting hole is 15/16"
C-96
Hanger Links
1701
X
1702
(For T-2 conductor)
1701 & 1702 Bundled Conductor Hanger Links

The Hughes Brothers 1701 & 1702 Hanger Links are used for vertical bundling of Armor Grip Suspension (AGS) units. The link assembly includes two double eye links, hex bolt, hex nut, spring lock washer and cotter key.
Stock No. 1701-1 1701-2 1701-3 1701-4 1701-5 1701-6 1701-7 1701-8 1701-9 1701-10 1702-1 1702-2 1702-3 1702-4
Conductor Range .482 to .542 .543 to .645 .646 to .750 .751 to .907 .908 to 1.005 1.006 to 1.208 1.209 to 1.355 1.356 to 1.557 1.558 to 1.882 1.883 to 2.333 2x.250 to 2x.447 2x.448 to 2x.642 2x.721 to 2x.858 2x.859 to 2x1.108
12"
Link Diameter 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4"
Top Eye Thickness 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4"
Bottom Eye Thickness 1/4" 1/4" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4"
Top Bolt Dimension Bolt Diameter X Length* 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 4-1/8" 4-1/8" 4-1/8" 4-7/8" 5-1/8" 5-7/8" 6-3/8" 6-5/8" 7-1/2" 7-1/2" 3-3/4" 4-3/4" 5-1/2" 5-1/2" 4-1/2" 4-1/2" 4-1/2" 5-1/4" 5-1/2" 6-1/4" 6-3/4" 7" 7-7/8" 7-7/8" 5" 6" 7" 7"
Ultimate Strength 12,500 lbs 12,500 lbs 12,500 lbs 24,000 lbs 24,000 lbs 24,000 lbs 24,000 lbs 35,000 lbs 35,000 lbs 35,000 lbs 24,000 lbs 24,000 lbs 24,000 lbs 35,000 lbs
*Thread Length = 1-1/2" Unit weight approximately 3.5 lbs each
C-97
Hold Down Weights

A2051-A Assembly Hold Down Weights and Hardware
Armor Grip Suspension Hardware (By Preformed Line Products) Hold down weights and shackles are used where the elevation of adjoining structures could cause uplift on the conductor. The hold down weight acts to counter balance the uplift.
1888 Shackle A2159 Hook
A2051.3 Weight
A2051 Assembly
NOTE: The A2051 assembly features an eye bolt and shackle
Ordering Example:
A2051-A-100. 4 Assembly type Total weight (50 lb increments) 1888 stock number (see opposite page)
A2051.3 Hold Down Weight

Cast from ductile iron, each hold down weight weighs 50 lbs and is hot dip galvanized. All weights feature a cast lip to facilitate handling and a recessed hole for the nut. 10" 13/16"
2-3/4"
C-98
Hold Down Weights

1-1/2"
A2159 Hold Down Weight Hook

3/4" (An alternate method for suspending hold down weights would use a 2724 forged eye bolt and 2865.2 shackle.)
Stock No.
Wt. / lbs 1.7
*
D F C A
5/8" A2159- *
* Required length = no. of weights x 2.75 in. + 3 in.
1888 Hold Down Weight Shackles
Stock No. 1888.2 1888.3 1888.4 1888.5 1888.6 1888.7 1888.8
A 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8"
B 4-7/8" 5-3/8" 5-1/2" 6-1/2" 6-1/4" 6-1/2" 7/1/4"
C 2-3/8" 2-3/4" 3-1/8" 3-3/4" 3-3/4" 4-1/4" 4-7/8"
D 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
E 1-7/8" 2-3/8" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 3" 3" 3-1/4"
F 4-3/4" 5-1/8" 5-1/2" 6-3/8" 6-3/8" 6-7/8" 7-1/2"
Wt. / lbs 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.5 2.3 3.0 3.1
Std. Package 25 25 25 10 10 10 10
C-99
Transformer Platform Reference Chart

C to C Part No. Pole Spacing Type 1034 1036 1070 1073 1035 1071 1040 1072 2100-12-0 2100-14-9 2102-12-0 2102-14-9 2102-16-9 2102-18-9 2102-20-9 12'-0" 16'-0" 14'-9" 14'-9" 12'-0" 14'-9" 12'-0" 14'-9" 12'-0" 14'-9" 12'-0" 14'-9" 16'-9" 18'-9" 20'-9" open open open open alley alley bridge bridge S.C. S.C. S.C. S.C. S.C. S.C. S.C. Width Railings 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 4'-3" 4'-3" 2'-6" 2'-6" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" B.S. B.S. B.S. B.S. O.S. O.S. none none B.S. B.S. B.S. B.S. B.S. B.S. B.S. Total Maximum Center Span Semi-Uniform Weight Loading / lbs Loading* / lbs / Lbs ea. 8,100 6,000 6,500 6,500 8,100 6,500 8,100 6,500 8,100 6,500 13,400 6,500 9,400 8,400 7,600 10,600 8,100 8,600 8,600 10,600 8,600 10,600 8,600 10,600 8,600 17,000 14,300 12,500 11,250 10,200 890 990 970 970 710 800 619 1072 1360 1620 1700 1800 2000 2200 2400
S.C. - Spread Channel B.S. - Both Sides O.S. - One Side
*Loads placed at the 1/3, 1/2, & 2/3 span locations
Open Type
Stock No's 1034 1036 1070 1073
Alley Type
Stock No's 1035 1071
Bridge Type
Stock No's 1040 1072
Spread Channel Type

Stock No's 2100-12-0 2100-14-9 2102-12-0 2102-14-9 2102-16-9 2102-18-9 2102-20-9
D-1
Transformer Platforms
Open, Alley and Bridge Type Transformer Platforms
Hughes Brothers Standard Transformer Platforms are complete units partially factory assembled for quick and easy installation. These prefabricated units are economical because no field work is required other than boring the pole holes; theres no cutting, fitting, waste or costly delays. Complete units can be relocated if necessary, to meet service demands. Wood members are made from select Douglas-fir components, pressure treated with pentachlorophenol. The following pages show Open, Alley and Bridge type transformer platforms for various pole spacings.
Stock No. 1034 1070 1036 1073 1035 1071 1040 1072
Type Open Open Open Open Alley Alley Bridge Bridge
C. to C. Pole Spacing 12'0" 14'9" 16'0" 14'9" 12'0" 14'9" 12'0" 14'9"
Hughes Brothers Open, Alley & Bridge Type Transformer Platforms are shipped complete and ready to assemble. All components are shipped banded as shown above.
D-2
Transformer Platforms (open type)

10 16 2 10 16 7a 10 14 16 5a
5' 6"
1034 Transformer Platform

1 4
5b
2 9 3 3
D
4 12 17 18 19 5b 5a
6b 4 12 17 18 19 2 1 10' 5-1/2" 5a 11 15 16 13 A 12' 0" 7b 5 7a
6a 3
5b 11 15 16
13
Section A-A
Poles may vary from 11' 9" to 12' 3" c to c
No. 1034 Bill of Material
NOTE: Douglas-fir plank and railings are pressure treated with Pentachlorophenol. Steel members and parts are hot dip galvanized.
Item 1 2 3 4 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8 9 10 11 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 19
Quan. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 46 24 4 4 4 8 4 32 8 8 8
Part No. S1 S2 S6 S3 S4R S4L S5R S5L W1 W1N2 W2 BC33-F B61 3/4-1 1/4 B618-6 TR718-5 LS64 1/2 SW2-60 CW60 MF60 RW2-70 N70 MF70
Description 8" Channel Side Angle Cross Angle Cross Angle Brace Angle (Right) Brace Angle (Left) Railing Support Angle (Right) Railing Support Angle (Left) Plank Plank with 2 Ends Notched Railing 3/8" x 3" Carriage Bolt 5/8" x 1-3/4" Bolt 5/8" x 18" Bolt 3/4" x 18" Thr'd Rod 5/8" x 4-1/2" Lag Screw 2" x Sq. Washer, 11/16" Hole 4" Sq. Curved Washer, 11/16" Hole 5/8" MF Locknut 2" Round Washer 13/16" Hole 3/4" Std. Nut 3/4" MF Locknut
D-3

2-1/4" x 5" Plank 3 10 16 4 5b 10 14 16 5a
5a
5b
5'6"
Cross angles slotted to permit pole variation 10" to 16" dia.
3' 2"
6b
6a
D
7b 4 12 17 18 19 1 5b 5b 5b
5b
7a
8" x 11.5# Channel 2 5a 10' 5-1/2"
Frame constructed of 2" x 2-1/2" x 3/16" angles
11 15 16 13
Brace angles made left & right
11 15 16
14' 9" Poles may vary from 14' 6" to 15' 0" c to c
Item 1 2 3 4 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8 9 10 11 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 19
Quan. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 46 28 4 4 4 8 4 32 8 8 8
Part No. S12 S2 S6 S3 S4R S4L S5R S5L W1 W1N2 W2 BC33-1 B61 3/4-1 1/4 B618-6 TR718-5 LS64 1/2 SW2-60 CW60 MF60 RW2-70 N70 MF70
D-4

9 7b 7a 3 7b 5/8" x 1-3/4" Bolt, Sq. Nut, MF Locknut
S-12
2' 9"
5' 6"
2' 9"
3 Cross angles slotted to permit variation of 10" to 16" in pole diameter
D
3/8" x 3" Carriage Bolt 6b 2 3/4" x 18" Threaded Rod, 2 - 2" Round Washers 2 - Sq. Nuts, 2 - MF Locknuts 5b
3' 2"
6a 5/8" x 1-3/4" Bolt, Sq. Nut, MF Locknut
1 5a
8" x 11.5# Channel
12' 5-1/2" Frame constructed of 2" x 2-1/2" x 3/16" angles 5/8" Bolt 5/8" x 18" Bolt, CW60 Curved Washer, Sq. Nut, MF Locknut 5/8" Lag Screw
14' 9" Poles may vary from 14' 6" to 15' 0" c to c
Item 1 2 3 4 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8 9 10 11 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 19
Quan. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 2 2 54 28 4 4 4 8 4 32 8 8 8
D-5

2-1/4" x 5" Plank 4 3 1
10 14 16
5' 6"
10 16 7a 9 Cross angles slotted to permit pole variation 10" to 16" diameter
2-1/4" x 5" Railing 8 6b 4 7b 3 7a 4 6a 3 4 9
D
12 17 18 19 5b Brace Angles made right & left 5a
3' 2"
8" x 11.5# Channel 1 14' 5-1/2" 5a Frame constructed of 2" x 2-1/2" angles 11 15 16 13 16' 0" Poles may vary from 15' 9" to 16' 3" c to c 2
5b
11 15
Item 1 2 3 4 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Quan. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 24 2 2 60 28 4 4 4 10 4 32 8 8 8
D-6
Transformer Platforms (alley type)

4b 7a 3a 3b 4a 10 14 16 1
4' 3"
10 16 7b 7c
9 6a
D
4a 12 17 18 19
3' 2"
6b
4b
3a
3b
8" x 11.5# Channel
1 2 10' 5-1/2"
5b
5a
Frame constructed of 2" x 2-1/2" angles
5b 11 15 16
11 15 16
12' 0" Pole spacing may vary from 11' 9" to 12' 3"
13
Item
1 2 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 7c 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Quan.
2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 1 1 1 42 22 2 4 2 8 2 24 8 8 8
Part No.
S1 S2 S7R S7L S8R S8L S4R S4L S5R S5L W3 W3N1RT W3N1LT W2 BC33-1 B61 3/4-1 1/4 B618-6 TR718-5 LS64 1/2 SW2-60 CW60 MF60 RW2-70 N70 MF70
Description
8" Channel Side Angle Cross Angle (Right) Cross Angle (Left) Cross Angle (Right) Cross Angle (Left) Brace Angle (Right) Brace Angle (Left) Railing Support Angle (Right) Railing Support Angle (Left) Plank Plank with 1 End Notched (Right) Plank with 1 End Notched (Left) Railing 3/8" x 3" Carriage Bolt 5/8" x 1-3/4" Bolt 5/8" x 18" Bolt 3/4" x 18" Thr'd Rod 5/8" x 4-1/2" Lag Screw 2" x Sq. Washer, 11/16" Hole 4" Sq. Curved Washer, 11/16" Hole 5/8" MF Locknut 2" Round Washer 13/16" Hole 3/4" Std. Nut 3/4" MF Locknut
D-7
Transformer Platforms (alley type)

4b 16 7a 3b 4a 10 14 16
5a
5b 10 16 Cross angles slotted to permit pole variations 10" to 16" diameter
4' 3"
7b
7c
2-1/4" x 5" Railing
3' 2"
6b
6a
D
4 12 17 18 19 2 5b 5b 11 15 16
7b
3a
7a
3b
7c
8" x 11.5# Channel
10' 5-1/2" Frame constructed of 2" x 2-1/2" x 3/16" angles
5a
11 15 16
14' 9" Pole spacing may vary from 14' 6" to 15' 0" C to C
13
Item
1 2 3a 3b 4a 4b 5a 5b 6a 6b 7a 7b 7c 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Quan.
2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 1 1 1 42 22 2 4 2 8 2 24 8 8 8
Part No.
S12 S2 S7R S7L S8R S8L S4R S4L S5R S5L W3 W3N1RT W3N1LT W2 BC33-1 B61 3/4-1 1/4 B618-6 TR718-5 LS64 1/2 SW2-60 CW60 MF60 RW2-70 N70 MF70
Description
8" Channel Side Angle Cross Angle (Right) Cross Angle (Left) Cross Angle (Right) Cross Angle (Left) Brace Angle (Right) Brace Angle (Left) Railing Support Angle (Right) Railing Support Angle (Left) Plank Plank with 1 End Notched (Right) Plank with 1 End Notched (Left) Railing 3/8" x 3" Carriage Bolt 5/8" x 1-3/4" Bolt 5/8" x 18" Bolt 3/4" x 18" Thr'd Rod 5/8" x 4-1/2" Lag Screw 2" x Sq. Washer, 11/16" Hole 4" Sq. Curved Washer, 11/16" Hole 5/8" MF Locknut 2" Round Washer 13/16" Hole 3/4" Std. Nut 3/4" MF Locknut
D-8
Transformer Platforms (bridge type)

2-1/4" x 5" Plank 4 6 10 6 8 10
D
3/4" Thru bolts 8" x 11.5# Channel 2 1 2" Rd. Washer 4 7 11 12 10' 5-1/2"
Frame constructed of 2" x 2-1/4" x 3/16"
12' 0" Poles may vary from 11' 9" to 12' 3" C to C
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Quan. 2 2 4 19 38 16 4 8 8 16 8 8
Part No. S1 S2 S11 W5 BC33-1 B61 3/4-1 1/4 TR718-5 SW2-60 RW2-70 MF60 N70 MF70
Description 8" Channel Side Angle Cross Angle Plank 3/8" x 3" Carriage Bolt 5/8" x 1-3/4" Bolt 3/4" x 18" Thr'd Rod 2" x Sq. Washer, 11/16" Hole 2" Round Washer 13/16" Hole 5/8" MF Locknut 3/4" Std. Nut 3/4" MF Locknut
D-9
Transformer Platforms (bridge type)

3 2-1/4" x 5" Plank 4 3 3 6 10
6 8 10
Cross angles slotted to permit pole variation of 10" to 16" diameter
2' 6"
D
8" x 11.5# Channel 10' 5-1/2" 2 1 11 12 7 9
Frame constructed of 2" x 2-1/2" angles
14' 9" Pole spacing may vary from 14' 6" to 15' 0"
Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Quan. 2 2 4 19 38 16 4 8 8 16 8 8
Part No. S12 S2 S11 W5 BC33-1 B61 3/4-1 1/4 TR718-5 SW2-60 RW2-70 MF60 N70 MF70
Description 8" Channel Side Angle Cross Angle Plank 3/8" x 3" Carriage Bolt 5/8" x 1-3/4" Bolt 3/4" x 18" Thr'd Rod 2" x Sq. Washer, 11/16" Hole 2" Round Washer 13/16" Hole 5/8" MF Locknut 3/4" Std. Nut 3/4" MF Locknut
D-10
Transformer Platforms (spread channel)

Spread Channel Transformer Platforms
Hughes Brothers Spread Channel Transformer Platforms have side channels which are attached to channels rather than directly to the poles. This allows for greater vertical space under the platform. The spread-channel type platform has the planks made into removable panels allowing the transformer to be raised vertically through the platform. The panels are easily replaced in their proper positions. The same advantages are present in the removal of a transformer. Usually a transformer can be removed without disturbing the adjacent transformers. Hughes Brothers Transformer Platforms are furnished complete, shipped with all bolts, ready to install. These prefabricated units are economical because no field work is required other than boring the pole holes; theres no cutting, fitting, waste or costly delays. Wood parts are made from Douglas-fir, pressure treated with pentachlorophenol. Steel parts are hot dip galvanized.
D-11
Transformer Platforms (spread type)

Note: Cut end cleat to wedge under end channel
2' 3"

Note: Entire end bracket assembly may be inverted to give additional clearance if necessary
6' 0"
4' 6"
2' 3"
D
3' 0"
2-1/4" x 5" railing
2' 3"
2' 3" 3/4" bolt thru pole
10"x15.3# 3-3/8" x 5-3/8" plank
8"x11.5# 8" x 11.5# channel 3/4" bolt
Specify
Hughes Brothers No. 2100 Spread Channel Transformer Platforms are made for center to center pole spacing from 110" to 199" with guard rails and walking space on both sides. Shipped complete, ready to install, Hughes No. 2100 Platform has two 8" x 11.5-lb. side or spread channels and two 10" x 15.3-lb. pole channels. The platform has two 8" x 11.5-lb. vertical pole channels; four clip angles and eight rail supports of 1/4" stock, and two 3" x 3" x 1/4" angle braces. It has two rail guards, 2-1/4" x 5" x 110"; the platform planks, 3-3/8 x 5-3/8" x 60", are cleated into removable panels; and the four posts for guard rails are 3" x 3" x 40". Stock No. 2100-12-0 2100-14-9
C. to C. Pole Spacing Weight / lbs 12'-0" 14'-9" 1360 1620
Ordering Example:
2100 - 14 - 9 Inches Feet
2' 0"
4' 0"
} Pole Spacing
Hughes Brothers Transformer Platforms can be furnished in sizes other than those shown. Consult the Hughes Brothers Engineering Department. When ordering other than stock numbers shown, specify center to center pole spacing.
D-12
Transformer Platforms (spread type)

Note: Cut end cleat to wedge under end channel

NOTE: Entire end bracket assembly may be inverted to give additional clearance if necessary.
6' 0"
4' 6" 2' 3"
2' 3"
2-1/4" x 5" railing 2' 3" 2' 3" 3/4" bolt thru pole 12" x 20.7# 3-3/8" x 5-3/8" plank
D
3' 0"
4' 0"
10" x 15.3# channel
3/4" bolt
Specify
8" x 11.5# channel
Hughes Brothers No. 2102 Spread-Channel Transformer Platforms are made for center to center pole spacing from 149" to 209" with guard rails and walking space on both sides. Shipped complete, ready to install, Hughes Brothers No. 2102 Platform has two 10" x 15.3-lb. side or spread channels; two 12" x 20.7-lb. pole channels; two 8" x 11.5-lb. vertical pole channels; four clip angles and twelve rail supports of 1/4" stock; and two 3" x 3" 1/4" angle braces. All metal parts, bolts and washers are hot dip galvanized. Two guard rails, 2-1/4" x 5" x 150", platform planks, 3-3/8" x 5-3/8" x 60", which are cleated into removable panels and four guard rail posts, 3" x 3" x 40", are made of Douglas-fir, pressuretreated with pentachlorophenol. Hughes Brothers Transformer Platforms can be furnished in sizes other than those shown. Consult the Hughes Brothers Engineering Department. When ordering other than stock numbers shown, specify center to center pole spacing. Stock No. 2102-12-0 2102-14-9 2102-16-9 2102-18-9 2102-20-9
C. to C. Pole Spacing Weight / lbs 12'-0" 14'-9" 16'-9" 18'-9" 20'-9" 1700 1800 2000 2200 2400
Ordering Example:
2102 - 14 - 9 Inches Feet
} Pole Spacing
2' 0"
D-13
Cluster Mounts
Hughes Brothers Cluster Mounts
Hughes Brothers 3020 Cluster Mounts provide a reliable method of mounting very heavy transformers in a three plane or "cluster" arrangement. The Hughes Brothers cluster mounts enable transformers to be attached on the ground and many electrical connections made before the cluster is raised into position.
3020.3C Back Plate provides rigidity when mounting transformers 75kVA & larger. (Ordered Seperately)
3020 Cluster Mount

The 3020 features key hole & key slot mounting holes which allow the unit to be hung on bolts already in place on the pole. Transformers with a lug spacing of 12" or 24" are accommodated. The unit is furnished assembled as shown less pole mounting bolts.
12"
Move to this position for 24" lug spacing.
Stock No.
Transformer Max Transformer Mounting Bolts Weight ea. 3000 lbs 3000 lbs
5/8" x 3" 3020-5/8 3/4" x 2-1/2" 3020-3/4 3020-3/4-AP Includes 3020.3B 3020.3B 3020.3C
3020.3B Adaptor Plate used for transformers having four mounting lugs. 5/8" x 2" mounting bolts included. (Ordered Seperately) Adaptor Plates Adapter Plate Back Plate
The 3020 Cluster Mount is approved for use by REA borrowers.
D-14
Cluster Mounts
3021 Cluster Mount
The Hughes Brothers 3021 cluster mount is recommended for transformers with 12" lug spacing (3020 offers 12" & 24" lug spacing). Transformers may be mounted on the ground and the entire cluster raised into position. Key hole and key slot mounting holes on the unit enable the entire assembly to be placed on mounting bolts already in place on the pole. The unit is furnished assembled as shown along with six 5/8" x 2" transformer mounting bolts. Pole mounting hardware is sold separately. The 3021 is approved for use by REA borrowers. Max Transformer Weight / lbs weight 56 2500 lbs
12"
12"
Stock No. 3021
D-15
Cluster Mounts
3022 Transformer Bracket
The 3022 Transformer Bracket is designed to mount two small transformers in parallel on a single bracket. The bracket is complete with four 5/8" x 1-1/2" transformer mounting bolts. 5/8" pole mounting bolts are ordered separately.
D
8" 29o Lifting 11/16" Hole Weight Max. Transformer Stock No. lbs ea. Weight Ea 3022 24 2,000 lbs.
12"
3"
2-1/2"
12"
11/16" x 1-1/2" Slot Key Slot to take Head and Shank of 5/8" Bolt
9/16" Sq. Hole
D-16
Grounding Platforms
Grounding Platforms
A Hughes Brothers Grounding Platforms are used as an operating platform for switch structures and substations applications. Other configurations are available.
3"
9/16" hole for grounding
D
A
1/4" Floor Plate Galvanized

B
A2137 Series
Expanded metal top surface shown
Grounding Detail
Furnished with two GWB51-1/2 1/2" x 1-1/2" Ground Wire Bonding Bolts, with MF50 Locknuts Grounding Detail
Stock No. AS2492-A AS2492-B AS2492-C AS2492-D Stock No. A2137-A A2137-B A2137-C A2137-D A2137-E
AS2492 Series
A 4'-0" 5'-0" 4'-0" 6'-0" A
B 3'-0" 4'-0" 2'-6" 4'-0" B
Bonding Option
Top Surface
15" (2) 9/16" holes on floor Floor Plate 15" (2) 9/16" holes on floor Floor Plate 12" (1) GWB51-1/2 on leg Expanded Metal 2'-0" (2) 9/16" holes on side Grating C Wt./ lbs 139 247 210 265 130
3'-0" 3'-6" 3'-0" 4'-0" 2'-6"
4'-0" 2" 6'-0" 1-1/2" 6'-0" 2" 6'-0" 1-1/2" 4'-0" 2"
D-17
Ventilating Grates
C3100, C4551 & C4664 Series Sidewalk Ventilating Grates
Hughes Brothers Ventilating Grates are custom fabricated to individual requirements. Compliance with NESC safety codes per Paragraph 323A are maintained or exceeded. In order to fabricate a ventilating grate, Hughes Brothers Engineering department will require the following information: Grate opening dimensions Design Loads Will the grating be subject to vehicular loads? For non-vehicular loading, the design live load shall not be less than 300 lbs / ft2. Live loads shall be increased by 30% for impact.
D-18
Vault Covers
C4060, C4059 & D259 Series Vault Covers
Hughes Brothers Vault Covers are similar to ventilating grates but feature hinged grating with safety bars and covered padlock pockets.
Padlock Cover
D-19
Vault Ladders
Vault Ladders
Hughes Brothers will fabricate vault ladders to accompany vault covers and ventilating grates. Typically, vault covers and ladders are custom made. Please contact Hughes Brothers Engineering staff with your specific requirements.
16 "
12"
OSHA Notes: 3/4" min. steel rungs. 16" min. rung length. 7" min. clearance from step center to object behind ladder.
11' 1-1/2" (11 rungs) 14' 1-1/2" (14 rungs)
D-20
Fiber Optic Cases

B2557-BB Protective Case for Fiber Optic Splices
Hughes Brothers B2557-BB Fiber Optic Splice Case offers vandal and bullet resistant covering for Preformed Line Products' fiber optic splices. The unit is mounted to the pole by 5/8" bolts on 2' 6" centers. The splice case features two slotted tabs and a 1/2" U-bolt for lifting and installation on the pole. Other configurations are available upon request.
Stock No. B2557-BB A
Unit Wt. Lbs 118
Clip Angle 2" Welded Bracket A 1/2" U-bolt (for lifting) 9/16" Hole for 1/2"x12" Bolt & Locknut Splice Case Hanger View A-A
10-1/2"
2' 6"
36"
Clip Angle 3-3/4" View B-B B B
D-21
Fiber Optic Cases

B2557-N Protective Case for Fiber Optic Splices
Hughes Brothers B2557-N Fiber Optic Splice Case offers vandal and bullet resistant covering for Preformed Line Products Coyote fiber optic enclosures. The unit is mounted to the pole with 5/8" bolts on 2' 6" centers. The splice case features two slotted tabs and a 1/2" U-bolt for lifting and installation on the pole. Other configurations are available upon request.
14"
2' 6"
3-3/4"
3' 0"
D-21.1
Cutout Arrestor Brackets

Pole Mounted Cutout, Arrestor and Terminal Mounting Brackets A2169
2" 1/2"
D A B
A2169-G
with Key Hole
D
Captive Bolt Size 1/2" x 1-1/2"
C
Stock No. A B C Top Mtg. Hole Bot. Mtg. Hole D Strap 3/8"x2" 3/8"x2" 3/8"x1-1/2" 3/8"x 2" 3/8"x1-1/2"
A2169-L 10" 10" 8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16" 4 5/8" A2169-D 10" 4" 8" 11/16"x1-3/8" 11/16" 4 5/8" A2169-F 9" 5-1/2" 12 -1/2" 11/16"x1" 11/16" 6" A2169-N* 7-5/8" 10" 8-3/4" 11/16"x1-1/4" 11/16" 5" A2169-G 7-1/2" 5" 8-1/2" 11/16" 11/16" x 1-5/16" 3-3/8" * 2" x 1" channel.
1/2" x 2"
A2185
E A D C
Stock No. A2185.5 A2185.6 A B C D E 3-5/8" 3-5/8" Slot Size 9/16"x2-1/4" 9/16"x2-1/4" Material Size Captive Bolt Size
8" 2-9/16" 1-7/8" 2-1/2" 15" 2-9/16" 1-7/8" 9-1/2"
5/16"x1-1/2" 1/2"x1-5/8" 5/16"x1-1/2" 1/2"x1-5/8"
D-22

A2169-Q
D F E A F E C
Stock No. A B C
A2169-J
C D
B
D E F Channel Strap Captive Bolt Size
A2169-Q 12-1/2" A2169-J 12-9/16"
12" 10-1/2" 11/16"x1-1/2" 11/16" 8" 1/8"x1/2"x2" 3/8"x 1-1/2" 1/2"x1-5/8" 12-1/8" 10" 11/16"x1-5/16" 11/16"x1-1/4" 8" 2"x9/16"x3/16" 3/8"x1-1/4" 1/2"x1-1/2"
C D F E
9/16"
B A
A2169.14A
Stock No. A2169.14A
C 10"
F 8"
Channel 2"x9/16"x3/16"
Strap 3/8"x1-1/4"
12-9/16" 12-1/8"
11/16"x1-5/16" 11/16"x1-1/4"
1/2" x 1-1/2"
B2255-A
B
D A F E
Stock No. B2255-A A 10-1/4" B C D E
F 6"
Channel 2"x1"x3/16"
Strap 3/8"x1-1/2"
9-1/4" 12-1/2" 11/16"x1-3/8"
11/16"
D-23

C
1/2" x 1-1/2"
A2169-A
B
7/16" 1-1/2"
E A
7/16"
F
1-1/8"
Stock No. A2169-A
A 10-1/2"
B 7"
C 12"
D 11/16"x1"
E 11/16"
F 5-1/8"
Channel 2"x1/2"x1/8"
Strap 3/8"x2"
A2169.29C
Also available with strap (A2169.29B)
A
The B2684-I has the above arrestor attachment bolt configuration. Stock No. A2169.29C B2684-I A2169.17A A B
C E B
D 13/16"x1-1/2" 13/16" x 3" 11/16"x1-1/4"
E 13/16" 13/16" 11/16"
Channel 2"x1/2"x1/8" 2" x 1" x 3/16" 2"x9/16"x3/16"
Captive Bolt Size 1/2"x2" 1/2"x2" 1/2"x1-1/2"
11-3/4" 8" 8" 14" 8" 9" 11" 12-1/4" 8"
11"
B2387.1
Made from 3/8"x2" steel, the B2387.1 features 11/16" slotted base mounting holes and 7/16"x1-1/2" apparatus mounting holes. Stock No. B2387.1 Weight 6.7 lbs
3-7/8"
10"
D-24

Crossarm Mounted Cutout, Arrestor & Terminator Mounting Brackets
All Hughes Brothers Crossarm Mounted Cutout, Arrestor & Terminator Mounting Brackets consist of front & back plates, two 3/8" carriage bolts, nuts & locknuts and a 1/2" carriage bolt with nut, spring lock washer and external tooth lock washer.
A2121
A B C D
D
C 2-1/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/4" D 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" Material Thick. Captive Bolt Size 3/8"x1-3/4" 5/16"x1-1/2" 3/8"x1-3/4" 3/8"x1-3/4" 1/2"x1-5/8" 1/2"x1-1/2" 1/2"x1-1/2" 1/2"x1-5/8"
Stock No. A2121 A2121-A A2121-B A2121-C
4-1/8" ~ 5-1/8" 2-11/16 ~ 4" 4-1/8" ~ 5-1/8" 2-11/16" ~ 4" 4-1/2" ~ 5-1/2" 5-3/8 ~ 6-7/8" 5-1/2" ~ 6-1/2" 4-3/8" ~ 6-7/8"
AS2324
A B C D
Stock No.
B 0" ~ 4-1/2" 0 ~ 4-3/4"
C 2-1/4" 2-1/4"
D 1-1/2" 1-1/2"
Material Thick. 3/8"x1-1/2" 1/2"x1-1/2" 3/8"x1-1/2" 1/2"x2"
AS2324-A 4-1/8" ~ 6-1/8" AS2324-D 4-1/8" ~ 6-1/8"
D-25

C
A2185-B
A B C D
Captive Bolt Size 1/2"x 2"
Stock No.
B 2-11/16" ~ 4"
C 2-1/4"
D 1-1/2"
Material Thick. 3/8"x1-3/4"
A2185-B 4-1/8" ~ 5-5/32"
B A C D
A2185-C Stock No. A B 0" ~ 4-1/2" 0 ~ 4" C 8-3/16" 7-1/4" A2169-P D
A2169-P A2185-C
Captive Bolt Size
Channel Size 2"x9/16"x3/16" 2"x9/16"x3/16"
A2185-C 4-1/8" ~ 5-1/8" A2169-P 4-9/16" ~ 6-1/8"
1-1/2" 1/2"x1-5/8" 3-1/4" 1/2"x1-1/2"
D B A C
AS2324-B
Stock No.
Captive Bolt Material Thk. Size 1/2"x1-1/2" 3/8"x1-1/2"
AS2324-B 4-1/8"~ 5-5/32"
0" ~ 4" 2-1/4" 1-1/2"
D-26

A2169-B
D A B C E
Stock No. A2169-B
Captive Bolt Size Material Size 2"x1/2"x1/8"
5-1/8" 0" ~ 4-3/4"
6-1/2" 2-5/8"
12" 1/2"x1-1/2"
B2251
B D 11/16" x 1-5/16" Keyhole
D A
11/16" Hole
Stock No. B2251-C* B2251-D**
C 8" 8"
D 12-1/2" 12-1/2"
Captive Bolt Size 1/2"x1-5/8" 1/2"x1-5/8"
40" 18" 40" 17-3/4"
*Material - 2" x 2" x 3/16" Tubing. **Material - 2" x 2" x 3/16" Angle.
D-27
Fastener Specifications
Standard Specifications for Fasteners
Standards for Fasteners from American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM Fastener Standards
ASTM A194 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service.
This specification covers a variety of carbon and alloy steel nuts. These steel nuts are used with A 325 Bolts. Hughes Brothers uses Grade 2H.
ASTM Steel Standards for Fasteners

ASTM A36 Standard Specification for Structural Steel Interchangeable with SAE C1018 Low Carbon, general purpose, special quality machinery steel.
This specification covers carbon steel shapes, plates, and bars of structural quality for use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes.
ASTM A307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of two grades of carbon steel bolts and studs in sizes 1/4 inch through 4 inch. Grade A bolts are used for general applications.
ASTM A242, A588, and A709 Standard Specifications for High Strength Low Alloy Structural Steels with enhanced atmospheric corrosion resistance. ASTM A536 Ductile Iron Castings
This specification covers castings made of ductile iron, also known as spheroidal or nodular iron is used for eyenuts and washer nuts, Grade 65-45-12.
ASTM A325 Standard Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of various types of quenched and tempered steel bolts commonly known as high strength structural bolts, intended for use in structural joints. Type 1, Bolts made of medium carbon steel. Type 3, Bolts having atmospheric corrosion resistance.
ASTM A320 Alloy Steel Bolting Material for Low-Temperature Service. This specification covers alloy steel
bolting materials for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for low-temperature service. The term "bolting material" as used in this specification covers rolled, forged, or strain hardened bars, bolts, screws, studs, and stud bolts. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed and strain-hardened. Several grades are available.
ASTM A394 Standard Specification for Zinc Coated Steel Transmission Tower Bolts
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of hexagon and squarehead zinc coated steel bolts and atmospheric corrosion resistant bolts in nominal thread diameters of 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 and 1 inch for use in the construction of transmission towers, substations, and similar steel structures. Type 0: Zinc coated bolts made of low or medium carbon steel. Type 3: Bolts having atmospheric corrosion resistance and weathering characteristics comparable to that of steel covered in Specifications A242, A588 and A709.
ASTM A563 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts
This specification covers chemical and mechanical requirements for eight grades of carbon and alloy steel nuts for general structural and mechanical uses on bolts, studs, and other externally threaded parts. Grade A nuts are used for general applications.
E-1
Fastener Specifications
ASTM Galvanizing Standards
ASTM A123 Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
This specification covers the requirements for zinc coating (galvanizing) by the hot dip process on iron and steel products made from rolled, pressed and forged shapes, castings, plates, bars and strips. This specification covers both unfabricated products and fabricated products, for example, assembled steel products, structural steel fabrications, large tubes already bent or welded before galvanizing, and wire work fabricated from uncoated steel wire. This specification also covers steel forgings and iron castings incorporated into pieces fabricated before galvanizing or which are too large to be centrifuged (or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal).
ANSI/ASME B18.15 Standard for Forged Eyebolts

This standard is limited to dimensions and capacities for forged threaded eyebolts intended primarily for lifting applications.
ANSI/ASME 18.2.2 Standard for Square and Hex Nuts

This standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for the various types of inch series square and hex nuts.
Standards from the American National Standard Institute - Pole Line Hardware
ANSI C135.1 Standard for galvanized steel bolts and nuts for overhead line construction.
This standard covers carriage bolts, machine bolts, double arming bolts, double end bolts, and nuts commonly used in overhead line construction.
ASTM A153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
This specification covers zinc coatings applied by the hot dip process on iron and steel hardware. This document is intended to be applicable to hardware items that are centrifuged or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal (free zinc).
ANSI C135.2 Standard for threaded galvanized ferrous strand-eye anchor rods and nuts of overhead line construction. ANSI C135.4 Standard for galvanized ferrous eyebolts and nuts for overhead line construction. ANSI C135.5 Standard for galvanized ferrous eyenuts and eyelets for overhead line construction. ANSI C135.14 Standard staples with rolled or slash points for overhead line construction.
Standards from American National Standards Institute & American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ANSI/ASME B1.1 Standard for Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)
This specification specifies the thread form, series, class, allowance, tolerance, and designation for unified screw threads.
ANSI/ASME B18.2.1 Standard for Square and Hex Bolts and Screws
This Standard is intended to cover the complete general and dimensional data for the various types of inch series square and hex bolts and screws.
Standards from the International Fasteners Institute

IFI 136 Standard for Studs and Bent Bolts
This standard covers the general and dimensional requirements for various types of studs and bent bolts, including threaded rod, J-bolts, L-bolts, U-bolts, and eyebolts (closed).
ANSI/ASME B18.5 Standard for Round Head Bolts (Carriage Bolts)

This standard covers the complete general and dimensional data for the various types of inch series bolts generally classified as round head bolts.
IFI 128 Standard for Hex Coupling Nuts This standard covers the general and dimensional requirements for hex coupling nuts.
E-2
Fasteners
Dimension Table
Bolt Size 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Nominal Width 9/16" 3/4" 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-5/16" 1-1/2" 1-7/8" Head Height 1/4" 21/64" 27/64" 1/2" 19/32" 21/32" 27/32" Nominal Width
Square Head Bolts

Hughes Brothers Square Head Machine Bolts are manufactured in accordance with ANSI C135.1 using SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel. The machine bolts are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Each bolt is shipped with an assembled nut. All bolts feature a 60 semi-cone point. Following ANSI specifications, the unthreaded portion of any machine bolt is capable of being bent 180, about a diameter equal to the diameter of the bolt without cracking the steel on the outside portion of the bend.
Head Height
E
Bolt Size
Shear Strengths
Bolt Diameter 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Single Shear Through Threads 5,200 8,330 12,440 17,270 22,690 36,590 Single Shear Through Shaft 7,950 12,420 17,890 24,350 31,800 49,700
Tensile Strengths
Bolt Diameter 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Minimum Tensile Strength 4,250 lbs. 7,800 lbs. 12,400 lbs. 18,350 lbs. 25,400 lbs. 33,500 lbs. 53,300 lbs.
Decimal Equivalency Chart Fraction Decimal HUGHES 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" .2 .3 .5 .6 .7 .8 .1 1.125 1.25 2 3 5 6 7 8 10 11 12
lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
B716-6
Thread length in inches Bolt length in inches First digit in decimal equivalent (see chart) Designates square head machine bolts
E-3
Fasteners - Bolts
Square Head Bolts
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
1/2" Square Head Bolts B51-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 1-1/2" B52-1-1/4 1/2" x 2" B52-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 2-1/2" B53-1-1/4 1/2" x 3" B53-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 3-1/2" B54-1-1/4 1/2" x 4" B54-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 4-1/2" B55-1-3/4 1/2" x 5" B55-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 5-1/2" B56-3 1/2" x 6" B57-3 1/2" x 7" B58-4 1/2" x 8" B59-4 1/2" x 9" B510-4 1/2" x 10" B512-6 1/2" x 12" B514-6 1/2" x 14" 5/8" Square Head Bolts B61-1/2-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-1/2" B61-3/4-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-3/4" B62-1-1/2 5/8" x 2" B63-1-1/2 5/8" x 3" B64-1-1/2 5/8" x 4" B65-1-1/2 5/8" x 5" B66-1-1/2 5/8" x 6" B67-3 5/8" x 7" B68-4 5/8" x 8" B610-4 5/8" x 10" B612-6 5/8" x 12" B614-6 5/8" x 14" B616-6 5/8" x 16" B618-6 5/8" x 18" B620-6 5/8" x 20"
250 250 250 250 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50
20 lbs. 23 lbs. 25 lbs. 28 lbs. 31 lbs. 33 lbs. 36 lbs. 39 lbs. 41 lbs. 44 lbs. 49 lbs. 55 lbs. 60 lbs. 65 lbs. 76 lbs. 87 lbs.
100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 40 40 40 30 30
31 lbs. 33 lbs. 35 lbs. 44 lbs. 52 lbs. 60 lbs. 68 lbs. 77 lbs. 85 lbs. 101 lbs. 118 lbs. 134 lbs. 151 lbs. 167 lbs. 184 lbs.
3/4" Square Head Bolts B72-1-3/4 3/4" x 2" B72-1/2-1-3/4 3/4" x 2-1/2" B73-1-3/4 3/4" x 3" B74-2 3/4" x 4" B75-2 3/4" x 5" B76-3 3/4" x 6" B77-3 3/4" x 7" B78-4 3/4" x 8" B710-4 3/4" x 10" B712-6 3/4" x 12" B714-6 3/4" x 14" B716-6 3/4" x 16" B718-6 3/4" x 18" B720-6 3/4" x 20" B722-6 3/4" x 22" B724-6 3/4" x 24" B726-6 3/4" x 26" B728-8 3/4" x 28" B730-8 3/4" x 30" B732-8 3/4" x 32"
100 100 100 50 50 50 40 40 30 30 30 25 20 20 20 15 15 15 10 10
56 lbs. 62 lbs. 68 lbs. 80 lbs. 91 lbs. 103 lbs. 115 lbs. 127 lbs. 151 lbs. 175 lbs. 198 lbs. 222 lbs. 246 lbs. 270 lbs. 293 lbs. 317 lbs. 341 lbs. 365 lbs. 390 lbs. 424 lbs.
Note: Other lengths available.
E-4
Fasteners - Bolts
Square Head Bolts
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
7/8" Square Head Bolts B82-2 7/8" x 2" B82-1/2-2 7/8" x 2-1/2" B83-2 7/8" x 3" B84-2 7/8" x 4" B85-2-1/2 7/8" x 5" B86-2-1/2 7/8" x 6" B88-3 7/8" x 8" B810-6 7/8" x 10" B812-6 7/8" x 12" B814-6 7/8" x 14" B816-6 7/8" x 16" B818-6 7/8" x 18" B820-6 7/8" x 20" B822-6 7/8" x 22" B824-6 7/8" x 24" B826-8 7/8" x 26" B828-8 7/8" x 28" B830-8 7/8" x 30" B832-8 7/8" x 32" 1" Square Head Bolts B103-2 1" x 3" B103-1/2-2-1/2 1" x 3-1/2" B104-2-3/4 1" x 4" B105-3 1" x 5" B106-2 1" x 6" B108-4 1" x 8" B1010-4 1" x 10" B1012-6 1" x 12" B1014-6 1" x 14" B1016-6 1" x 16" B1018-6 1" x 18" Note: Other lengths available.
50 50 50 50 50 40 30 25 20 20 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10
83 lbs. 91 lbs. 93 lbs. 115 lbs. 131 lbs. 147 lbs. 180 lbs. 212 lbs. 244 lbs. 277 lbs. 309 lbs. 341 lbs. 373 lbs. 406 lbs. 438 lbs. 470 lbs. 503 lbs. 535 lbs. 570 lbs.
1" Square Head (con't.) B1020-6 1" x 20" B1022-6 1" x 22" B1024-6 1" x 24" B1026-6 1" x 26" B1028-8 1" x 28" B1030-8 1" x 30" 1-1/4" Square Head Bolts B123-1/2-2 1-1/4" x 3-1/2" B124-2 1-1/4" x 4" B125-3 1-1/4" x 5" B126-3 1-1/4" x 6" B127-3 1-1/4" x 7" B128-3 1-1/4" x 8" B1210-4 1-1/4" x 10" B1212-6 1-1/4" x 12" B1214-6 1-1/4" x 14" B1216-6 1-1/4" x 16" B1218-6 1-1/4" x 18" B1220-6 1-1/4" x 20" B1222-6 1-1/4" x 22" B1224-8 1-1/4" x 24" B1226-8 1-1/4" x 26"
10 10 10 10 5 5
496 lbs. 538 lbs. 581 lbs. 624 lbs. 667 lbs. 710 lbs.
40 40 40 30 25 25 20 15 15 10 10
137 lbs. 148 lbs. 158 lbs. 179 lbs. 201 lbs. 243 lbs. 285 lbs. 327 lbs. 369 lbs. 412 lbs. 454 lbs.
20 20 20 20 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5
E-5
Fasteners - Bolts
Hex Head Bolts
Dimension Table
Bolt Size 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Nominal Width 9/16" 3/4" 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-5/16" 1-1/2" 1-7/8" Head Height 1/4" 11/32" 27/64" 1/2" 37/64" 43/64" 27/32" Width Hughes Brothers Hex Head Bolts are manufactured in accordance with ANSI C135.1 and ASTM A307, using SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel. Hex head bolts are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Each bolt is shipped with an assembled nut. All hex head bolts feature a 60 semi-cone point. The unthreaded portion of any hex bolt is capable of being bent 180, about a diameter equal to the diameter of the bolt without cracking the steel on the outside portion of the bend.
H B
Head Height
Shear Strengths for ANSI C135.1

Bolt Diameter 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Single Shear Through Threads 5,200 8,330 12,440 17,270 22,690 36,590 Single Shear Through Shaft 7,950 12,420 17,890 24,350 31,800 49,700
Tensile Strengths for ANSI C135.1

Bolt Diameter 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Minimum Tensile Strength 4,250 7,800 12,400 18,350 25,400 33,500 53,300 lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. Decimal Equivalency Chart
HB 7 1 6 - 6
Thread length in inches Bolt length in inches First digit in decimal equivalent (see chart) Designates hex head bolts
Fraction Decimal HUGHES 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" .2 .3 .5 .6 .7 .8 .1 1.125 1.25 2 3 5 6 7 8 10 11 12
E-6
Fasteners - Bolts
Hex Head Bolts H B
Stock No. Item Description Std. Pkg. 250 250 250 250 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 Weight 100 Pcs. 20 lbs. 23 lbs. 25 lbs. 28 lbs. 31 lbs. 33 lbs. 36 lbs. 39 lbs. 41 lbs. 44 lbs. 49 lbs. 55 lbs. 60 lbs. 65 lbs. 76 lbs. 87 lbs. Stock No. Item Description Std. Pkg. 100 100 100 50 50 50 40 40 30 30 30 25 20 20 20 15 15 15 10 10 Weight 100 Pcs. 56 lbs. 62 lbs. 68 lbs. 80 lbs. 91 lbs. 103 lbs. 115 lbs. 127 lbs. 151 lbs. 175 lbs. 198 lbs. 222 lbs. 246 lbs. 270 lbs. 293 lbs. 317 lbs. 341 lbs. 365 lbs. 390 lbs. 424 lbs.
1/2" Hex Head Bolts HB51-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 1-1/2" HB52-1-1/4 1/2" x 2" HB52-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 2-1/2" HB53-1-1/4 1/2" x 3" HB53-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 3-1/2" HB54-1-1/4 1/2" x 4" HB54-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 4-1/2" HB55-1-3/4 1/2" x 5" HB55-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 5-1/2" HB56-3 1/2" x 6" HB57-3 1/2" x 7" HB58-4 1/2" x 8" HB59-4 1/2" x 9" HB510-4 1/2" x 10" HB512-6 1/2" x 12" HB514-6 1/2" x 14" 5/8" Hex Head Bolts HB61-1/2-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-1/2" HB61-3/4-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-3/4" HB62-1-1/2 5/8" x 2" HB63-1-1/2 5/8" x 3" HB64-1-1/2 5/8" x 4" HB65-1-1/2 5/8" x 5" HB66-1-1/2 5/8" x 6" HB67-3 5/8" x 7" HB68-4 5/8" x 8" HB610-4 5/8" x 10" HB612-6 5/8" x 12" HB614-6 5/8" x 14" HB616-6 5/8" x 16" HB618-6 5/8" x 18" HB620-6 5/8" x 20"
100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 40 40 40 30 30
3/4" Hex Head Bolts HB72-1-3/4 3/4" x 2" HB72-1/2-1-3/4 3/4" x 2-1/2" HB73-1-3/4 3/4" x 3" HB74-2 3/4" x 4" HB75-2 3/4" x 5" HB76-3 3/4" x 6" HB77-3 3/4" x 7" HB78-4 3/4" x 8" HB710-4 3/4" x 10" HB712-6 3/4" x 12" HB714-6 3/4" x 14" HB716-6 3/4" x 16" HB718-6 3/4" x 18" HB720-6 3/4" x 20" HB722-6 3/4" x 22" HB724-6 3/4" x 24" HB726-6 3/4" x 26" HB728-8 3/4" x 28" HB730-8 3/4" x 30" HB732-8 3/4" x 32"
E-7
Fasteners - Bolts
Hex Head Bolts H B
Stock No. Item Description Std. Pkg. 50 50 50 50 40 30 25 20 20 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 Weight 100 Pcs. 83 lbs. 91 lbs. 115 lbs. 131 lbs. 147 lbs. 180 lbs. 212 lbs. 244 lbs. 277 lbs. 309 lbs. 341 lbs. 373 lbs. 406 lbs. 438 lbs. 470 lbs. 503 lbs. 535 lbs. 570 lbs. Stock No. Item Description Std. Pkg. 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 Weight 100 Pcs. 327 lbs. 369 lbs. 412 lbs. 454 lbs. 496 lbs. 538 lbs. 581 lbs. 624 lbs. 667 lbs. 710 lbs.
7/8" Hex Head Bolts HB82-2 7/8" x 2" HB82-1/2-2 7/8" x 2-1/2" HB84-2 7/8" x 4" HB85-2-1/2 7/8" x 5" HB86-2-1/2 7/8" x 6" HB88-3 7/8" x 8" HB810-6 7/8" x 10" HB812-6 7/8" x 12" HB814-6 7/8" x 14" HB816-6 7/8" x 16" HB818-6 7/8" x 18" HB820-6 7/8" x 20" HB822-6 7/8" x 22" HB824-6 7/8" x 24" HB826-8 7/8" x 26" HB828-8 7/8" x 28" HB830-8 7/8" x 30" HB832-8 7/8" x 32" 1" Hex Head Bolts HB103-2 1" x 3" HB103-1/2-2-1/2 1" x 3-1/2" HB104-2-3/4 1" x 4" HB105-3 1" x 5" HB106-2 1" x 6" HB108-4 1" x 8" HB1010-4 1" x 10"
1" Hex Head Bolts (con't.) HB1012-6 1" x 12" HB1014-6 1" x 14" HB1016-6 1" x 16" HB1018-6 1" x 18" HB1020-6 1" x 20" HB1022-6 1" x 22" HB1024-6 1" x 24" HB1026-6 1" x 26" HB1028-8 1" x 28" HB1030-8 1" x 30" 1-1/4" Hex Head Bolts HB123-1/2-2 1-1/4" x 3-1/2" HB124-2 1-1/4" x 4" HB125-3 1-1/4" x 5" HB126-3 1-1/4" x 6" HB127-3 1-1/4" x 7" HB128-3 1-1/4" x 8" HB1210-4 1-1/4" x 10" HB1212-6 1-1/4" x 12" HB1214-6 1-1/4" x 14" HB1216-6 1-1/4" x 16" HB1218-6 1-1/4" x 18" HB1220-6 1-1/4" x 20" HB1222-6 1-1/4" x 22" HB1224-8 1-1/4" x 24" HB1226-8 1-1/4" x 26"
40 40 40 30 25 25 20
137 lbs. 148 lbs. 158 lbs. 179 lbs. 201 lbs. 243 lbs. 285 lbs.
20 20 20 20 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5
Note: Cold weather bolts are available under ASTM A320 specifications. Cold weather bolts are necessary only in the most extreme circumstances. To order cold weather bolts, substitute an "FB" for the "B" prefix for all machine bolt sizes.
E-8
Fasteners - Bolts
Type O Tower Bolts
Hughes Brothers Type O Tower Bolts are manufactured in accordance with ASTM A394. Type O Tower Bolts are hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Tower Bolts are shipped with an un-assembled hex nut. Bolt threads are unified coarse thread series and class 2A tolerance as defined in ANSI/ASME B1.1. Threads are cut to conform to the following:
Tensile Strengths
Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Minimum Tensile Strength 10,500 lbs. 16,700 lbs. 24,700 lbs. 34,200 lbs. 44,850 lbs.
Shear Strengths
Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Bolt Length 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" Single Shear Single Shear Through Threads Through Shaft 6,950 lbs. 11,150 lbs. 16,650 lbs. 23,150 lbs. 30,400 lbs. 9,000 lbs. 14,100 lbs. 20,250 lbs. 27,600 lbs. 36,050 lbs.
Threads
Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Threads Per Inch 13 11 10 9 8
Stock Numbers for Bolt Diameters 1/2" BT51-1/4 BT51-1/2 BT51-3/4 BT52-1/4 BT52-1/2 5/8" BT61-1/4 BT61-1/2 BT61-3/4 BT62-1/4 BT62-1/2 3/4" BT71-1/4 BT71-1/2 BT71-3/4 BT72-1/4 BT72-1/2 7/8" BT81-1/4 BT81-1/2 BT81-3/4 BT82-1/4 BT82-1/2 1" BT101-1/4 BT101-1/2 BT101-3/4 BT102-1/4 BT102-1/2
Dimension Table
Bolt Dia. 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Nominal Width 3/4" 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-5/16" 1-1/2" Width Head Height 11/32" 27/64" 1/2" 37/64" 43/64"
Bolt Length
T-O
Head Height
Length of full body
BT 6 4-1/2 - 3-1/4
Full body length in inches Bolt length in inches The first digit in decimal equivalent (see chart on previous pages) Designates type "O" tower bolt
Note: Full body is the distance from the underside of the head to the first scratch of threads.
E-9
Fasteners - Bolts
Width
A325
Head Height
High Strength Bolts Grade A325 (Type 1 & Type 3)

Hughes Brothers High Strength Bolts are manufactured in accordance with ASTM A325. All Type 1 high strength bolts are hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Each bolt is shipped with an assembled nut. All high strength bolts are hex head (see dimension table).
E
Dimension Table
Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Nominal Width 7/8" 1-1/16" 1-1/4" 1-7/16" 1-5/8" 2" Head Height 5/16" 25/64" 15/32" 35/64" 39/64" 25/32"
Tensile Strengths
Bolt Diameter 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Minimum Tensile Strength 17,050 27,100 40,100 55,450 72,700 105,000 lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
AB 7 1 6 - 6 CT
Add suffix "CT" to get Type 3 bolt Thread length in inches Bolt length in inches The first digit in decimal equivalent (see chart) Designates high strength bolts
E-10
Fasteners - Bolts
High Strength Bolts
A325
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
1/2" High Strength Bolts AB51-1/2-1 1/2" x 1-1/2" AB52-1 1/2" x 2" AB52-1/2-1 1/2" x 2-1/2" AB53-1 1/2" x 3" AB53-1/2-1 1/2" x 3-1/2" AB54-1 1/2" x 4" AB54-1/2-1 1/2" x 4-1/2" AB55-1 1/2" x 5" AB55-1/2-1 1/2" x 5-1/2" AB56-1 1/2" x 6" AB57-3 1/2" x 7" AB58-4 1/2" x 8" AB59-4 1/2" x 9" AB510-4 1/2" x 10" AB512-4 1/2" x 12" AB514-6 1/2" x 14" 5/8" High Strength Bolts AB61-1/2-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-1/2" AB61-3/4-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-3/4" AB62-1-1/4 5/8" x 2" AB63-1-1/4 5/8" x 3" AB64-1-1/4 5/8" x 4" AB65-1-1/4 5/8" x 5" AB66-1-1/4 5/8" x 6" AB67-3 5/8" x 7" AB68-4 5/8" x 8" AB610-4 5/8" x 10" AB612-4 5/8" x 12" AB614-6 5/8" x 14" AB616-6 5/8" x 16" AB618-6 5/8" x 18" AB620-6 5/8" x 20"
250 250 250 250 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50
100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 40 40 40 30 30
3/4" High Strength Bolts AB72-1-3/8 3/4" x 2" AB72-1/2-1-3/8 3/4" x 2-1/2" AB73-1-3/8 3/4" x 3" AB74-1-3/8 3/4" x 4" AB75-1-3/8 3/4" x 5" AB76-1-3/8 3/4" x 6" AB77-3 3/4" x 7" AB78-4 3/4" x 8" AB710-4 3/4" x 10" AB712-4 3/4" x 12" AB714-6 3/4" x 14" AB716-6 3/4" x 16" AB718-6 3/4" x 18" AB720-6 3/4" x 20" AB722-6 3/4" x 22" AB724-6 3/4" x 24" AB726-6 3/4" x 26" AB728-8 3/4" x 28" AB730-8 3/4" x 30" AB732-8 3/4" x 32"
100 100 100 50 50 50 40 40 30 30 30 25 20 20 20 15 15 15 10 10
56 lbs. 62 lbs. 68 lbs. 80 lbs. 91 lbs. 103 lbs. 115 lbs. 127 lbs. 151 lbs. 175 lbs. 198 lbs. 222 lbs. 246 lbs. 270 lbs. 293 lbs. 317 lbs. 341 lbs. 365 lbs. 390 lbs. 424 lbs.
Note: Other lengths and specified thread lengths are available. Check with representatives or factory for availalbility.
E-11
Fasteners - Bolts
High Strength Bolts
A325
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 50 50 50 50 40 30 25 20 20 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10
Weight 100 Pcs. 83 lbs. 91 lbs. 115 lbs. 131 lbs. 147 lbs. 180 lbs. 212 lbs. 244 lbs. 277 lbs. 309 lbs. 341 lbs. 373 lbs. 406 lbs. 438 lbs. 470 lbs. 503 lbs. 535 lbs. 570 lbs.
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 20 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5
Weight 100 Pcs. 285 lbs. 327 lbs. 369 lbs. 412 lbs. 454 lbs. 496 lbs. 538 lbs. 581 lbs. 624 lbs. 667 lbs. 710 lbs.
7/8" High Strength Bolts AB82-1-1/2 7/8" x 2" AB82-1/2-1-1/2 7/8" x 2-1/2" AB84-1-1/2 7/8" x 4" AB85-1-1/2 7/8" x 5" AB86-1-1/2 7/8" x 6" AB88-3 7/8" x 8" AB810-6 7/8" x 10" AB812-6 7/8" x 12" AB814-6 7/8" x 14" AB816-6 7/8" x 16" AB818-6 7/8" x 18" AB820-6 7/8" x 20" AB822-6 7/8" x 22" AB824-6 7/8" x 24" AB826-8 7/8" x 26" AB828-8 7/8" x 28" AB830-8 7/8" x 30" AB832-8 7/8" x 32" 1" High Strength Bolts AB103-1-3/4 1" x 3" AB103-1/2-1-3/4 1" x 3-1/2" AB104-1-3/4 1" x 4" AB105-1-3/4 1" x 5" AB106-1-3/4 1" x 6" AB108-4 1" x 8"
1" High Strength Bolts (con't.) AB1010-4 1" x 10" AB1012-4 1" x 12" AB1014-6 1" x 14" AB1016-6 1" x 16" AB1018-6 1" x 18" AB1020-6 1" x 20" AB1022-6 1" x 22" AB1024-6 1" x 24" AB1026-6 1" x 26" AB1028-8 1" x 28" AB1030-8 1" x 30" 1-1/4" High Strength Bolts AB123-1/2-2 1-1/4" x 3-1/2" AB124-2 1-1/4" x 4" AB125-2 1-1/4" x 5" AB126-2 1-1/4" x 6" AB127-3 1-1/4" x 7" AB128-3 1-1/4" x 8" AB1210-4 1-1/4" x 10" AB1212-6 1-1/4" x 12" AB1214-6 1-1/4" x 14" AB1216-6 1-1/4" x 16" AB1218-6 1-1/4" x 18" AB1220-6 1-1/4" x 20" AB1222-6 1-1/4" x 22" AB1224-8 1-1/4" x 24" AB1226-8 1-1/4" x 26"
40 40 40 30 25 25
20 20 20 20 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5
Note: Other lengths and specified thread lengths are available. Check with representatives or factory for availalbility.
E-12
Fasteners - Bolts
Washer Head Bolts
OD Hughes Brothers Washer Head Bolts are manufactured in accordance with ANSI C135.1 using SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel. Washer head bolts are hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153.
Dimension Table
Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" Nominal Width 3/4" 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-5/16" Head Height 21/64" 27/64" 1/2" 19/32" O.D. Nominal 1-3/4" 2-5/8" 2-3/4" 3"
Each bolt is shipped with an assembled nut. All washer head bolts are square head (see dimension table) and feature a 60 semi-cone point. The unthreaded portion of any washer head bolt is capable of being bent 180, about a diameter equal to the diameter of the bolt without cracking the steel on the outside portion of the bend.
Shear Strengths
Bolt Dia. 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" Single Shear Through Threads 5,200 lbs. 8,330 lbs. 12,440 lbs. 17,270 lbs. Single Shear Through Shaft 7,950 lbs. 12,420 lbs. 17,890 lbs. 24,350 lbs.
Tensile Strengths
Bolt Diameter 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" Minimum Tensile Strength 7,800 lbs. 12,400 lbs. 18,350 lbs. 25,400 lbs.
WB 7 1 6 - 6
Thread length in inches Bolt length in inches The first digit in decimal equivalent (see chart) Designates washer head bolts
E-13
Fasteners - Bolts
Washer Head Bolts
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
1/2" Washer Head Bolts WB51-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 1-1/2" WB52-1-1/4 1/2" x 2" WB52-1/2-1-1/2 1/2" x 2-1/2" WB53-1-1/4 1/2" x 3" WB53-1/2-1-1/2 1/2" x 3-1/2" WB54-1-1/4 1/2" x 4" WB54-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 4-1/2" WB55-1-1/4 1/2" x 5" WB55-1/2-1-1/4 1/2" x 5-1/2" WB56-3 1/2" x 6" WB57-3 1/2" x 7" WB58-4 1/2" x 8" WB59-4 1/2" x 9" WB510-4 1/2" x 10" WB512-4 1/2" x 12" WB514-6 1/2" x 14" 5/8" Washer Head Bolts WB61-1/2-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-1/2" WB61-3/4-1-1/4 5/8" x 1-3/4" WB62-1-1/2 5/8" x 2" WB63-1-1/2 5/8" x 3" WB64-1-3/4 5/8" x 4" WB65-1-3/4 5/8" x 5" WB66-3` 5/8" x 6" WB67-3 5/8" x 7" WB68-4 5/8" x 8" WB610-4 5/8" x 10" WB612-4 5/8" x 12" WB614-6 5/8" x 14" WB616-6 5/8" x 16" WB618-6 5/8" x 18" WB620-6 5/8" x 20"
250 250 250 250 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50
100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 30 30 30 30 30 25
3/4" Washer Head Bolts WB72-1-3/4 3/4" x 2" WB72-1/2-1-3/4 3/4" x 2-1/2" WB73-1-3/4 3/4" x 3" WB73-2 3/4" x 3" WB74-1-3/4 3/4" x 4" WB75-1-3/4 3/4" x 5" WB76-3 3/4" x 6" WB77-3 3/4" x 7" WB78-4 3/4" x 8" WB710-4 3/4" x 10" WB712-6 3/4" x 12" WB714-6 3/4" x 14" WB716-6 3/4" x 16" WB718-6 3/4" x 18" WB720-6 3/4" x 20" WB722-6 3/4" x 22" WB724-6 3/4" x 24" WB726-6 3/4" x 26" WB728-6 3/4" x 28" WB730-8 3/4" x 30" WB732-8 3/4" x 32"
100 100 50 50 50 40 30 25 25 25 25 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10
86 lbs. 93 lbs. 99 lbs. 99 lbs. 111 lbs. 123 lbs. 136 lbs. 148 lbs. 160 lbs. 185 lbs. 209 lbs. 234 lbs. 259 lbs. 283 lbs. 308 lbs. 332 lbs. 357 lbs. 382 lbs. 406 lbs. 431 lbs. 455 lbs.
E-14
Fasteners - Bolts
Washer Head Bolts
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
7/8" Washer Head Bolts WB82-2 7/8" x 2" WB82-1/2-2 7/8" x 2-1/2" WB84-2 7/8" x 4" WB85-2-1/2 7/8" x 5" WB86-3 7/8" x 6" WB88-3 7/8" x 8" WB810-3 7/8" x 10" WB812-6 7/8" x 12" WB814-6 7/8" x 14"
50 50 50 50 40 25 25 20 15
108 lbs. 117 lbs. 142 lbs. 159 lbs. 175 lbs. 209 lbs. 243 lbs. 276 lbs. 310 lbs.
7/8" Washer Head Bolts WB816-6 7/8" x 16" WB818-6 7/8" x 18" WB820-6 7/8" x 20" WB822-6 7/8" x 22" WB824-6 7/8" x 24" WB826-8 7/8" x 26" WB828-8 7/8" x 28" WB830-8 7/8" x 30" WB832-8 7/8" x 32"
15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10
344 lbs. 378 lbs. 411 lbs. 445 lbs. 479 lbs. 513 lbs. 546 lbs. 580 lbs. 614 lbs.
Note: Other lengths available. Thread Length
Carriage Bolts
Bolt Length Bolt Thread Unit Stock Length Length Wt. No. Inches Inches Lbs. 3/8" Carriage Bolts* BC32-F 2 Full .08 BC33-F 3 Full .10 BC34-F 4 Full .14 BC34-1/2-F 4-1/2 Full .13 BC35-F 5 Full .14 BC35-1/2-F 5-1/2 Full .16 BC36-F 6 Full .17 BC37-6 7 6 .20 BC38-3 8 3 .25 Bolt Stock Length No. Inches 1/2" Carriage Bolts BC52-F 2 BC52-1/2-F 2-1/2 BC53-F 3 BC54-F 4 BC55-F 5 BC55-1/2-1-1/2 5-1/2 BC56-F 6 BC57-1-1/2 7 BC58-F 8 Thread Unit Length Wt. Inches Lbs. Full Full Full Full Full 1-1/2 Full 1-1/2 Full .14 .16 .17 .23 .30 .31 .32 .41 .41 Bolt Stock Length No. Inches 5/8" Carriage Bolts BC61-1/2-F 1-1/2 BC62-F 2 BC64-F 4 BC65-1/2-1-1/2 5-1/2 BC66-F 6 BC68-6 8 3/4" Carriage Bolts BC72-F 2 BC73-1-3/4 3 Thread Unit Length Wt. Inches Lbs. Full Full Full 1-1/2 Full 6 .19 .24 .38 .46 .52 .58
*3/8" Carriage Bolts include hex nuts.
Full 1-3/4
.46 .46
E-15
Fasteners - Bolts
2719 Oval Eyebolt
Hughes Brothers Oval Eyebolts are manufactured in accordance with ANSI C135.4. All oval eyebolts are hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Oval eyebolts are roll threaded and furnished assembled with one nut. B D R MIN Thread Length
Length "L" C Bolt Dia. 5/8" A 1-1/2" B 2" C 2" D 35/64" R Min 5/16"
E
Minimum Tensile Strength 13,550 lbs.
Following ANSI C135.4 specifications, the unthreaded portion of eyebolts are capable of being bent 180 about a diameter equal to the shank without cracking the steel on the outside portion of the bend.
Stock No. Oval Eyebolts 2719.68-4 2719.610-6 2719.612-6 2719.614-6 2719.616-6 2719.618-6 Bolt Length Thread Length Weight 100 Pcs.
8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18"
4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"
E-16
Fasteners - Bolts
L T 1-1/4"
2720 Shoulder Eyebolt

Bolt Dia. Length L 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12" Thread Weight T 100 Pcs. 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 102 lbs. 110 lbs. 118 lbs. 126 lbs. 134 lbs. 142 lbs. 150 lbs.
Bolt Dia. Stock No.
1/2" Shoulder Eyebolts 2720.54-1-1/8 1/2" 2720.55-1-1/4 1/2" 2720.56-3 1/2" 2720.57-3 1/2" 2720.58-4 1/2" 2720.510-4 1/2" 2720.512-4 1/2" 5/8" Shoulder Eyebolts 2720.64-3 5/8" 2720.66-3 5/8" 2720.68-4 5/8" 2720.610-4 5/8" 2720.612-6 5/8" 2720.614-6 5/8" 2720.616-6 5/8" 2720.618-6 5/8" 2720.620-6 5/8" 2720.622-6 5/8" 2720.624-6 5/8" 3/4" Shoulder Eyebolts 2720.74-3 3/4" 2720.76-3 3/4" 2720.78-4 3/4" 2720.710-4 3/4" 2720.712-6 3/4" 2720.714-6 3/4" 2720.716-6 3/4" 2720.718-6 3/4" 2720.720-6 3/4" 2720.722-6 3/4" 2720.724-6 3/4" 2720.726-6 3/4" 2720.728-8 3/4"
Hughes Brothers Welded Shoulder Eyebolts feature a 3" round washer welded to an eyebolt. The 2720 shoulder eyebolts are manufactured from SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel. All shoulder eyebolts are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Each shoulder eyebolt is furnished with one nut.
Tensile Strengths
4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24"
3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"
120 lbs. 168 lbs. 192 lbs. 204 lbs. 216 lbs. 235 lbs. 240 lbs. 250 lbs. 268 lbs. 288 lbs. 308 lbs.
4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28"
3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8"
168 lbs. 200 lbs. 245 lbs. 270 lbs. 293 lbs. 320 lbs. 340 lbs. 360 lbs. 374 lbs. 396 lbs. 421 lbs. 443 lbs. 470 lbs.
E-17
Fasteners - Bolts
1-3/8" L T
2721 Shoulder Eyebolt

Bolt Dia.
Stock No.
Bolt Dia.
Length L 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12"
Thread T 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4"
Weight 100 Pcs. 158 lbs. 166 lbs. 174 lbs. 182 lbs. 190 lbs. 198 lbs. 206 lbs.
1/2" Shoulder Eyebolts 2721.54-1-1/8 1/2" 2721.55-1-1/4 1/2" 2721.56-3 1/2" 2721.57-3 1/2" 2721.58-4 1/2" 2721.510-4 1/2" 2721.512-4 1/2" 5/8" Shoulder Eyebolts 2721.64-3 5/8" 2721.65-3 5/8" 2721.66-3 5/8" 2721.68-4 5/8" 2721.610-4 5/8" 2721.612-4 5/8" 2721.614-6 5/8" 2721.616-6 5/8" 2721.618-6 5/8" 2721.620-6 5/8" 2721.622-6 5/8" 2721.624-6 5/8" 3/4" Shoulder Eyebolts 2721.76-3 3/4" 2721.78-4 3/4" 2721.710-4 3/4" 2721.712-4 3/4" 2721.714-6 3/4" 2721.716-6 3/4" 2721.718-6 3/4" 2721.720-6 3/4" 2721.722-6 3/4" 2721.724-6 3/4" 2721.726-6 3/4" 2721.728-8 3/4"
Hughes Brothers 2721 Welded Shoulder Eyebolt has a 4" curved washer welded to an eyebolt. The 2721 shoulder eyebolts are manufactured from SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel, and are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Each 2721 shoulder eyebolt is furnished with one nut.
Tensile Strengths
4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24"
3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6"
198 lbs. 212 lbs. 225 lbs. 232 lbs. 242 lbs. 262 lbs. 282 lbs. 299 lbs. 315 lbs. 325 lbs. 350 lbs. 366 lbs.
Stock No.
Bolt Dia.
Length L 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28"
Thread Weight T 100 Pcs. 3" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 316 lbs. 350 lbs. 386 lbs. 414 lbs. 479 lbs. 486 lbs. 519 lbs. 557 lbs. 570 lbs. 600 lbs. 653 lbs. 684 lbs.
6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28"
3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8"
249 lbs. 276 lbs. 303 lbs. 330 lbs. 357 lbs. 384 lbs. 411 lbs. 438 lbs. 465 lbs. 492 lbs. 519 lbs. 546 lbs.
7/8" Shoulder Eyebolts 2721.86-3 7/8" 2721.88-4 7/8" 2721.810-4 7/8" 2721.812-6 7/8" 2721.814-6 7/8" 2721.816-6 7/8" 2721.818-6 7/8" 2721.820-6 7/8" 2721.822-6 7/8" 2721.824-6 7/8" 2721.826-8 7/8" 2721.828-8 7/8"
E-18
Fasteners - Bolts
B T
2724 Forged Eyebolt

Bolt Dia. Hughes Brothers 2724 Forged Eyebolts are manufactured from SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel. Hughes Brothers eyebolts are hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Each 2724 shoulder eyebolt is furnished with one nut. Also available in 1" and 1-1/4" diameter rod by special order.
C L
Tensile Strengths
Bolt Diameter 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" Stock No. Bolt Dia. Minimum Tensile Strength 7,800 lbs. 12,400 lbs. 18,350 lbs. 25,400 lbs. Weight 100 Pcs. 39 lbs. 51 lbs. 62 lbs. 73 lbs. 84 lbs. 95 lbs. 107 lbs. 117 lbs. Stock No.
L 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20"
T 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4" 4"
B 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16"
C 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/4"
Bolt Dia.
L 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28"
T 2" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8"
B 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16"
C 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8"
Weight 100 Pcs. 80 lbs. 88 lbs. 105 lbs. 116 lbs. 128 lbs. 150 lbs. 175 lbs. 199 lbs. 219 lbs. 246 lbs. 271 lbs. 295 lbs. 321 lbs. 345 lbs. 369 lbs.
1/2" Forged Eyebolts 2724.56-4 1/2" 2724.58-4 1/2" 2724.510-4 1/2" 2724.512-4 1/2" 2724.514-4 1/2" 2724.516-4 1/2" 2724.518-4 1/2" 2724.520-4 1/2" 5/8" Forged Eyebolts 2724.64-2 5/8" 2724.64-3 5/8" 2724.65-3 5/8" 2724.66-3 5/8" 2724.68-4 5/8" 2724.610-4 5/8" 2724.612-4 5/8" 2724.614-6 5/8" 2724.616-6 5/8" 2724.618-6 5/8" 2724.620-6 5/8" 2724.622-6 5/8" 2724.624-6 5/8" 2724.626-8 5/8" 2724.628-8 5/8" 2724.630-8 5/8" 2724.632-8 5/8" 2724.634-8 5/8"
4" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26" 28" 30" 32" 34"
2" 3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8" 8" 8" 8" 8"
13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16"
1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8" 1-5/8"
48 lbs. 48 lbs. 60 lbs. 68 lbs. 85 lbs. 101 lbs. 124 lbs. 132 lbs. 150 lbs. 167 lbs. 187 lbs. 200 lbs. 220 lbs. 236 lbs. 252 lbs. 268 lbs. 289 lbs. 307 lbs.
3/4" Forged Eyebolts 2724.74-2 3/4" 2724.75-3 3/4" 2724.76-3 3/4" 2724.77-3 3/4" 2724.78-4 3/4" 2724.710-4 3/4" 2724.712-4 3/4" 2724.714-6 3/4" 2724.716-6 3/4" 2724.718-6 3/4" 2724.720-6 3/4" 2724.722-6 3/4" 2724.724-6 3/4" 2724.726-8 3/4" 2724.728-8 3/4" 7/8" Forged Eyebolts 2724.85-3 7/8" 2724.86-3 7/8" 2724.87-3 7/8" 2724.88-4 7/8" 2724.810-4 7/8" 2724.812-4 7/8" 2724.814-6 7/8" 2724.816-6 7/8" 2724.818-6 7/8" 2724.820-6 7/8" 2724.822-6 7/8" 2724.824-6 7/8" 2724.826-8 7/8"
5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" 26"
3" 3" 3" 4" 4" 4" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 8"
15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16"
2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8" 2-1/8"
108 lbs. 126 lbs. 145 lbs. 163 lbs. 201 lbs. 237 lbs. 276 lbs. 308 lbs. 344 lbs. 379 lbs. 407 lbs. 452 lbs. 467 lbs.
E-19
Fasteners - Threaded Rods

Threaded Rods (Double Arming Bolts)
Shear Strengths for ANSI C135.1

Bolt Diameter 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Single Shear Through Threads 5,200 8,330 12,440 17,270 22,690 36,590 lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. Single Shear Through Shaft 7,950 12,420 17,890 24,350 31,800 49,700 lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
Hughes Brothers Threaded Rods are manufactured in accordance with ANSI C135.1 and ASTM A307, using ASTM A36 or SAE C1018 cold drawn steel. The threaded rods are hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Various ordering options are available for full thread, or any portion of thread. Standard thread length options are listed. Threaded rod with partial threads are furnished with one nut on each end unless otherwise specified. Full threaded rod (double arming bolts) are furnished with 4 nuts unless otherwise specified. The suffix "2N" designates only 2 nuts for full threaded rod. Decimal Equivalency Chart Fraction Decimal HUGHES 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" .2 .3 .5 .6 .7 .8 .1 1.125 1.25 2 3 5 6 7 8 10 11 12
Tensile Strengths for ANSI C135.1

Bolt Diameter 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Minimum Tensile Strength 7,800 12,400 18,350 25,400 33,500 53,300 lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs.
TR 7 1 6 - F 2N
Designates only 2 nuts (full threaded rod only). Without the "2N" suffix, 4 nuts are always supplied on full threaded rod, or "NN" designates no nuts. Designates full threads Bolt length, in 2" increments First digit in decimal equivalent (see chart) Designates threaded rod
E-20

Full Threaded Rods
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 50 50 50 50 50 50
Weight 100 Pcs. 75 lbs. 84 lbs. 94 lbs. 112 lbs. 121 lbs. 130 lbs.
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5
Weight 100 Pcs. 262 lbs. 291 lbs. 320 lbs. 349 lbs. 378 lbs. 406 lbs. 435 lbs. 464 lbs. 493 lbs. 522 lbs. 551 lbs. 580 lbs. 609 lbs. 638 lbs. 667 lbs. 696 lbs.
1/2" Full Threaded Rods TR512-F 1/2" x 12" TR514-F 1/2" x 14" TR516-F 1/2" x 16" TR520-F 1/2" x 20" TR522-F 1/2" x 22" TR524-F 1/2" x 24" 5/8" Full Threaded Rods TR612-F 5/8" x 12" TR614-F 5/8" x 14" TR616-F 5/8" x 16" TR620-F 5/8" x 20" TR622-F 5/8" x 22" TR624-F 5/8" x 24" 3/4" Full Threaded Rods TR712-F 3/4" x 12" TR714-F 3/4" x 14" TR716-F 3/4" x 16" TR718-F 3/4" x 18" TR720-F 3/4" x 20" TR722-F 3/4" x 22" TR724-F 3/4" x 24" TR726-F 3/4" x 26" TR728-F 3/4" x 28" TR730-F 3/4" x 30" TR732-F 3/4" x 32" TR734-F 3/4" x 34" TR736-F 3/4" x 36" TR738-F 3/4" x 38" TR740-F 3/4" x 40" TR742-F 3/4" x 42"
25 25 25 25 25 25
7/8" Full Threaded Rods TR812-F 7/8" x 12" TR814-F 7/8" x 14" TR816-F 7/8" x 16" TR818-F 7/8" x 18" TR820-F 7/8" x 20" TR822-F 7/8" x 22" TR824-F 7/8" x 24" TR826-F 7/8" x 26" TR828-F 7/8" x 28" TR830-F 7/8" x 30" TR832-F 7/8" x 32" TR834-F 7/8" x 34" TR836-F 7/8" x 36" TR838-F 7/8" x 38" TR840-F 7/8" x 40" TR842-F 7/8" x 42"
30 30 25 25 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10
E-21

Full Threaded Rods
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4
1" Full Threaded Rods TR1012-F 1" x 12" TR1014-F 1" x 14" TR1016-F 1" x 16" TR1018-F 1" x 18" TR1020-F 1" x 20" TR1022-F 1" x 22" TR1024-F 1" x 24" TR1026-F 1" x 26" TR1028-F 1" x 28" TR1030-F 1" x 30" TR1032-F 1" x 32" TR1034-F 1" x 34" TR1036-F 1" x 36" TR1038-F 1" x 38" TR1040-F 1" x 40" TR1042-F 1" x 42"
1-1/4" Full Threaded Rods TR1212-F 1-1/4" x 12" TR1214-F 1-1/4" x 14" TR1216-F 1-1/4" x 16" TR1218-F 1-1/4" x 18" TR1220-F 1-1/4" x 20" TR1222-F 1-1/4" x 22" TR1224-F 1-1/4" x 24" TR1226-F 1-1/4" x 26" TR1228-F 1-1/4" x 28" TR1230-F 1-1/4" x 30" TR1232-F 1-1/4" x 32" TR1234-F 1-1/4" x 34" TR1236-F 1-1/4" x 36" TR1238-F 1-1/4" x 38" TR1240-F 1-1/4" x 40" TR1242-F 1-1/4" x 42"
E-22
Fasteners -Threaded Rods

Threaded Double End Rods
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 30 30 25 25 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
5/8" Threaded Double End Rods TR612-5 5/8" x 12" TR614-5 5/8" x 14" TR616-5 5/8" x 16" TR618-5 5/8" x 18" TR620-5 5/8" x 20" TR622-5 5/8" x 22" TR624-5 5/8" x 24" TR626-5 5/8" x 26" TR628-5 5/8" x 28" TR630-5 5/8" x 30" TR632-5 5/8" x 32" TR634-5 5/8" x 34" TR636-5 5/8" x 36" TR638-5 5/8" x 38" TR640-5 5/8" x 40" TR642-5 5/8" x 42" 3/4" Threaded Double End Rods TR712-5 3/4" x 12" TR714-5 3/4" x 14" TR716-5 3/4" x 16" TR718-5 3/4" x 18" TR720-5 3/4" x 20" TR722-5 3/4" x 22" TR724-5 3/4" x 24" TR726-5 3/4" x 26" TR728-5 3/4" x 28" TR730-5 3/4" x 30" TR732-5 3/4" x 32" TR734-5 3/4" x 34" TR736-5 3/4" x 36" TR738-5 3/4" x 38" TR740-5 3/4" x 40" TR742-5 3/4" x 42"
7/8" Threaded Double End Rods TR812-5 7/8" x 12" TR814-5 7/8" x 14" TR816-5 7/8" x 16" TR818-5 7/8" x 18" TR820-5 7/8" x 20" TR822-5 7/8" x 22" TR824-5 7/8" x 24" TR826-5 7/8" x 26" TR828-5 7/8" x 28" TR830-5 7/8" x 30" TR832-5 7/8" x 32" TR834-5 7/8" x 34" TR836-5 7/8" x 36" TR838-5 7/8" x 38" TR840-5 7/8" x 40" TR842-5 7/8" x 42"
30 30 25 25 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10
Note: The last digit of the stock number indicates the standard thread length at each end of the threaded double end rods. Threaded double end rods are furnished with two square nuts.
E-23
Fasteners -Threaded Rods

Threaded Double End Rods
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg. 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Stock No.
Item Description
Std. Pkg.
Weight 100 Pcs.
1" Threaded Double End Rods TR1012-5 1" x 12" TR1014-5 1" x 14" TR1016-5 1" x 16" TR1018-5 1" x 18" TR1020-5 1" x 20" TR1022-5 1" x 22" TR1024-5 1" x 24" TR1026-5 1" x 26" TR1028-5 1" x 28" TR1030-6 1" x 30" TR1032-6 1" x 32" TR1034-6 1" x 34" TR1036-6 1" x 36" TR1038-6 1" x 38" TR1040-6 1" x 40" TR1042-6 1" x 42"
1-1/4" Threaded Double End Rods TR1212-6 1-1/4" x 12" 10 TR1214-6 1-1/4" x 14" 10 TR1216-6 1-1/4" x 16" 10 TR1218-6 1-1/4" x 18" 5 TR1220-6 1-1/4" x 20" 5 TR1222-6 1-1/4" x 22" 5 TR1224-6 1-1/4" x 24" 5 TR1226-6 1-1/4" x 26" 5 TR1228-6 1-1/4" x 28" 5 TR1230-6 1-1/4" x 30" 5 TR1232-6 1-1/4" x 32" 5 TR1234-6 1-1/4" x 34" 5 TR1236-6 1-1/4" x 36" 5 TR1238-6 1-1/4" x 38" 4 TR1240-6 1-1/4" x 40" 4 TR1242-6 1-1/4" x 42" 4
Note: The last digit of the stock number indicates the standard thread length at each end of the threaded double end rods.
Threaded double end rods are furnished with two square nuts.
Chain Links
Hughes Brothers Chain Links are formed from ASTM A36 steel. B A Stock No. 1329-B 1329-B1 1329-B3 Weight 100 Pcs. 73 lbs. 41 lbs. 59 lbs.
Dia. 5/8" 1/2" 9/16"
Di
a.
1" 3" 1" 2-1/4" 1" 3"
E-24
Fasteners - U-Bolts/Links
U-Bolts
Hughes Brothers U-Bolts are used primarily on steel angle H-frame cross ties. A Stock No. Bolt Dia. A
3" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3" 2" 1-1/2"
B
4-1/8" 3" 2-1/2" 5-1/8" 3-3/4" 3-5/8"
C
2" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 3" 2" 2"
R
1-3/16" 1/2" 1/2" 1-3/16" 11/16" 7/16"
Weight 100 Pcs.

U-Bolt without Nuts 1327 5/8" 1328-A 1/2" 1328-B 1/2" 1327-A 5/8" 1329-A* 5/8" 1330-A 5/8"
C
R
DIA
U-Bolt, with 4 nuts and 2 locknuts 1327-CPT 5/8" 3" 1328-A-CPT 1/2" 1-1/2" 1328-B-CPT 1/2" 1-1/2" 1327-A-CPT 5/8" 3" 1329-A-CPT* 5/8" 2" 1330-A-CPT 5/8" 1-1/2" *Uses square nuts.
3-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 4-1/2" 3-1/8" 3"
2" 1-1/2" 1-3/4" 3" 2" 2"
1-3/16" 1/2" 1/2" 1-3/16" 11/16" 7/16"
DIA
Stock No.
Dia.
"A"
"B"
"C"
Pipe / Conduit Size
Large U-bolt shown here in conduit support bracket application
U-Bolt, with 2 hex nuts & 2 split lock washers (for conduit support brackets) 2" 3/8" 2-7/8" 3-1/4" 2-1/4" AS2477.2 6" 7" 7-3/4" 4" 3/8" AS2477.3 5" 6" 6-1/2" 3-1/4" 3/8" AS2477.5 4" 3/8" 4-3/4" 5-1/2" 3" AS2477.6 B1964.1A B1964.1B B1964.1C 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3-1/4" 5" 7" 4" 6" 8" 2-5/8" 3" 4" 2" 4" 6"
B C
1329 U-Bolt & Chain Link Assembly

To order Hughes Brothers 1329 U-Bolt and Chain Link Assembly, specify the following: Stock No. 1329.5 1329.6 Item Description 5/8" U-Bolt & 1/2" Link Assembly 5/8" U-Bolt & 5/8" Link Assembly Weight 100 Pcs. 160 lbs. 190 lbs.
E-25
Fasteners - Clips
Stock No. 2718.3 2718.5 2718.6 2718.7 2718.8 2718.10 2718.33* 2718.55* 2718.66* Bolt Dia. 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 3/8"x1-1/2" 1/2"x1-1/2" 5/8"x1-3/4" Max. Wire Dia. 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" Std. Pkg. 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 200 100 Weight 100 Pcs. 8 lbs. 9 lbs. 19 lbs. 18 lbs. 18 lbs. 16 lbs. 19 lbs. 29 lbs. 53 lbs.
2718 Bonding Clip

The Hughes Brothers 2718 Bonding Clip is used to attach the ground wire to any flat steel surface. The mounting bolt is not included, unless specified.
*Includes bonding clip, carriage bolt, nut, and locknut.
Stock No. 2727.5 2727.6 2727.7 2727.8 2727.10 2727.12
Bolt Dia. 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4"
Max. Wire Dia. 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 7/16" 7/16"
2727 Bonding Clip

Std. Pkg. 500 500 250 250 150 150 Weight 100 Pcs. 10 lbs. 10 lbs. 14 lbs. 20 lbs. 26 lbs. 26 lbs. The Hughes Brothers 2727 Bonding Clip provides a simple and practical method of bonding the threaded end of bolts. Nut ordered separately.
GWB 51-1/2 Bonding Bolt

The Hughes Brothers Ground Wire Bonding Bolt is a simple method of attaching the ground wire to a flat steel surface. The lipped washer is an integral part of the bolt, acting as a clamp to hold the ground wire securely in place.
Stock No. GWB51-1/2
Bolt Dia. 1/2"
Max. Wire Length Dia. 1-1/2" 7/16"
Std. Pkg. 200
Weight 100 Pcs. 32 lbs.
E-26
Fasteners - Studs
2722 Bent Bolt & Stud
Hughes Brothers 2722 Bent Bolts and Bent Studs are used primarily for connecting transmission braces to spacer fittings in transmission double arm assemblies. They are manufactured from SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel. All bent bolts and bent studs are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Each bent bolt is furnished with a nut and locknut. Each bent stud is furnished with two nuts and two locknuts.
2722 Bent Bolt
E
L
2722 Bent Stud
Stock No. Bent Bolts 2722.1A-B 2722.1B-B 2722.2A* Bent Studs 2722.1C-B 2722.1D-B 2722.2B*
Item Description
Length Bend Full Body Weight L Radius Length 100 Pcs.
3/4" Bent Bolt 6" 7/8" Bent Bolt 6" 7/8" Bent Bolt 7-1/2"
3-3/8" 3-3/8" 3-3/8"
2-3/4" 2-3/4" 4-1/4"
109 lbs. 158 lbs. 182 lbs.
Tensile Strengths and Shear Strengths of Hughes Brothers 2722 Bent Bolts and Bent Studs conform to ANSI C135.1.
3/4" Bent Stud 8" 7/8" Bent Stud 8" 7/8" Bent Stud 10"
3-3/8" 3-3/8" 3-3/8"
2-1/2" 2-1/2" 4-1/2"
133 lbs. 182 lbs. 230 lbs.
*RUS accepted item - features recessed nut.
E-27
Fasteners - Studs
Insulator Mounting Studs
Hughes Brothers Insulator Mounting Studs are manufactured in accordance with ANSI C135.1. The insulator mounting studs are threaded to diameters specified in ANSI CZ9.7 and are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Insulator mounting studs are furnished assembled with hardware as shown. Tensile strengths of Hughes Brothers insulator mounting studs are the same as the tensile strengths of Hughes Brothers machine bolts. (See page E-3.) The serrated collar and lock washer ensure a tight hardware connection. Longer studs, for wood crossarms feature a wrench shoulder below the serrated collar.
For Use on Steel

L T A 1" 1/2" B
Stock No. 2750.1A 2750.2A 2750.4A 2751.1A 2751.3A 2751.4A
"L" 2-7/8" 2-1/4" 3-5/8" 3" 3-7/8" 3-1/2"
"T" 1-3/4" 1-1/8" 2-1/2" 1-7/8" 2-3/4" 2-3/8"
"A" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" 7/8" 7/8"
"B" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" 7/8" 7/8"
Weight 100 Pcs. 43 lbs. 37 lbs. 51 lbs. 63 lbs. 73 lbs. 68 lbs. 63 lbs. 73 lbs. 68 lbs.
2755.1A 3-3/16" 2" 2755.3A 4-3/16" 3" 2755.4A 5-3/16" 4" Standard Package: 100
E-28
Fasteners - Studs
Insulator Mounting Studs
For Use on Wood
L T A 1" 1/2" B
Stock No.
"L"
"T"
"A" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
"B" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8"
Weight 100 Pcs. 118 lbs. 121 lbs. 125 lbs. 132 lbs. 139 lbs. 146 lbs. 167 lbs. 181 lbs. 153 lbs.
2752 Mounting Studs 2752.1A 7" 4" 2752.2A 7-1/2" 6" 2752.3A 8" 6" 2752.4A 9" 6" 2752.5A 10" 6" 2752.6A 11" 6" 2752.7A 14" 6" 2752.8A 16" 6" 2752.9A 12" 6" Standard Package: 40 2753 Mounting Studs 2753.1A 7" 4" 2753.2A 8" 6" 2753.3A 9" 6" 2753.4A 10" 6" 2753.5A 11" 6" 2753.6A 12" 6" 2753.7A 14" 6" 2753.8A 16" 6" Standard Package: 30 2754 Mounting Studs 2754.1A 7-1/2" 4" 2754.2A 8" 4" Standard Package: 30
3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"
140 lbs. 152 lbs. 163 lbs. 172 lbs. 183 lbs. 194 lbs. 214 lbs. 234 lbs.
7/8" 7/8"
7/8" 7/8"
168 lbs. 175 lbs.
E-29
Fasteners - Bolts
Anchor Bolts
Hughes Brothers Anchor Bolts are manufactured from SAE C1018 cold drawn or ASTM A36 steel. The threads meet ANSI / ASME B1.1 specifications. The minimum bend radius is equal to the diameter of the anchor bolt.
T X
ANB1036-8B6G20
Galvanizing length (G) from threaded end, in inches, or F for fully galvanized Bend length (Y) in inches Thread length (T) in inches Rod length (X) in inches Rod diameter (see table) Designates anchor bolt
Rod Diameter Table

Rod Diameter 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" Decimal Equivalent 6 7 8 10 11 12 13
E-30
Fasteners - Pins
A 1/4" Hole (Round flat head may be substituted depending on availability) B Dia
2743 Clevis Pins
Stock No. 2743.62-1/4 2743.64-1/2 2743.65 2743.72 2743.72-1/4 2743.72-1/2 2743.72-3/4 2743.82-3/4 2743.83 2743.84
Dia. 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" 7/8" 7/8"
A 2-1/4" 4-1/2" 5" 2" 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 2-3/4" 3" 4"
B 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-3/16" 1-3/16" 1-3/16"
Weight C 100 Pcs. 1/4" 19 lbs. 1/4" 46 lbs. 1/4" 48 lbs. 1/4" 36 lbs. 1/4" 37 lbs. 1/4" 38 lbs. 1/4" 39 lbs. 3/8" 51 lbs. 3/8" 55 lbs. 3/8" 73 lbs.
Drilled Bolts
To order any bolt drilled and with a AS2531.1D cotter pin, add suffix "D" after the bolt length as follows:
B83D-2
Stock No. AS2531.1A AS2531.1H AS2531.1E AS2531.1D
AS2531 Cotter Keys

Item Description 3/16" x 1" 3/16" x 1-1/2" 1/8" x 1-1/2" 3/16" x 1-1/4" (humpback) Hughes Brothers AS2531 Cotter Keys are made of stainless steel.
E-31
Fasteners - Nuts
C
Square Nuts
A
Hughes Brothers Square nuts are compatible with all ANSI C135.1 hardware. Nuts are tapped oversize in accordance with ASTM A563 for proper fit on galvanized bolts.
B
Stock No. N30 N50 N60 N70 N80 N100
Item Description 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1"
A 21/64" 7/16" 35/64" 21/32" 49/64" 7/8"
B 5/8" 13/16" 1" 1-1/8" 1-5/16" 1-1/2"
Weight 100 Pcs.
7/8" 2.3 lbs. 1-1/8" 5 lbs. 1-3/8" 9 lbs. 1-1/2" 15 lbs. 1-3/4" 24 lbs. 2" 37 lbs.
Hex Nuts
A
Stock No. HN30 HN50 HN60 HN70 HN80 HN100 HN120
Item Description 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4"
A 21/64" 7/16" 35/64" 41/64" 3/4" 55/64" 1-1/16"
B 9/16" 3/4" 15/16" 1-1/8" 1-5/16" 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
C 5/8" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-5/8" 2-1/8"
Weight 100 Pcs. 2 lbs. 4 lbs. 9 lbs. 10 lbs. 20 lbs. 27 lbs. 55 lbs.
E-32
Hughes Brothers Hex Nuts are compatible with all ANSI C135.1 hardware. Hex nuts are tapped oversize in accordance with ASTM A563.
Fasteners - Nuts
2745 Welded Washer Nut
Hughes Brothers 2745 Welded Washer Nut has a 3/16" x 3" round washer which is welded to a standard square nut. Stock No. 2745.5* 2745.6 2745.7 2745.8
*2" Washer
Bolt Dia. 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8"
Std. Pkg. 100 100 100 100
Weight 100 Pcs. 26 lbs. 46 lbs. 49 lbs. 60 lbs.
2746 Cast Washer Nut

Hughes Brothers 2746 Cast Washer Nuts are cast from ASTM A536, grade 65-45-12 ductile iron. Stock No. 2746.6 2746.7 2746.8 2746.10 Bolt Dia. 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Washer Dia. 2-1/2" 3" 3-3/4" 3-3/4" Std. Pkg. 100 100 50 50 Weight 100 Pcs. 47 lbs. 65 lbs. 106 lbs. 106 lbs.
E-33
Fasteners - Nuts
B E
Oval Eye Nuts

Hughes Brothers Oval Eye Nuts have strength and dimensions are per ANSI C135.5.
C D F
EN80 & EN100 forged
EN50, EN60 & EN70 cast
Part Number Bolt Dia. EN50 EN60 EN70 EN80 EN100 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1
A 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 1-7/8
B 9/16 9/16 9/16 3/4 3/4
C 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
D 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-5/8 2-5/8
E 2-5/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-1/2 3-1/2
F 3 3 3 4-5/16 4-5/16
Ultimate Tensile Strength 7,800 13,550 20,050 25,400 33,500
E
Std Pkg Wt / lbs Quantity .5 .6 .6 1.5 1.5 100 100 100 25 25
E-34
Fasteners - Nuts
Locknuts
Stock No. MF50 MF60 MF70 MF80 MF100 Description 1/2" Square Locknut 5/8" Square Locknut 3/4" Square Locknut 7/8" Square Locknut 1" Square Locknut Std. Pkg. 1,000 1,000 700 500 400 Weight 100 Pcs. 2.3 lbs. 3.9 lbs. 5.4 lbs. 7.2 lbs. 11.7 lbs.
Hex Locknuts
Stock No. MFH50 MFH60 MFH70 MFH120 Description 1/2" Hex Locknut 5/8" Hex Locknut 3/4" Hex Locknut 1-1/4" Hex Locknut Std. Pkg. 1,000 1,000 500 300 Weight 100 Pcs. 2.1 lbs. 2.6 lbs. 4.6 lbs. 11.7 lbs.
Split Lock Washers

Stock No. SLW30 SLW50 SLW60 SLW70 SLW80 SLW100 SLW120 Bolt Dia. 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Std. Pkg. 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 500 500 250 Weight 100 Pcs. .6 lbs. 2.0 lbs. 2.5 lbs. 4.2 lbs. 6.3 lbs. 8.9 lbs. 16.3 lbs.
E-35
Fasteners - Washers
Stock No. SLW2-30 SLW2-50 SLW2-60 SLW2-70 SLW2-80 SLW2-100 SLW2-30H SLW2-50H SLW2-60H SLW2-70H SLW2-60EM SLW2-70EM SLW2-80EM SLW2-100EM Bolt Dia. 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" Std. Pkg. 1,000 1,000 500 500 500 250 NA Weight 100 Pcs. 2.6 lbs. 2.7 lbs. 4.5 lbs. 7.7 lbs. 10.5 lbs. 23.2 lbs. 2.9 lbs. 3.1 lbs. 4.9 lbs. 8.2 lbs. 5.3 lbs. 8.7 lbs. 12.5 lbs. 16.2 lbs.
Extra Heavy
Heavy
Standard
Double Coil Spring Lock Washers
2702 Spring Washer

Hughes Brothers 2702 Spring Washers are used in bolted wood to steel connections to keep the connections tight and static proof. Stock No. Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/4" Hole Size Std. Pkg. 100 50 50 50 50 50 Weight 100 Pcs. 23 lbs. 92 lbs. 88 lbs. 87 lbs. 85 lbs. 91 lbs.
X 2-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-1/2" 3-3/4"
2702.5 2702.6 2702.7 2702.8 2702.10 2702.12
5/8" 9/16" 1" 11/16" 1" 13/16" 1" 15/16" 1" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-3/8"
Stock No.
Bolt Dia. 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1"
Weight 100 Pcs. .1 lbs. .7 lbs. 1.0 lbs. 1.6 lbs. 2.3 lbs. 2.6 lbs.
PAL Locknuts
PL30 PL50 PL60 PL70 PL80 PL100
E-36
Fasteners - Washers
Square Washers
Hughes Brothers Square Washers are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 standards. Stock No. Bolt Size Hole Size 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 13/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 15/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" 1-1/16" W/ Thickness 2" x 2" x 1/4" 2" x 2" x 1/8" 2-1/4" x 2-1/4" x 1/4" 3" x 3" x 1/4" 2" x 2" x 1/4" 2-1/4" x 2-1/4" x 1/4" 2-1/4" x 2-1/4" x 3/16" 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" x 1/4" 3" x 3" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 2" x 2" x 1/4" 2" x 2" x 1/8" 2-1/4" x 2-1/4" x 1/4" 2-1/4" x 2-1/4" x 3/16" 3" x 3" x 1/4" 3" x 3" x 3/8" 4" x 4 "x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 3/8" 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" x 1/4" 3" x 3" x 1/4" 3" x 3" x 3/8" 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" x 3/8" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 3/8" 3" x 3" x 1/4" 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" x 1/4" 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" x 3/8" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 3/8" 6" x 6" x 3/8" 6" x 6" x 1/2" Std. Weight Pkg. 100 Pcs. 200 200 200 100 200 200 200 200 100 50 200 200 200 200 100 100 50 50 200 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 100 50 50 25 25 25 lbs. 12 lbs. 34 lbs. 62 lbs. 25 lbs. 34 lbs. 26 lbs. 42 lbs. 63 lbs. 113 lbs. 25 lbs. 12 lbs. 34 lbs. 26 lbs. 63 lbs. 95 lbs. 113 lbs. 170 lbs. 63 lbs. 63 lbs. 95 lbs. 130 lbs. 113 lbs. 170 lbs. 63 lbs. 87 lbs. 130 lbs. 113 lbs. 170 lbs. 334 lbs. 445 lbs.
SW2-50 1/2" SW2-50-1/8 1/2" SW2-1/4-50 1/2" SW3-50 1/2" SW2-60 5/8" SW2-1/4-60 5/8" SW2-1/4-60-3/16 5/8" SW2-1/2-60 5/8" SW3-60 5/8" SW4-60 5/8" SW2-70 3/4" SW2-70-1/8 3/4" SW2-1/4-70 3/4" SW2-1/4-70-3/16 3/4" SW3-70 3/4" SW3-70-3/8 3/4" SW4-70 3/4" SW4-70-3/8 3/4" SW2-1/2-80 7/8" SW3-80 7/8" SW3-80-3/8 7/8" SW3-1/2-80-3/8 7/8" SW4-80 7/8" SW4-80-3/8 7/8" SW3-100 1" SW3-1/2-100 1" SW3-1/2-100-3/8 1" SW4-100 1" SW4-100-3/8 1" SW6-100-3/8 1" SW6-100-1/2 1"
Ordering Example:
SW 6-100-3/8
Material thickness Hole size "W" Dimension Designates Square Washer
E-37
Fasteners - Washers
Round Washers
Hughes Brothers Round Washers are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153 standards.
Stock No. RW1-30 RW2-30 RW1-3/8-50 RW1-1/2-50 RW2-50 RW1-1/2-60 RW2-60 RW3-60 RW2-70 RW3-70 RW2-80 RW3-80 RW3-100
Bolt Size 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 7/8" 7/8" 1"
Hole Size 7/16" 7/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 11/16" 11/16" 11/16" 13/16" 13/16" 15/16" 15/16" 1-1/16"
Outside Dia. Thickness 1" 2" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 2" 3" 2" 3" 2" 3" 3" 14 ga. 11 ga. 10 ga. 11 ga. 1/4" 11 ga. 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"
Std. Pkg. 1,000 200 500 500 200 500 200 100 200 100 200 100 100
Weight 100 Pcs. 2 lbs. 21 lbs. 3 lbs. 10 lbs. 21 lbs. 10 lbs. 21 lbs. 50 lbs. 21 lbs. 50 lbs. 21 lbs. 45 lbs. 42 lbs.
Beveled Washers
Stock No. BW-1/2 BW-5/8 BW-3/4 BW-7/8 Bolt Dia. 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" Weight 100 Pcs. 9 lbs. 13 lbs. 15 lbs. 34 lbs.
E-38
Fasteners - Washers
Square Curved Washers
Hughes Brothers Square Curved Washers are curved edge-to-edge. Square curved washers are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153.
Outside
Stock No. SCW3-60 SCW3-70 SCW4-60 SCW4-70 SCW4-80 SCW4-100
Bolt Size 5/8" 3/4" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1"
Hole Size 11/16" 13/16" 11/16" 13/16" 15/16" 1-1/16"
Dimensions/ Thickness 3" x 3" x 1/4" 3" x 3" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4"
Std. Weight Pkg. 100 Pcs. 100 100 50 50 50 50 63 lbs. 63 lbs. 113 lbs. 113 lbs. 113 lbs. 113 lbs.
Curved Washers
Hughes Brothers Curved Washers are curved corner-to-corner to make a diamond shaped washer. Curved washers are galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153.
Outside
Stock No. CW60 CW70 CW80 CW100 CW80-3/8 CW100-3/8 CW80-1/2 CW100-1/2
Bolt Size 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 7/8" 1" 7/8" 1"
Hole Size 11/16" 13/16" 15/16" 1-1/16" 15/16" 1-1/16" 15/16" 1-1/16"
Dimensions/ Thickness 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 1/4" 4" x 4" x 3/8" 4" x 4" x 3/8" 4" x 4" x 1/2" 4" x 4" x 1/2"
Std. Weight Pkg. 100 Pcs. 50 50 50 50 40 40 30 30 113 lbs. 113 lbs. 113 lbs. 113 lbs. 162 lbs. 162 lbs. 216 lbs. 216 lbs.
E-39
Fasteners - Washers
Tapped Flange Washers
Hughes Brothers Tapped Flange Washers are used under insulator pins where crossarm braces are attached or wherever a static proof connection is required. The flange provides a means for tightening the washer using a crescent wrench. Outside Dimensions/ Thickness 3" x 3" x 3/16" 3" x 3" x 3/16" 3" x 3" x 3/16" 3" x 3" x 3/16"
Stock No. FW50T FW60T FW70T FW80T
Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8"
Std. Weight Pkg. 100 Pcs. 100 100 100 100 66 lbs. 66 lbs. 66 lbs. 66 lbs.
Tapped Lip Washers

Hughes Brothers Tapped Lip Washers are used for crossarm anti-split bolts and where crossarm braces attach to the crossarm. The lip provides a means for tightening the washer with a crescent wrench. The tapped through hole and nut provide a secure double nut connection. Stock No. LW50T LW60T LW70T Bolt Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" Outside Dimensions/ Thickness 2" x 2" x 3/16" 2" x 2" x 3/16" 2" x 2" x 3/16" Std. Pkg. 250 250 250 Weight 100 Pcs. 23 lbs. 23 lbs. 23 lbs.
E-40
Fasteners - Saddle Assemblies

A
2824 Eye Bolt & Saddle Assemblies

Hughes Brothers 2824 Eye Bolt & Saddle Assemblies are used for phase attachment of suspension insulators. The 3/16" x 4" saddle washer features a tapped through hole. By tapping the washer through hole, a double nut connection between the washer and eye bolt is made, ensuring tight, radio frequency static proof hardware.
Ordering Information:
Example for an Eye Bolt & Saddle Assembly:
2 8 2 4 .5 - "A"-"B"
Arm depth 4.5" to 9.5" Arm width 3" to 6" Rod size (.5) for 5/8" or (.6) for 3/4" To Order just a Saddle Washer: Stock No. 2824.1B-* 2824.1C-* 2824.1D-* 2824.1E-* 2824.1F-* 2824.1G-* Tapped Hole 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" Through Hole 13/16" 15/16" -
* Specify width of crossarm. Example: 2824.1C-3-3/4 = 3-3/4" crossarm
E-41
Fasteners - Screws
Gimlet Point Lag Screws
For maximum holding strength, Hughes Brothers Gimlet Point Lag Screws should be installed with a wrench, rather than a hammer.
Stock No. LS21-1/4 LS22-1/2 LS5/16-2 LS32-1/2 LS33 LS34 LS36 LS52 LS53 LS53-1/2 LS54 LS55 LS56 LS57 LS64 LS64-1/2 LS65
Item Description 1/4" x 1-1/4" 1/4" x 2-1/2" 5/16" x 2" 3/8" x 2-1/2" 3/8" x 3" 3/8" x 4" 3/8" x 6" 1/2" x 2" 1/2" x 3" 1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/2" x 4" 1/2" x 5" 1/2" x 6" 1/2" x 7" 5/8" x 4" 5/8" x 4-1/2" 5/8" x 5"
Std. Pkg. 1,000 1,000 1,000 500 500 500 250 500 250 250 250 250 200 150 150 150 150
Weight 100 Pcs. 2 lbs. 4 lbs. 4 lbs. 8 lbs. 8 lbs. 10 lbs. 15 lbs. 11 lbs. 15 lbs. 20 lbs. 20 lbs. 25 lbs. 29 lbs. 40 lbs. 32 lbs. 35 lbs. 40 lbs.
E-42
Fasteners - Shackles
C F
2865 Shackles
Hughes Brothers 2865 Shackles are forged from ASTM A36 steel. B A
D E
Stock No. 2865.1 2865.2 2865.3 2865-B1* 2865-B2* 2865-B3*
A 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4"
B 2-5/16" 2-1/2" 3" 2-5/16" 2-1/2" 3"
F 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8"
G 3/4" 7/8" 1" 3/4" 7/8" 1"
Ultimate Strength 18,000 lbs 25,000 lbs 35,000 lbs 18,000 lbs 25,000 lbs 35,000 lbs
Std. Pkg. 50 40 20 50 40 20
Weight 100 Pcs. 72 lbs. 143 lbs. 215 lbs. 72 lbs. 143 lbs. 215 lbs.
1-1/2" 13/16" 1-1/4" 1-3/4" 1-1/16" 1-5/8" 2" 1-1/4" 1-7/8" 1-1/2" 13/16" 1-3/4" 1-1/16" 2" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 1-7/8"
*Includes bolt, nut and cotter instead of pin and cotter.
B 1-7/8" A
2866 Twisted Shackles

Hughes Brothers 2866 Twisted Shackles are forged from ASTM A36 steel. The shackle comes complete with a 3/4" bolt, nut and cotter.
3-1/2"
1"
Stock No. 2866 2866-A 2866-B
A 1/2" 1-1/8" 5/8"
B 3-1/2" 4" 3-1/2"
Ultimate Strength 25,000 lbs. 25,000 lbs. 25,000 lbs.
Std. Weight Pkg. 100 Pcs. 25 25 25 220 lbs. 241 lbs. 220 lbs.
3/4"
E-43
Fasteners-Clevis/Turnbuckles
AS2545 Turnbuckles
Hughes Brothers Turnbuckles are forged from carbon steel. They are normally furnished with a bolt, nut and cotter in the jaw of the turnbuckle. Rod end eyes have a hole size 1/16" larger than the rod size.
Jaw & Jaw
Jaw & Rod End Eye
Rod End Eye & Rod End Eye
E-44
E B Jaw Dimensions
B 1-27/32" 1-31/32" 2-13/32"
C 15/16" 1-5/32" 1-3/16"
D 5/8" 3/4" 7/8"
E 13/16" 29/32" 1-1/16"
3/4" 7/8" 1"
Eye Dimensions
A 3/4" 7/8" 1"
B 13/16" 15/16" 1-1/16"
C 27/32" 15/16" 1-1/16"
D 3/4" 7/8" 1"
Stock No. AS2545-Z AS2545-BB AS2545-A AS2545-B AS2545-X AS2545-FF AS2545-BBB AS2545-T AS2545-TT AS2545-C AS2545-D AS2545-Y AS2545-E AS2545-F
size 3/4" x 6"
Description Jaw & Jaw Jaw & Rod End
CC Length @ Ultimate Midposition Strength 18-1/2" 18" 22" 22" 17-1/2" 27" 25" 20-1/2" 20-1/2" 29" 27" 27" 30" 30" 28,000 28,000 28,000 28,000 28,000 28,000 28,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 45,000 45,000
Weight 100 Pcs. 450 lbs. 450 lbs. 525 lbs. 525 lbs. 525 lbs. 600 lbs. 600 lbs. 600 lbs. 600 lbs. 850 lbs. 850 lbs. 850 lbs. 1200 lbs. 1200 lbs.
Min Length 15-1/2" 15" 17-1/2" 17-1/2" 13" 21" 19" 17-1/2" 17-1/2" 23" 21" 21" 24" 24"
Max Length 21-1/2" 21" 26-1/2" 26-1/2" 22" 33" 31" 23-1/2" 23-1/2" 35" 33" 33" 36" 36"
3/4" x 9"
Jaw & Jaw Jaw & Rod End Rod End & Rod End Jaw & Jaw Jaw & Rod End Jaw & Jaw Jaw & Rod End Jaw & Jaw Jaw & Rod End Rod End & Rod End Jaw & Jaw Jaw & Rod End
3/4" x 12"
7/8" x 6"
7/8" x 12"
1" x 12"
E-45
Mounting Hole B Clevis Hole 2"
AS2277 Clevis
The Hughes Brothers AS2277 Clevis allows for a simple method for making a jaw or clevis connection at the pole. The clevis is used with standard machine bolts, sold separately.
C A Ultimate Tensile* Strength 25,000 lbs. 18,350 lbs. 18,350 lbs. 12,400 lbs. 18,350 lbs. 18,350 lbs. 25,400 lbs.
Stock No. AS2277 AS2277-A AS2277-B AS2277-F AS2277-G AS2277-H AS2277-J
Clevis Hole
Mtg. Hole
Std. Weight Pkg. 100 Pcs. 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 172 lbs. 177 lbs. 170 lbs. 140 lbs. 144 lbs. 196 lbs. 198 lbs.
4" 2-1/4" 3/8" 15/16" 15/16" 4" 2-1/4" 3/8" 13/16" 13/16" 4" 2-1/4" 3/8" 1-1/16" 13/16" 4-3/4" 1-13/16" 1/4" 13/16" 11/16" 4-3/4" 2" 1/4" 13/16" 13/16" 6-3/4" 2" 1/4" 13/16" 13/16" 4-1/2" 2-1/4" 3/8" 1" 15/16"
* Controlled by bolt strength.
E-46
Fiberglass
Pultruded Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Rod Data Sheet
Hughes Brothers Fiberglass Reinforced Polymer Rod is designed and manufactured for high performance in applications where resistance to stress, weathering and corrosive atmospheres are important. Hughes Brothers FRP Rod is produced by pultrusion process. The glass strands are held at a constant tension and are drawn through a resin bath where the strands are completely saturated with resin. The glass/resin rovings are then pulled through a a sizing die to remove excess resin and through a radio frequency pre-heater. Polymerization takes place in a heated final sizing die and the rod exits this die a thermoset shape. Hughes Brothers FRP Rod is produced in a variety of cross section diameters ranging from 1/2 in. through 3 in. diameter. The standard color is a medium-dark gray.
Properties
Tensile Strength Modulus of Elasticity, Tension Flexural Strength Modulus of Elasticity, Flexural Compressive Strength Modulus of Elasticity, Compressive Rockwell M Hardness Barcol Hardness Izod Impact (ft. lbs. per inch) Arc Resistance Specific Gravity Nominal Glass Content Heat Distortion Point Ultraviolet Light Resistance ASTM D-638 ASTM D-638 ASTM D-790 ASTM D-790 ASTM D-695 ASTM D-695 112 55-65 ASTM D-256 ASTM D-495 ASTM D-792 73% 240F Excellent 120,000 PSI min. 6.0 x 106 PSI min. 120,000 PSI min. 6.0 x 106 PSI min. 70,000 PSI min. 6.0 x 106 PSI min.
44 min. 186 sec. 2.0
F-1
Fiberglass Guy Strains

Strain Insulators
Hughes Brothers Guy Strains are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester/Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 with hot dip galvanizing. Each guy strain is factory tested to 100% of its rating. The month and year of manufacture are stamped on the lead filler plug at the end of each strain. All Hughes Brothers Guy Strains are manufactured utilizing an epoxy wedge system. Adequate glue bond to the FRP Rod is ensured by roughening the FRP Rod Surface prior to glue up. Note: Lengths other than those shown are readily available.
F
Guy Strain End Fitting Details
CF692 - CF693 15,000 lb Clevis (3/4" dia. Pin)
2-3/16"
CF693 15,000 lb Thimble Eye 2-3/16" (5/8" dia. Pin)

3/4"R 11/16" Hole
15/16"
1-5/8"
13/16"R
11/32"R
9/32"R
11/16" Hole
9/16"
1-3/16"
7/8"
1"
F-2
Guy Strains
CF694 21,000 lb Clevis (3/4" dia. Pin)
2-9/16"
CF694 21,000 lb Thimble (3/4" dia. Pin)

2-1/2" 1"R
15/16"
1-5/8"
1-3/16" 1-1/4" 15/16"R
7/8"
13/16" Hole
13/16" Hole

2-7/8"
15/32"R
1" 1-13/16"
CF694 Y-Clevis (15/16" dia. Pin)

15/32"R
5/8"
5/16"R
F
13/ 32"
1-7/8" 1"R
1-3/4" 13/16" Hole
45o

3-1/4" 7/16"
2-1/8" 1-1/8"R 1"
15/16" Hole
15/16" 1-5/8"
F-3
Guy Strains
CF690 - 15,000 lb Flexible Bail Strain Insulators
CC L
Stock No.
CC 38-11/16" 50-11/16" 68-11/16" 86-11/16" 134-11/16"
CF690-24 24" CF690-36 36" CF690-54 54" CF690-72 72" CF690-120 120"
F
CC L
CF692 - 15,000 lb Strain Insulators

Stock No. CF692-12 CF692-18 CF692-24 CF692-30 CF692-36 CF692-42 CF692-54 CF692-78 CF692-90 CF692-96 CF692-120 CF692-144 L Inches 12 18 24 30 36 42 54 78 90 96 120 144 CC Inches 21-1/2 27-1/2 33-1/2 39-1/2 45-1/2 51-1/2 63-1/2 87-1/2 99-1/2 105-1/2 129-1/2 153-1/2 Wt. Lbs. Each 4.60 4.75 4.90 5.05 5.20 5.35 5.65 6.25 6.88 7.45 8.05 8.65
The CF692 series uses 5/8" dia. fiberglass rod.
NOTE: For specific fitting dimensions, see "End Fitting Details" on pages F-2 & F-3.
F-4
Guy Strains
CF693 15,000 lb Strain Insulators
With Thimble Eye End
CC L
Stock No.
"L" Inches 12 18 24 30 36 42 54 78
"CC" Wt. Lbs. Inches Each 21 27 33 39 45 51 63 87 4.06 4.36 4.66 4.96 5.26 5.56 6.16 6.76
15,000 lb. End Fitting Options

CF693CT-12 CF693CT-18 CF693CT-24 CF693CT-30 CF693CT-36 CF693CT-42 CF693CT-54 CF693CT-78
28085 Roller
Note: For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix "C". (Example CF693-24C)
Fig. 1 Suffix R R2 CT-_R TT R T Figs. 1&2 2&2 2&3 3&3 2&4 3&4
Fig. 2 Fittings
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Example CF692-36R CF692-36R2 CF693CT-36R CF693TT-36 CF690-36R CF690T-36
Clevis / Clevis with 1 Roller Clevis / Clevis with 2 Rollers Clevis with Roller / Thimble Eye Thimble Eye / Thimble Eye Clevis with Roller / Flexible Bail Thimble Eye / Flexible Bail
F-5
Guy Strains
Stock No. CF694-12 CF694-18 CF694-24 CF694-30 CF694-36 CF694-42 CF694-54 CF694-78 CF694-96 CF694-120 CF694-144 "L" Inches 12 18 24 30 36 42 54 78 96 120 144 "CC" Inches 21-3/4" 27-3/4" 33-3/4" 39-3/4" 45-3/4" 51-3/4" 63-3/4" 87-3/4" 105-3/4" 129-3/4" 153-3/4" Wt. Lbs. Each 5.60 5.78 5.96 6.14 6.32 6.50 6.86 7.58 8.30 9.02 9.74
CC L
CF694 End fitting options

28084 Roller
Fig. 1 Suffix R R2 CT CT-_R TT YCC YCC-_R YCT Figs. 1&2 2&2 1&3 2&3 3&3 1&4 2&4 3&4
Fig. 2 Fittings
Fig. 3
Fig 4. Example CF694-36R CF694-36R2 CF694CT-36 CF694CT-36R CF694TT-36 CF694YCC-36 CF694YCC-36R CF694YCT-36
Clevis / Clevis with 1 Roller Clevis / Clevis with 2 Rollers Clevis / Thimble Eye Clevis with Roller / Thimble Eye Thimble Eye / Thimble Eye Clevis / Y-Clevis Clevis with Roller / Y-Clevis Y-Clevis / Thimble Eye
F-6
Guy Strains
Stock No. CF695-12 CF695-18 CF695-24 CF695-30 CF695-36 CF695-42 CF695-54 CF695-78 CF695-96 CF695-108 CF695-120 CF695-144 CF695-168 L Inches 12 18 24 30 36 42 54 78 96 108 120 144 168 CC Inches 23-1/8 29-1/8 35-1/8 41-1/8 47-1/8 53-1/8 65-1/8 89-1/8 107-1/8 119-1/8 131-1/8 155-1/8 179-1/8 Wt. Lbs. Each 7.20 7.50 7.80 8.10 8.40 8.70 9.00 9.60 10.20 10.80 12.00 12.00 12.60
CC L
CF695 & CF696 End Fitting Options

Suffix 28084 Roller R R2 Figs. Fittings Example Example
1 & 2 Clevis / Clevis with 1 Roller CF695-36R CF696-36R 2 & 2 Clevis / Clevis with 2 Rollers CF695-36R2 CF696-36R2
Fig. 1
Fig. 2

Stock No. CF696-18 CF696-24 CF696-30 CF696-36 CF696-42 CF696-54 CF696-60 CF696-78 CF696-90 CF696-96 L Inches 18 24 30 36 42 54 60 78 90 96 CC Inches 30-3/4 36-3/4 42-3/4 48-3/4 54-3/4 66-3/4 72-3/4 90-3/4 102-3/4 108-3/4 Wt. Lbs. Each 8.93 9.33 9.73 10.13 10.53 10.93 11.73 12.93 14.53 16.13
CC L
F-7
Guy Strains
CF694TB 21,000 lb Adjustable Guying Assembly
The Hughes Brothers Guy Strain and Turnbuckle Assembly is superior to adjustable guy strains incorporating a turnbuckle onto the end of the guy strain. The Hughes assembly allows for adjustment of the turnbuckle without having to unbolt an end of the assembly. L 22" (mid adjustment) +or- 4-1/2 inches
CF694 Strain Insulator Twisted Link (optional) AS2545-B Turnbuckle
Twisted Link (optional)
Ordering Example:
CF694TB-36
Specifies "L" length Guy Strain type with turnbuckle
AS2276 series twisted links are ordered separately.
F
CF999TT-"L" 60,000 lb Guying Assembly
A 60,000 lb guy strain can be made by combining two CF695 30,000 lb Guy Strains. To order as an assembly, use the stock no. CF999TT-"L". Clevis thimbles, if required, are ordered separately.
9-5/8"
9-5/8"
6"
Clevis Thimble Yoke Plate
Ordering Example: CF999TT-36 F-8

Pole Top Pins

Fiberglass Pole Top Pins
Hughes Brothers Fiberglass Pole Top Pins are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with aluminum alloy or ductile iron fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. The insulator threads are in accordance with ANSI C29.5 and are coated with a semi-conductive heat shrink material. Aluminum alloy is A-356-T6. Ductile iron is 65-45-12. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint containing 50% solids, which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available.
CF500 & CF500A Pole Top Pins

The CF500 series has 1" threads conforming to ANSI C29.5 cut directly into the FRP rod. The CF500A series features an aluminum end fitting. One inch threads conforming to ANSI C29.5 are standard. Stock No. Rod Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Tensile Inches Each Inches Trans. Longitud. &Vert.
Ductile Iron Mounting Base CF500-13 1-1/2" 3.9 CF500-15 1-1/2" 4.1 CF500-19 1-1/2" 4.4 CF500-21 1-1/2" 4.6 11/16"Hole CF500-13A CF500-15A CF500-19A CF500-21A 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3.9 4.1 4.4 4.6
13 15 19 21 13 15 19 21
1500 1450 1450 1300 1600 1500 1300 1200
1450 1400 1400 1300 1500 1400 1300 1200
2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
11/16" x 3-3/4" Slot 8"
Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF500-15AC -For 1-3/8" insulator threads, add suffix B; example CF500B-15. (For CF500 series only).
3"
CF500A
CF500
F-9
Pole Top Pins

CF777 Pole Top Pin
The CF777 series accommodates post insulators with 3/4" mounting studs.
L2
11/16"
Stock No. CF777-19 CF777-24
Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Inches Each Inches Inches 2 2 6.5 7.8 19 24 15-3/4 20-3/4
Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Trans. 2100 1700 Longitud. 2100 1700
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
8"
NOTE: Strength rating is from base of insulator.
F
CF859 Pole Top Pin
The CF859 Series feature aluminum end fittings with 1" threads conforming to ANSI C29.5. Threads are coated with a semi-conductive heat shrink material. Rod Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Tensile Inches Each Inches Trans. Longitud. &Vert. 2 2 2 2 7.5 8.0 8.8 11 24 27 32 45 1700 1500 1150 900 1700 1500 1150 900 2500 2500 2500 2500 L
Stock No. CF859-24 CF859-27 CF859-32 CF859-45
11/16" Hole
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
8"
F-10
Jumper Brackets
CF578 Light Duty Jumper Bracket
Hughes Brothers Light Duty Jumper Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with aluminum alloy fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. The CF578 features 1" threads per ANSI C29.5 cut directly into the FRP rod. The threads are coated with a semi-conductive heat shrink material. The Aluminum alloy is A-356-T6. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. L Lengths other than those shown are readily available.
F
1500 1500 1500 1500
Rod Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Vertical Longitud. Transverse Inches Each Inches Cant. Cant. Cant. 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 12 14 16 18 1000 900 800 700 800 700 600 500
11/16" x 2-5/8" Slot
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF578-14C
F-11
Jumper Pins
CF793 Jumper Pin
The CF793 & CF792 are intended for use on steel dead ends or crossarms as a jumper pin. The base fitting is made of 65-45-12 Ductile Iron with hot dip galvanizing. The 5/8" bolt is an ANSI C135.1 standard bolt. Exposed rod length for the CF793 is "L-X". For the CF792, the exposed rod length is L-2" With a moment arm of 14" from the base, the CF793 has an ultimate load rating of 700 lbs. "L"
1-1/2" Dia. Solid Fiberglass Rod
"BL" MF60, 5/8" Locknut N60, 5/8" 5/8" Bolt Square Nut
2"
Insulator (By Others)
5-5/16"
SW2-60-1/8, 2" Square Washer
Sleeve Casting
1" ANSI C29.5 Threads covered with semi-conductive heat shrink material
Hughes Part No. CF793 -"L" - "BL"
Ordering Example
C F 7 9 3 - "L" - "BL"
Bolt Length Distance from base to tip (9" min.) CF792 - "L" - "BL" is identical to the CF793 except insulator threads are cut directly into rod as shown above.
F-12
Single Phase Brackets

Fiberglass Single Phase, Horizontal Standoff Brackets
Fiberglass Standoff Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron or aluminum alloy fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. The insulator threads are 1" threads in accordance with ANSI C29.5 and are coated with a semi-conductive heat shrink material. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 Hot dip galvanized
CF560 & CF626 Horizontal Standoff Bracket
L 11/16" Hole
F
H
ANSI C29.5 threads cut directly in to the FRP rod. Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "H" Inches Each Inches Inches 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3.4 3.9 4.4 6.8 6.9 13 16 18 24 24 30 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 8 8 Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Vertical Longitud. Transv. Cant. Cant. Cant. 1500 1400 1000 900 1700 1400 1100 1100 950 900 1350 1000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
15o
11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot
CF626-24 2 CF626-30 2 Notes:
Base Fitting for 2" Rod (see pg. F-15)
-For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF560-15C -For 1-3/8" insulator threads, add suffix A to CF560 & CF626 series; example CF560A-15C.
F-13

CF886 Horizontal Standoff Bracket
L 11/16" Key Hole L2
15o
11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot Stock No. CF886-13 CF886-18 CF886-20 Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF886-18C Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Inches Each Inches Inches 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 4.1 4.4 4.7 13 18 20 8 13 15 Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Vertical Longitud. Transv. 1500 1200 1000 1100 950 900 2500 2500 2500
6" to 8"
The CF886 features a base fitting design which allows for the removal of one phase on a two phase installation.
F-14

CF888 Horizontal Standoff Bracket
L 11/16" Hole
L2
15o 8"
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
Stock No. CF888-15 CF888-18 CF888-24 Notes:
Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Inches Each Inches Inches 2 2 2 4.1 4.4 4.7 15 18 24 10 13 19
F
Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Vertical Longitud. Transv. 1400 1200 900 1100 950 700 2500 2500 2500
-For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF888-18C
F-15

L
11/16" Key Hole
CF810F Vertical Single Standoff Brackets "F Series"

1" Threads
L2
6" to 8"
15o
Two 11/16" Holes
Stock No.
Rod Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Trans. Trans. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Insulator Eye 4.3 4.6 4.8 5.1 5.9 14 16 18 21 24 9 11 13 16 19 2000 1600 1500 1200 1050 1200 1000 900 800 700 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
CF810-14F 1-1/2 CF810-16F 1-1/2 CF810-18F 1-1/2 CF810-21F 1-1/2 CF810-24F 1-1/2
For 1-3/8" thread size, substitute CF870F for the CF810F series.
F-16

L
CF810 Vertical Single Standoff Bracket

1" Threads
11/16" Key Hole
L2
6" to 8"
15o
11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot
F
Stock No. CF810-14 CF810-16 CF810-18 CF810-21 CF810-24 Rod Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Dia. Wt. Lbs. L L2 Trans. Trans. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud.Insulator Eye 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 4.3 4.6 4.8 5.1 5.9 14 16 18 21 24 9 11 13 16 19 2000 1600 1500 1200 1000 1200 1000 900 800 700 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
Note: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF810-15C
For 1-3/8" thread size, substitute CF870 for CF810 series.
F-17

CF830A Vertical Single Standoff Bracket
L
11/16" Hole
L2
1" Threads
8"-10"
15o 11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
Stock No. CF830A-15 CF830A-18 CF830A-24 CF830A-30
Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Inches Each Inches Inches 2 2 2 2 8.6 9.0 9.4 9.9 15 18 24 30 9-1/4 12-1/4 18-1/4 24-1/4
Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Trans. Trans. Vertical Longitud. Insulator Eye 2400 2250 2100 1800 1950 1900 1850 1750 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 5000 5000
Note: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF830-15C
For 1-3/8" thread size, substitute CF830-B for CF830 series.
F-18

CF784 Horizontal Standoff Brackets for Post Insulators
The CF784 features an end ferrule covered by a ferrule cap. Between the end ferrule and cap are (2) belleville spring washers which allow for adjustments to be made in insulator orientation. L 11/16" Hole
L2
3/4" Bolt 15o
8"-10"
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
Stock No. CF784-12 CF784-17 CF784-18 CF784-20 CF784-24 CF784-30
Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. L L2 Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. 2 2 2 2 2 2 7.3 8.4 8.6 9.0 10.0 11.5 12 17 18 20 24 30 6-1/4 11-1/4 12-1/4 14-1/4 18-1/4 24-1/4 2550 1800 1700 1530 1275 1020 2260 1600 1510 1360 1135 900
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF784-17C -Strength ratings are from base of insulator.
F-19
Suspension Brackets
Hughes Brothers Fiberglass Suspension Brackets
Hughes Brothers Fiberglass Suspension Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix each containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. Exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An L 11/16" Key Hole
L2
option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 Hot dip galvanizied
6" to 8"
15o
11/16" Hole
CF615 Suspension Bracket
11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot Stock No. CF615-12 CF615-14 CF615-16 CF615-18 CF615-21 CF615-24 Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 7.7 8.0 8.2 8.5 8.8 9.2 12 14 16 18 21 24 5-1/4 7-5/16 9-3/8 11-7/16 14-9/16 17-5/8 1800 1600 1400 1200 1050 900 1300 1200 1100 1000 850 700 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF615-18C.
F-20
Suspension Brackets
L 13/16" Hole
L2
CF898 Heavy Duty Suspension Bracket

13/16" Hole 15o Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 26.2 29.6 30.3 32.4 38.5 18 28 30 36 54 7 17-5/16 19-7/16 25-5/8 44-1/4 5500 3600 3400 2500 1750 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000
11"
Stock No. CF898-18 CF898-28 CF898-30 CF898-36 CF898-54
13/16" x 2-3/4" Slot
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix "C"; example CF898-36C.
F
L
CF899 Suspension Bracket

AS2653-E Supplied with AS2653-E Ball Clevis assembly. Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 21.8 25.4 26.0 28.0 34.2 18 28 30 36 54 8-5/8 18-15/16 21-1/16 27-1/4 45-7/8 5000 3400 3200 2400 1700 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 15o
13/16" Hole
L2
13/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
F-21
10"
Angle Brackets
Hughes Brothers Two Phase Angle Brackets
Hughes Brothers Two Phase Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron and aluminum fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. The insulator threads are in accordance with ANSI C29.5. Threads are coated with a semi-conductive heat shrink material. Exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 with hot dip galvanizing. Aluminum alloy is A-356-T6
CF761 & CF901 Two Phase Angle Bracket

L 11/16" Hole
L2
F
11/16" Hole
1-3/8" Threads
15o
8"
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
To receive unit with ductile iron end with (1" threads) fitting on compression side, substitute prefix CF901 for CF761.
Stock No. CF761-36-8 CF761-48-8
Rod Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Transv. Transv. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Fit. Eye Pin 1-1/2 1-1/2 6.6 7.4 36 48 10.7 16.9 1200 900 1200 900 5000 5000 1500 1500
F-22
Two Phase Brackets

L
11/16" Hole L2
CF813, CF813A & CF862 Two Phase Vertical Standoff Brackets

CF813
8"
15o 11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
CF862
The CF862 has 1-3/8" threads and the same base fitting as the CF813.
11/16" Hole
L2
CF813A
15o
6" to 8"
11/16" x 3-1/4" Slot
Stock No.
Rod Thread Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Size Inches Each Inches 8.2 8.6 9.2 11.0 8.7 10.2 11.1 30 36 42 48 36 44 48
"L2" Inches 10-1/8 13-1/4 16-3/8 19-1/2 13-9/16 17-3/4 19-13/16
Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Transv. Transv. Vertical Longitud. Insulator Eye 1700 1500 1100 1000 1500 1150 1000 1100 900 800 700 900 800 700 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
CF813-30 1" 1-1/2 CF813-36 1" 1-1/2 CF813-42 1" 1-1/2 CF813-48 1" 1-1/2 CF862-36 1-3/8" 1-1/2 CF862-44 1-3/8" 1-1/2 CF862-48 1-3/8" 1-1/2
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF813-A48C.
F-23
Two Phase Brackets

CF861 & CF861A Two Phase Vertical Standoff Brackets
The CF861 series is similar to the CF813 series but features a curved base fitting for improved performance on round poles.
CF861 has grid gain teeth on base plate. CF861A does not.
L2 11/16" 15o
11/16" x 3-1/4" Slot
Stock No. CF861-30 CF861-36 CF861-42 CF861-48 CF861A-36 CF861A-44 CF861A-48
Rod Thread Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "H" Size/in. Inches Each Inches Inches 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8.2 8.7 9.2 11.1 8.6 10.2 11.1 30 36 42 48 36 44 48 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 8 - 10 8 - 10 8 - 10
Ultimate Strength-Lbs. "L2" Trans. Trans. Inches Vertical Longitud. Insulator Eye 10-3/8 13-7/16 16-9/16 19-11/16 2700 2550 2400 2250 2050 2000 1950 1900 2000 1925 1900 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
12-7/16 2550 16-9/16 2300 18-11/16 2250
F-24
Two Phase Brackets

CF834 Two Phase Vertical Standoff Bracket
L
11/16" Hole
L2
15o
8"
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
Stock No. CF834-36 CF834-38 CF834-42 CF834-54 CF834-60 CF834-72
Rod Dia. Inches 2 2 2 2 2 2
Wt. Lbs. "L" Each Inches 12.2 14.9 13.6 16.2 17.5 20.2 36 38 42 54 60 72
"L2" Inches 15 16 18-1/4 24-3/8 27-1/2 31-3/4
Ultimate Strength Per Arm-Lbs. Trans. Trans. Vertical Longitud. Insulator Eye 2550 2250 2400 2100 1950 1800 2000 1900 1950 1850 1800 1750 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF834-42C -For 1-3/8" insulator threads, add suffix B; example CF834B-42.
F-25
Two Phase Brackets

CF789 Two Phase Bracket for Line Post Insulator
LF L 11/16" Hole
L2
8"
l o s b
CF789-40 CF789-42 CF789-48 CF789-60 2 2 2 2 12.2 13.6 14.9 16.2 40 42 48 60
Stock No.
Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. Inches Each
"LF" "L" Inches Inches 26 28 34 46
e t e
7 8 11 19
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
"L2" Ultimate Strength Per Arm-Lbs. Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 2300 2250 2100 1600 1800 1750 1500 1200 1500 1500 1500 1500
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF789-30C -"LF" dimension based on using 23kV Ohio Brass insulator 37610 or equivalent -All strength ratings are from base of insulator
F-26
Two Phase Brackets

CF636 Two Phase Horizontal Standoff Bracket
L L2 11/16" Hole
1" Cut Insulator Threads
15o 11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
Stock No. Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF636-30C -For 1-3/8" cut insulator threads, unit number is CF637 CF636-30 CF636-36 CF636-42 CF636-48
Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Mechanical Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud.Transv. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 15.7 16.4 17.0 18.0 30 36 42 48 11-5/8 15-3/8 17-7/8 21-1/8 1500 1200 1000 900 1500 1200 1000 900 1500 1500 1500 1500
8"
F-27
Three Phase Brackets

Hughes Brothers Three Phase Brackets
Hughes Brothers Three Phase Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. The insulator threads are in accordance with ANSI C29.5 and are coated with a semi-conductive heat shrink material. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 All fittings hot dip galvanized
Substitute prefix CF547 to receive unit with ductile iron end fittings on all three phases.
L2
CF545 & CF547 Three Phase Horizontal Standoff Bracket

Ordering Example:
CF545-"L"-"L2"-"H"
L L3 11/16" Hole
15o H 11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" "L3" "H" "X" Inches Each Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 1-1/2 1-1/2 10.7 10.9 36 36 24 24 15-1/4" 15-1/4" 8 6 30-1/4" 30-1/4" Ultimate Strength Per Arm-Lbs. Side Arms Center Arm Vert. Long. Tran. Long. Tran. 1200 1200 950 950 950 950 750 750 750 750
Stock No. CF545-36-24-8 CF545-36-24-6
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF545-36-24-6C -For 1-3/8" insulator threads, add suffix B; example CF545B-36-24-6.
F-28

CF822 Three Phase, Vertical Standoff X Bracket
L2 L
11/16" Hole L3
15o 8" 11/16 x 1-1/4" Slot Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" "L3" Inches Each Inches Inches Inches 11.4 13 36 36 40 Ultimate Strength Per Arm-Lbs. "X" Side Arms Center Arm Inches Vertical Long. Transv. Long. Transv. 1200 1200 1200 2000 2000 2000 1000 600 1000 600
Stock No.
CF822-36-19-1/2 1-1/2 CF822-36-32 1-1/2 CF822-40-24-5/8 1-1/2
19-1/2" 13-7/8" 23-3/16" 1500 32 13-7/8" 32-5/8" 1500 24-5/8" 15-9/16" 26-13/16" 1500
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF822-36-24C -For 1-3/8" insulator threads, add suffix B; example CF822B-36-24.
Ordering Example:
To receive unit with ductile iron end on center phase, substitute prefix CF823 for CF822.
CF822-"L"-"L2"
F-29

L1 L2
CF890A Alley Arm Bracket

The CF890A & CF890B Fiberglass Alley Arm Brackets use 3" fiberglass rod, any practical "L" dimensions can be furnished. Contact Hughes Brothers Engineering staff for your specific load requirements. Furnished with 1" NEMA standard threads.
11/16" Hole
8"
15o
1-1/4" x 11/16" Slot Stock No.
Ultimate vertical load per "L1" "L2" Weight attachment 14" 22" 28" 24" 28" 28" 18 lbs 23 lbs 27 lbs 1,175 lbs 845 lbs 725 lbs
Ordering Example:
CF890A-"L1"-"L2"
CF890A-14-24 CF890A-22-28 CF890A-28-28
F
L1 L2 L3
CF890B Alley Arm Bracket

11/16" Hole
8"
15o Stock No.
Ultimate vertical load per "L1" "L2" "L3" Weight attachment 30 lbs 34 lbs 535 lbs 420 lbs
1-1/4" x 11/16" Slot
CF890B-14-24-24 14" 24" 24" CF890B-24-24-24 24" 24" 24"
Ordering Example:
CF890B-"L1"-"L2"-"L3"
F-30
Cutout/Arrestor & Apparatus Brackets

Hughes Brothers Cutout, Arrestor and Apparatus Mounting Brackets
Hughes Brothers Cutout, Arrestor and Apparatus Mounting Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of polyurethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 Hot dip galvanized
11/16" Key Hole 11/16" Hole
6"
CF667 Single Phase Cutout & Arrestor Bracket

An option is available for a captive mounting bolt. A second option provides a 2" X 12" Cutout Adapter Strap.
2"
Two 11/16" Holes Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Vertical Trans. 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3.8 3.9 15 18 1500 1200 5000 5000
Stock No. CF759 Strap, 1/4"x2"x12" with 1/2" captive bolts and mounting bolt CF667-15 CF667-18
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF667-18C. -For Captive mounting bolt, add suffix B; example CF667B-15. -For Cutout Adapter Strap, add suffix -2; example CF667-15-2.
F-31
Cutout & Arrestor Brackets

L 11/16" Key Hole 7/16" Hole
CF667A Single Phase Cutout & Arrestor Bracket

Stock No. Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Ultimate Strength-lbs. Inches Each Inches Vertical Trans. 3.8 3.9 15 18 1500 1200 5000 5000
6" to 8"
15o
5-1/4"
CF667A-15 1-1/2 CF667A-18 1-1/2 11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot 9/16" x 1-1/2" Slot
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF667A-18C.
L 11/16" Key hole *Specify center mounting hole 9/16" Hole
CF668 Single Phase Cutout & Arrestor Bracket

An option is available for captive mounting bolts.
6"
2"
Two 11/16" Holes
9/16" Hole Stock No. CF668-12-* CF668-13-* CF668-15-* CF668-18-* CF668-20-*
12"
Rod Dia. Inches 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Wt. Lbs. "L" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Each Inches Vertical Trans. 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.2 6.5 12 13 15 18 20 1800 1700 1500 1200 1000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
Ordering Example:
CF668-13 B-11
Center mounting hole in 16 th's. Captive bolts in outer holes (optional) Length "L"
F-32

CF670 Three Phase Cutout & Arrestor Bracket
11/16" Key Hole Hughes Brothers Three Phase Cutout and Arrestor Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron or aluminum alloy fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. An option is available for a captive mounting bolt. A second option provides a 2" X 12" Cutout Adapter Strap. See notes below for ordering information All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 with hot dip galvanizing. Aluminum alloy is A-356-T6
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
11/16" Hole L
L2
8"
11/16" Hole
11/16" Hole
Ordering Example:
CF670-"L"-"L2"
Stock No. Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Inches Each Inches 16.2 17.0 48 48 "L2" Inches 13 18 Ultimate Strength Per Arm Vertical 900 lbs. 900 lbs.
CF670-48-13 1-1/2" CF670-48-18 1-1/2"
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF670-48-13C -For Captive mounting bolt, add suffix B; example CF670B-48-13 -For Cutout Adapter Strap, add suffix -2; example CF670-48-13-2
F-33

CF910 Three Phase Cutout & Arrestor Bracket
L
9/16" Holes
11/16" Key Hole
L2
13/16" Hole
8"
12" 11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Inches Each Inches 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 20 18 23 21 22 48 36 60 48 48
Stock No. CF910 CF910-1 CF910-2 CF910-3 CF910-4
"L2" Inches 13 13 30 18 24
Ult. Strength / Lbs. Per Arm Vertical 900 900 700 900 900
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF910C -For 1/2" x 2" Captive mounting bolts, add suffix B; example CF910-B1.
F-34
Apparatus Mounting Brackets

CF592 Apparatus Mounting Bracket
Hughes Apparatus Mounting Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix each containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. 11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot Ductile iron is 65-45-12 Hot dip galvanizing per ANSI/ASTM A153
L 11/16" Key Hole L2
4"
11/16" Hole
6" to 8"
15o
Rod Dia. "L" Inches Inches 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 12 16 18 24
F
"L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 5-1/8 9-1/4 11-3/8 17-9/16 1800 1350 1200 900 900 900 900 900 5000 5000 5000 5000
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF592C The CF592 features a base fitting design which allows for the removal of one phase on a two phase installation.
F-35

L 11/16" Keyhole
L2
11/16" Hole
6" to 8"
15o
11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot
Rod Dia. "L" Inches Inches 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 12 16 18 24
"L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 5-1/8 9-1/4 11-3/8 17-9/16 1800 1350 1200 900 900 900 900 900 5000 5000 5000 5000
F-36

L 11/16" Key Hole 13/16" Hole L2 4" 11/16" Holes 4" 4"
6" to 8"
15o
11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot
F
Stock No. CF892-12 CF892-16 CF892-18 CF892-24 Rod Dia. "L" "L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Inches Inches Vertical Longitud.Transv. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 12 16 18 24 5-1/8 9-1/4 11-3/8 17-9/16 1800 1350 1200 900 900 900 900 900 5000 5000 5000 5000
Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF892-18C The CF892 features a base fitting design which allows for the removal of one phase on a two phase installation.
F-37

L 11/16" Hole 15o
L2
4"
6" to 8"
11/16" x 3-1/4" Slot
11/16" Holes
Rod Dia. "L" "L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 30 36 42 48 7-3/8 10-1/2 13-1/2 16-5/8 1440 1200 1025 900 900 900 900 900 5000 5000 5000 5000
F-38

CF550 Two Phase Apparatus Mounting Bracket
L 11/16" Hole 15o 6"-8" Hughes CF550 Two Phase Apparatus Mounting Brackets are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix each containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12. Hot dip galvanizing per ANSI/ASTM A153. L2
11/16" x 3-1/4" Slot
4" 4" 4" 13/16" Hole 11/16" Holes
Rod Dia. "L" "L2" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Inches Inches Vertical Longitud.Transv. 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 30 36 42 48 7-3/8 10-1/2 13-1/2 16-5/8 1440 1200 1025 900 900 900 900 900 5000 5000 5000 5000
For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF550-48C.
F-39
Dead Ends
Fiberglass Dead End Assemblies
Hughes Fiberglass Dead End Assemblies are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with aluminum alloy fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. The Tubular Dead End assembly is filled with an expanding foam filler. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Aluminum alloy per A356-T6. The end fittings of the CF542 & CF799 are painted blue. Lengths other than those shown are readily available.
11/16" Hole
11/16" Hole Top view
8"
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot L
11/16" Hole
CF542 Solid Rod Dead End Crossarm Assembly

Stock No. CF542-36 CF542-38 CF542-42 CF542-48 CF542-54 CF542-60 Rod Ultimate Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Strength / lbs. Inches Each Inches Per Conductor 3 3 3 3 3 3 35 36 38 41 44 47 36 38 42 48 54 60 12,000 11,500 10,000 9,000 7,500 6,000
CF540 Tubular Rod Dead End Crossarm Assembly

Stock No. CF540-36 CF540-38 CF540-42 CF540-48 CF540-54 CF540-60 Rod Ultimate Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Strength / lbs. Inches Each Inches Per Conductor 3 3 3 3 3 3 15 15 16 17 17 18 36 38 42 48 54 60 7000 6700 6000 5000 4000 3000
F-40
Dead Ends
L 11/16" 11/16" Hole
11/16" x 1-1/4" Slot
The CF799 & CF765 feature 11/16" apparatus mounting holes on end fittings.
CF799 Solid Rod Dead CF765 Tubular Dead End Crossarm Assembly End Crossarm Assembly
Stock No. CF799-36 CF799-38 CF799-42 CF799-48 CF799-54 CF799-60 Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Ultimate Strength -Lbs. Inches Each Inches Per Conductor 3 3 3 3 3 3 35 36 38 41 44 47 36 38 42 48 54 60 12,000 11,500 10,000 9,000 7,500 6,000 Stock No. CF765-36 CF765-38 CF765-42 CF765-48 CF765-54 CF765-60 Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" Ultimate Strength -Lbs. Inches Each Inches Per Conductor 3 3 3 3 3 3 15 15 16 17 17 18 36 38 42 48 54 60 7000 6700 6000 5000 4000 3000
8"
Notes -To obtain two 5/8" eyebolts, nuts and locknuts assembled -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix in end fittings add suffix -1 to part number; example C ; example CF765-38C CF799-36-1.
F-41
Dead Ends
B2761 Fiberglass Braceless Dead End
Welded Dead End Bracket 3/4 Bolt, CW70 Curved Washers, EN70, Extra N70 (Mtg. hardware ordered seperately)
44 (B2761-A) 55 (B2761-B) 44 (B2761-A) 55 (B2761-B)
4 x 6 Fiberglass Tube
1- 0
F
Rated Ultimate Strengths B2761-A: 15,000 pounds per phase B2761-B: 12,000 pounds per phase Unit Weight 75 pounds 105 pounds
Other configurations and lengths available. Contact Hughes Brothers for more information.
F-41.1
Cantilever Arms
Transmission Crossarm Assemblies
Hughes Brothers Fiberglass Medium Duty Transmission Crossarm Assemblies are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron and aluminum alloy fittings. The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. The insulating level of steel structures is significantly improved through the use of fiberglass framing. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Lengths other than those shown are readily available. Ductile iron is 65-45-12. Hot dip galvanizing per ANSI/ASTM A153. Aluminum alloy per A356-T6.
CF584-1
3/4" mtg. bolt Link standard (turnbuckle option available)
F
Ordering Example:
CF584-"L"-"H"-1
Single arm assembly
CC
H 3/4" mtg. bolt
1-7/8" diameter rod L
AS2653-B ball eye fitting included for class 52-3 or 52-5 insulator
Note: 3/4" mounting bolts ordered separately.
Stock No.
Wt. Lbs. "L" "CC" "H" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Each Inches Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transverse 36 48 60 25 38 52 18 24 32 5000 5000 5000 1700 1500 1200 10,000 10,000 10,000
CF584-36-18-1 29 CF584-48-24-1 32 CF584-60-32-1 34
-For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF584-36-18-1C.
F-42
Cantilever Arms
CF584-2 Transmission Crossarm
3/4" Mounting Bolt Link, standard (turnbuckle option available)
C C-
CC
3/4" Mounting Bolt 1-7/8" diameter rod L L
F
Ball eye fitting included
Ordering Example:
CF584-"L"-"H"-2
Double arm assembly Note: 3/4" mounting bolts ordered separately.
Stock No.
Wt. Lbs. "L" "CC" "H" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Each Inches Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transverse 36 48 60 25 38 52 18 24 32 5000 5000 5000 1700 1500 1200 10,000 10,000 10,000
CF584-36-18-2 58 CF584-48-24-2 64 CF584-60-32-2 68
-For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF584-36-18-2C.
F-43
Cantilever Arms
CF885A-1 & CF912-1 Heavy Duty Transmission Crossarm
3/4" Mtg Bolts (3) Twisted Link + 2" adjustment
Ordering Example:
CF885A-"L"-"H"-1
Single arm assembly
"CC
"
F
Ball eye fitting included L
8"
Stock No. CF885A-36-18-1 CF885A-48-24-1 CF885A-60-32-1 CF885A-72-38-1 CF885A-84-45-1 CF885A-96-52-1 CF912-72-38-1 CF912-84-45-1 CF912-96-52-1
Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "CC" "H" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 53 58 63 68 73 78 91 100 109 36 48 60 72 84 96 72 84 96 13 26 40-1/2 53-1/2 67-1/2 81-1/2 53-1/2 67-1/2 81-1/2 18 24 32 38 45 52 38 45 52 7500 7500 7500 7500 5000 5000 8000 7500 7500 1700 1500 1200 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
CF912 Mounting Bracket
F-44
Cantilever Arms
CF885A-2 & CF912-2 Heavy Duty Transmission Crossarm
3/4" Mtg. Bolt Twisted Link + 2" Adjustment
CC
CC
3/4" Mtg. Bolt Ball Eye Fitting Included L
Ordering Example:
CF885A-"L"-"H"-2
Double arm assembly Stock No. CF885A-36-18-2 CF885A-48-24-2 CF885A-60-32-2 CF885A-72-38-2 CF885A-84-45-2 CF885A-96-52-2 CF912-72-38-2 CF912-84-45-2 CF912-96-52-2 Rod Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "CC" "H" Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Inches Each Inches Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Transv. 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 124 134 144 154 164 174 200 218 236 36 48 60 72 84 96 72 84 96 13 26 40-1/2 53-1/2 67-1/2 81-1/2 53-1/2 67-1/2 81-1/2 18 24 32 38 45 52 38 45 52 7500 7500 7500 7500 5000 5000 8000 7500 7500 1700 1500 1200 1000 900 800 1000 900 800 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
CF912 Mounting Bracket
8"
F-45
Cantilever Arms
CF879-D Cantilever Arms for Lattice Towers
The CF879 series of fiberglass cantilever arms is intended for use on lattice towers. This configuration is suitable for new construction or reframing and upgrading of existing structures. Many lattice towers that were placed in service in the early part of the century can gain years of additional service by upgrading conductor and cantilever arm assemblies. Please allow Hughes Brothers engineering staff to assist you in the application of reframing cantilever arm assemblies.
F-46
Cantilever Arms
CF863-C Cantilever Arms for Lattice Towers
Tension Rod
F
Compression Rod Junction Plate
F-47
Cantilever Arms
CF879-C3 Cantilever Arms for Lattice Towers
The CF879 series of fiberglass lattice tower cantilever arms have been successfully used to improve the BIL of existing or new lattice towers. In many instances, the service life of an existing steel lattice tower can be extended significantly by upgrading weathered steel cantilever arms and reconductoring. Hughes Brothers engineering staff can assist you in the application of reframing cantilever arm assemblies.
Spacer Plates
Tension Rods
Junction Plate Compression Rods
F-48
Braces
CF533 Fiberglass Crossarm Brace
Hughes Brothers Fiberglass Crossarm Braces are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) 7/16" X 1-1/4". The plastic material is a Polyester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors.
The brace is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. Stock No. CF533-26 CF533-28 "L" Wt. Lbs. Inches Per Pair 26 28 1.8 2.0
Note: The braces have a 2,000 lb. ultimate tensile strength.
F-49
Downleads
Fiberglass Downlead Standoff Brackets
Hughes Brothers Downleads are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) with ductile iron or steel fittings. The plastic material is either a Polyester or Vinylester matrix each containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. Ductile iron is 65-45-12 Hot dip galvanizing per ANSI/ASTM A153
CF753B Down Lead Bracket

L Assembly No. CF753B-12 CF753B-14 CF753B-16 CF753B-18 CF753B-20 CF753B-22 CF753B-24 CF753B-36 "L2" "L" Inches Inches 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 36 15-1/4" 17-1/4" 19-1/4" 21-1/4" 23-1/4" 25-1/4" 27-1/4" 39-1/4" L2 11/16" Mtg. Hole
13/16" diameter rod 3/8" J-bolt
Ductile Iron base
CF753.6 Down Lead Bracket

Ordering Example: CF753.6-12
Assembly No. CF753.6-12 CF753.6-14 CF753.6-16 CF753.6-18 CF753.6-20 CF753.6-22 CF753.6-24 "L" Inches 15-1/16" 17-1/16" 19-1/16" 21-1/16" 23-1/16" 25-1/16" 27-1/16" L2" Inches 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 .6 for 5/8" pole mounting bolt .7 for 3/4" pole mounting bolt L L2
13/16" diameter rod 3/8" J-Bolt
F-50
Downleads
CF755B Downlead Bracket
11/16" Hole for 5/8" Mounting Bolt "L" 13/16" dia. Rod Gain Teeth
"L2"
Hughes Brothers CF755B Downlead bracket is made from fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) with ductile iron end fittings. The exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. The end fittings are ductile iron per 65-45-12. The downlead clamp holds wire ranging from 0.125" to 0.502". The unit can be furnished in any practical length.
CF755B-"L2"
Length of exposed FRP Stock No. CF755B-12 CF755B-14 CF755B-16 CF755B-18 CF755B-20 CF755B-22 CF755B-24 "L2" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24" "L" 16-1/4" 18-1/4" 20-1/4" 22-1/4" 24-1/4" 26-1/4" 28-1/4"
F-50.5
Downleads
Hughes Brothers CF755.6 & CF755C downlead brackets offer different mounting configurations than the CF755B. All specifications are identical to the CF755B.
Tapped for 5/8" bolt or stud
CF755.6 Downlead Bracket "L"

13/16" dia. Rod
Stock No. CF755.6-12 CF755.6-14 CF755.6-16 CF755.6-18 CF755.6-20 CF755.6-22 CF755.6-24
"L2" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24"
"L" 17-1/8" 19-1/8" 21-1/8" 23-1/8" 25-1/8" 27-1/8" 29-1/8" "L2"
CF755.6-"L2"
11/16" Hole for 5/8" Mounting Bolt
CF755C Downlead Bracket "L"

13/16" dia. Rod
Stock No. CF755C-12 CF755C-14 CF755C-16 CF755C-18 CF755C-20 CF755C-22 CF755C-24
"L2" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 22" 24"
"L" 19-1/16" 21-1/16" 23-1/16" 25-1/16" 27-1/16" 29-1/16" 31-1/16"
"L2"
CF755C-"L2"
F-50.5.5
Downleads
Fiberglass Downlead Standoff Brackets - continued
Typical Application
Rod Length 3"
CF754A Neutral Wire Rod

Chamfered End L 5/16"x1/2" slot Part No. CF754A-12 CF754A-14 CF754A-16 CF754A-18 CF754A-20 CF754A-22 CF754A-24 "L" Inches 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 "RL" Inches 15-1/2" 17-1/2" 19-1/2" 21-1/2" 23-1/2" 25-1/2" 27-1/2"
RL 13/16" diameter rod
F-51
Downleads
RL L 3"
Hole A
CF756A Downlead
13/16" dia. rod, chamfered on each end. Part No. "L" Inches "RL" Inches 16 20-3/8" 22 24 25 26 28 31 32 40 Hole A 7/16"
CF756A1 Downlead
13/16" dia. rod, chamfered on each end. Part No. "L" Inches "RL" Inches Hole A 3/8"
CF756A-12 12 CF756A-16-3/8 16-3/8" CF756A-18 18 CF756A-20 20 CF756A-21 21 CF756A-22 22 CF756A-24 24 CF756A-27 27 CF756A-28 28 CF756A-36 36
CF756A1-12 12 16 CF756A1-16-3/8 16-3/8" 20-3/8" CF756A1-18 18 22 CF756A1-20 20 24 CF756A1-21 21 25 CF756A1-22 22 26 CF756A1-24 24 28 CF756A1-27 27 31 CF756A1-28 28 32 CF756A1-36 36 40
CF756A2 Downlead
13/16" dia. rod, chamfered on each end. Part No. "L" Inches "RL" Inches Hole A 5/16" CF756A2-12 12 16 CF756A2-16-3/8 16-3/8" 20-3/8" CF756A2-18 18 22 CF756A2-20 20 24 CF756A2-21 21 25 CF756A2-22 22 26 CF756A2-24 24 28 CF756A2-27 27 31 CF756A2-28 28 32 CF756A2-36 36 40
F-52
Downleads
CF756.6 Downlead
7/16" Chamfered L
13/16" diameter rod 1" L2
Ordering Example
CF756.6-12 .6 for 5/8" pole mounting bolt
.7 for 3/4" pole mounting bolt
Part No. CF756.6-12 CF756.6-14 CF756.6-16 CF756.6-18 CF756.6-20 CF756.6-22 CF756.6-24
"L2" "L" Inches Inches 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 15-1/4 17-1/4 19-1/4 21-1/4 23-1/4 25-1/4 27-1/4
Mtg Bolt 5/8"
CF756S.6 Downlead Bracket with 5/8" Stud

Part No. "L2" "L" Inches Inches 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 15-1/4 17-1/4 19-1/4 21-1/4 23-1/4 25-1/4 27-1/4 7/16" Chamfered L2
CF756S.6-12 CF756S.6-14 CF756S.6-16 CF756S.6-18 CF756S.6-20 CF756S.6-22 CF756S.6-24
13/16" diameter rod 1" L 1"
F-53
Downleads
CF757A Down Lead Bracket
L Stock No. CF757A-12 CF757A-14 CF757A-16 CF757A-18 CF757A-20 CF757A-22 CF757A-24 "L2" "L" Inches Inches 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 20-1/2 22-1/2 24-1/2 26-1/2 28-1/2 30-1/2 32-1/2 L2 3"
13/16" diameter rod
Chamfered GWB51-1/2 for ground wire .125" to .50"
CF757.6 Down Lead Bracket

L L2 13/16" diameter rod Stock No. CF757.6-12 CF757.6-14 CF757.6-16 CF757.6-18 CF757.6-20 CF757.6-22 CF757.6-24 "L2" Inches 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 "L" Inches 18-7/8 20-7/8 22-7/8 24-7/8 26-7/8 28-7/8 30-7/8
GWB51-1/2 for ground wire .125" to .50"
Ordering Example
CF757.6-12
.6 for 5/8" bolt, .7 for 3/4" bolt.
CF757C Down Lead Bracket

13/16" Hole Part No. CF757C-12 CF757C-24 "L2" "L" Inches Inches 12 24 20-13/16 32-13/16 L L2 13/16" diameter rod GWB51-1/2 for ground wire .125" to .50"
F-54
Phase Spacers
Mid-Span Phase Spacers
Hughes Brothers Mid-Span Phase Spacers are manufactured from Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP). The plastic material is a Polyester or Vinylester matrix containing ultraviolet protective inhibitors. All exposed fiberglass rod is coated with 2-3 mils of acrylic urethane enamel paint which is baked to hardness. An option is available to coat exposed rod with CITM cross linked polymeric coating for improved weatherability and tracking characteristics. The CF800 series has options available for hot stick installation of phase spacers for 15 & 35kV operation.
CF758 Conductor Phase Spacer

Stock No. CF758-18 CF758-24 CF758-36 CF758-48 Rod Insulator Dia. Threads "L" Inches Inches Inches Wt. Lbs. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 24 36 48 1.0 1.3 2.0 2.6
Insulator by others
CF800 Conductor Phase Spacer

Stock No. CF800-18 CF800-24 CF800-36 CF800-48 CF800-66 Rod Insulator Dia. Threads "L" Inches Inches Inches Wt. Lbs. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 18 24 36 48 66 1.0 1.3 2.0 2.6 3.6
Filled with epoxy bonding material Hendrix HPI-35 (35kV) Pin Insulator supplied on CF800 is standard, Hendrix HPI-15 (15kV) supplied with CF800-"L"C
F-55
Phase Spacers
CF800D 35kV Mid-Span Phase Spacer
L
Hughes Brothers CF800-"L"D & E enable the installation of a phase spacer using hot sticks. The Hendrix vise-top insulator features options for two conductor installation locations. Insulator jaws open to virtually any conductor size.*
Filled with Epoxy bonding material Torque bolts are tightened until the ring breaks away.
Hendrix No. HPI 35-VT(M) 35kV pin insulator
1" Fiberglass rod (both ends threaded)
Stock No. CF800-18D(M) CF800-24D(M) CF800-36D(M) CF800-48D(M) CF800-66D(M)
Ordering Example:
CF800-"L"DM
Designates bare conductor application. Length *Conductor Opening Max.=1.70" Min.=0.35"
CF800E 15kV Mid-Span Phase Spacer

L
1" Fiberglass rod (both ends threaded) Hendrix No. HPI 15-VT(M) 15kV pin insulator
Filled with Epoxy bonding material
Stock No. CF800-18E(M) CF800-24E(M) CF800-36E(M) CF800-48E(M) CF800-66E(M)
Ordering Example:
CF800-"L"EM
Torque bolts are tightened until the ring breaks away.
Designates bare conductor application. Length *Conductor Opening Max.=1.70" Min.=0.312"
F-56
Misc. Brackets
L 11/16" Key hole 5/8" L2 The Hughes CF785 Standoff Bracket allows for attachment of Cable TV, Telephone Cable or other apparatus by means of a 5/8" bolt. An alternative version, the CF785B is identical but does not have a 15o rise.
CF785 & CF785B Standoff Bracket
6" to 8"
15o
11/16" x 2-3/4" Slot
Rod Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Dia. Wt. Lbs. "L" "L2" Trans. Inches Each Inches Inches Vertical Longitud. Insulator 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 8.0 8.2 8.5 8.8 9.2 14 16 18 21 24 9 11 13 16 19 2000 1600 1500 1200 900 1200 1000 900 800 700 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
The CF785B uses a zero degree rise base fitting shown at right.
F
CF635 Cable Extension
The CF635 Cable Extension Bracket allows for attachment by a 2 bolt clamp or by Cable TV or Telephone Cable Hangers. Rod Dia. Inches 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 Ultimate Strength-Lbs. Vertical Cant. Tensile 1800 1700 1500 1200 1000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 11/16" Notes: -For CITM, cross linked polymeric coating, add suffix C ; example CF635-18C. 7/16"x1-1/4" Slots L 11/16" Key Hole
CF635-12 CF635-13 CF635-15 CF635-18 CF635-20
3.1 3.2 3.5 3.7 3.9
12 13 15 18 20
8"
Stock No.
Wt. Lbs. "L" Each Inches
2-7
/8"
F-57
Misc. Brackets
11/16" dia.
CF583 & CF914 Switch Rods

The CF583 & CF914 Switch Rods can be used in place of conduit or pipe on switch poles as a means of additional isolation from switch gear.
L2
The CF583 features a clevis / clevis connection while the CF914 uses an eye to eye. Stock No. CF583-L CF914-L "L" L L "L2" "L" minus 8" "L" minus 8-1/2" Rod dia. 1-1/2" 1-1/2"
CF583
Uses 3/4" dia pins.
CF914
2"
3"
CF502-"L" Fiberglass Static Wire Extension

The CF502 is made from 3" hollow fiberglass tube filled with an expanding foam resin, and is designed to raise a static wire several feet above the top of the pole. Metal sleeves are bonded into each of the mounting holes. A typical Hughes Brothers Static Wire Support facilitates the connection to the overhead ground wire. Ultimate Strength Longitudinal Transverse 1100 lbs. 1100 lbs.
Stock No. CF502-78
"L" 78"
Unit Wt. 28 lbs
11/16" holes with metal sleeves
3"
10"
5'-0"
F-58
Steel Davit Arms

Hughes Brothers Steel Davit Arms
Each Hughes Brothers Steel Davit is assigned a serial number at the time of manufacture. This allows us to trace material, welding and other manufacturing procedures. After producing over 100,000 steel davit arms since the late 1970's we have yet to have a single failure. Davits can be custom designed for a particular application. 100% mechanical proof loading and magnetic particle verification of critical welds per ASTM E709, in conjunction with ANSI / AWS D1.1 are available as quality control options. Our standard production procedure utilizes mil-standard 105D sampling for proof load testing unless specified otherwise. Hughes Brothers provides Steel Davits for use on wood, concrete or steel poles.
This catalog section will help you determine which base plate & phase attachment option are most suited to your individual application.
Typical cross section of Davit tubes
4000/4010 See pages G-2 to G-5
4020/4030 See pages G-6 to G-9
G-1
Steel Davit Arms

4000 Series, 16o Rise Angle, Heavy Duty Steel Davit Arms
Length
See page G-14 for end plate options
16o
Clearance
7"
Rise
See pages G-10 thru G-13 for base plate options Insulator String Length 2'-0" 3'-0" 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" Clearance @=45 Swing Angle 1'-6 7/8" 2'-1" 2'-6 1/2" 3'-0 1/4" 3'-6" 4'-0" Clearance @=30 Swing Angle 1'-11 1/8" 2'-8 1/4" 3'-5" 4'-1 1/4" 4'-9 1/2" 5'-6"
G-2
Steel Davit Arms

4000 Series
Stock No. 4000A3.5A33G 4000A4.0A33G 4000A4.5A33G 4000A5.0A33G 4000A5.5A33G 4000A6.0A33G 4000A6.5A33G 4000A7.0A33G 4000A7.5A33G 4000A8.0A33G 4000A8.5A33G 4000A9.0A33G 4000A9.5A33G 4000A10.0A33G 4000A10.5A33G 4000A11.0A33G Arm Length 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" Rise 0'-5" 0'-7" 0'-9" 0'-11" 1'-1" 1'-3" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-9" 1'-11" 2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" Approx. Wt. (lbs.) 65 70 75 80 90 95 105 115 120 130 135 145 150 160 170 185
Ordering options
Example: 4000 A 10.5 A 33 G
(G = Galvanized) Coating (W = Self Weathering) (P = Painted) Material Strength (KSI)

See Page G-16 for load ratings
Base Plate Design

See Pages G-10 thru G-13
Length (feet) Phase Attachment Designs

See Page G-14
Tube Style & Rise
G-3
Steel Davit Arms

4010 Series, 24 Rise Angle, Heavy Duty Steel Davit Arms
Length
Clearance 24o
7"
Rise
See pages G-10 thru G-13 for base plate options Insulator String Length 2' - 0" 3' - 0" 4' - 0" 5' - 0" 6' - 0" 7' - 0" Clearance @=45 Swing Angle 1' - 4 1/2" 1' - 9" 2' - 1 1/2" 2' - 6" 2' - 10 1/2" 3' - 3" Clearance @=30 Swing Angle 1' - 9 1/4" 2' - 5" 3' - 0" 3' - 7" 4' - 2" 4' - 9"
G-4
Steel Davit Arms

4010 Series
Stock No 4010A3.5A33G 4010A4.0A33G 4010A4.5A33G 4010A5.0A33G 4010A5.5A33G 4010A6.0A33G 4010A6.5A33G 4010A7.0A33G 4010A7.5A33G 4010A8.0A33G 4010A8.5A33G 4010A9.0A33G 4010A9.5A33G 4010A10.0A33G 4010A10.5A33G 4010A11.0A33G
Arm Length 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0"
Rise Approx. Wt. (lbs.) 0'-11" 1'-2" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-10" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-1" 65 70 75 80 90 95 105 115 120 130 135 145 150 160 170 185
ORDERING OPTIONS
Example: 4010 A 10.5 A 33 G
Base Plate Design


See Page G-14
Tube Style & Rise
G-5
Steel Davit Arms

4020 Series, 16o Rise Angle, Medium Duty Steel Davit Arms
Length
16o
Clearance
See pages G-10 thru G-13 for base plate options Insulator String Length 2' - 0" 3' - 0" 4' - 0" 5' - 0" 6' - 0" 7' - 0" Clearance @=45 Swing Angle 1' - 6 7/8" 2' - 1" 2' - 6 1/2" 3' - 0 1/4" 3' - 6" 4' - 0" Clearance @=30 Swing Angle 1' - 11 1/8" 2' - 8 1/4" 3' - 5" 4' - 1 1/4" 4' - 9 1/2" 5' - 6"
7"
Rise
G-6
Steel Davit Arms

4020 Series
Stock No. 4020A3.5A33G 4020A4.0A33G 4020A4.5A33G 4020A5.0A33G 4020A5.5A33G 4020A6.0A33G 4020A6.5A33G 4020A7.0A33G 4020A7.5A33G 4020A8.0A33G 4020A8.5A33G 4020A9.0A33G 4020A9.5A33G 4020A10.0A33G 4020A10.5A33G 4020A11.0A33G Arm Length 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" Rise 0'-5" 0'-7" 0'-9" 0'-11" 1'-1" 1'-3" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-9" 1'-11" 2'-1" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-7" 2'-9" 2'-11" Approx. Wt. (lbs.) 60 65 70 75 85 90 95 105 110 120 125 135 140 145 150 160
G
ORDERING OPTIONS
Example: 4020 A 10.5 A 33 G
Base Plate Design


See Page G-14
Tube Style & Rise
G-7
Steel Davit Arms

4030 Series, 24 Rise Angle, Medium Duty Steel Davit Arms
Length
Clearance 24o
7"
Rise
G
Insulator String Length 2' - 0" 3' - 0" 4' - 0" 5' - 0" 6' - 0" 7' - 0" Clearance @=45 Swing Angle 1' - 4 1/2" 1' - 9" 2' - 1 1/2" 2' - 6" 2' - 10 1/2" 3' - 3" Clearance @=30 Swing Angle 1' - 9 1/4" 2' - 5" 3' - 0" 3' - 7" 4' - 2" 4' - 9"
See pages G-10 thru G-13 for base plate options
G-8
Steel Davit Arms

4030 Series
Stock No. 4030A3.5A33G 4030A4.0A33G 4030A4.5A33G 4030A5.0A33G 4030A5.5A33G 4030A6.0A33G 4030A6.5A33G 4030A7.0A33G 4030A7.5A33G 4030A8.0A33G 4030A8.5A33G 4030A9.0A33G 4030A9.5A33G 4030A10.0A33G 4030A10.5A33G 4030A11.0A33G
Arm Length 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0"
Rise 0'-11" 1'-2" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-10" 2'-0" 2'-3" 2'-5" 2'-8" 2'-10" 3'-1" 3'-3" 3'-6" 3'-8" 3'-11" 4'-1"
Approx. Wt. (lbs.) 60 65 70 75 85 90 95 105 110 120 125 135 140 145 150 160
ORDERING OPTIONS
Example: 4030 A 10.5 A 33 G
Base Plate Design


See Page G-14
Tube Style & Rise
G-9
Steel Davit Arms

Base Plate Options
See Table A on page G-15
Base Plate
A
Bearing Plate
Many variations of base plate options are available. Consult Hughes Brothers Engineering Staff before ordering.
7/8" mounting bolts, nuts and washers sold separately.
14"
9" pole dia. min.
Base Plate
B
Bearing Plate 1" mounting bolts, nuts and washers sold separately. Styles A & B work equally well on concrete poles.
14"
9" pole dia. min.
G-10
Steel Davit Arms

Base Plate Options
Bearing Plate Base Plate Many variations of base plate options are available. Consult Hughes Brothers Engineering Staff before ordering.
C
14"
Shim & Shim bolt as required. Ordered separately.
1" threaded rods, nuts and washers sold separately.
G
Option C works equally well on concrete poles.
Option C in double circuit configuration on wood pole.
G-11
Steel Davit Arms

Base Plate Options
Bend angle to be specified. See table B on page G-15
Bend angle to be specified. See table B on page G-15
7/8" mounting bolts, nuts and washers sold separately.
E
1" mounting bolts, nuts and washers sold separately.
14"
F
2-1/2"
Bend angle to be specified. See table B on page G15
14"
7/8" mounting bolts, nuts and washers sold separately. Options D & E shown here in a steel pole application.
12-1/4"
G-12
Steel Davit Arms

Base Plate Options
Specify

Specify
K
1" mounting bolts, nuts and washers ordered separately
Specify
5/8" Base Plate
G-13
Steel Davit Arms

Phase Attachment Options
4-3/8"
1-1/2" hole chamfered both sides. 4-3/4" 4-3/4"
1-1/2" holes chamfered both sides.
4-3/8"
C
5-1/2"
4-3/8"
1-1/2" hole chamfered both sides.
4-3/4" 4-3/4"
1-1/2" holes chamfered both sides.
5-1/2"
G-14
Strength Tables
TABLE A
Ultimate Strength Based on ANSI C135.1 Bolt Strengths
Base Plate Configuration Type
Arm Length (feet) 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 A&D (2) 7/8" Bolts 5720 4900 4290 3810 3450 3120 2860 2630 2450 2280 2140 2020 1710 1800 1710 1630 1550 B, C, & E (2) 1" Bolts 7870 6700 5910 5250 4720 4300 3940 3630 3380 3150 2950 2780 2630 2490 2360 2250 2150 F (3) 7/8" Bolts 11440 9800 8580 7620 6900 6240 5720 5260 4900 4560 4280 4040 3820 3600 3420 3260 3100
Design Note: Check both the ultimate tube strength and the ultimate strength based on bolt strengths.
Contact Hughes Brothers Engineering Dept. for ultimate strengths based on other types of bolts.
TABLE B
Base Plate Bend Angles

Base Plate Bend Pole Dia. Angle Designation 7" 4020 & 4030 H 8" I 9" J 10" K 11" L 12" M 4000 & 4010 9" N 10" O 11" P 12" Q 13" R 14" S 16" T 18" U 20" V 22" W Davit Series Bend Angle (degrees) 60 55 47 44 40 36 68 63 58 54 50 47 42 37 30 30
G-15
Steel Davit Arms

TABLE C
Strength Table 4000 / 4010 Series Steel Davits

Ultimate Tube Strength, lb.
(Based on yield strength of steel)
ARM LENGTH (FEET) 80KSI 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10.0 10.5 11.0 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550 7550
VERTICAL 65KSI 50KSI 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 6150 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 4700 36KSI 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 33KSI 80KSI 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 3100 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 65KSI 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
LONGITUDINAL 50KSI 36KSI 33KSI 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 3900 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2800 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550 2550
NOTE: Check both the ultimate tube strength and the ultimate bolt strength. The ultimate strength of the complete unit is the lesser of the two strengths.
G-16
Steel Davit Arms

TABLE C (cont'd)
Strength Table 4020 / 4030 Series Steel Davits

Ultimate Tube Strength, lb.
(Based on yield strength of steel)
ARM LENGTH (FEET) 80KSI 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.5 9.0 10.0 10.5 11.0 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550 6550
VERTICAL 65KSI 50KSI 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 5350 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 36KSI 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 33KSI 80KSI 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 2700 5920 5420 5050 4760 4520 4330 4170 4040 3920 3820 3740 3660 3590 3530 3480 3430 3380 65KSI 4810 4400 4100 3860 3620 3520 3390 3280 3190 3110 3040 2970 2920 2870 2820 2780 2750
LONGITUDINAL 50KSI 36KSI 33KSI 3700 3390 3150 2970 2820 2710 2610 2520 2450 2390 2330 2290 2240 2210 2170 2140 2110 2660 2440 2270 2140 2030 1950 1880 1820 1760 1720 1680 1640 1610 1590 1560 1540 1520 2440 2230 2080 1960 1860 1780 1720 1660 1620 1580 1540 1510 1480 1450 1430 1410 1390
NOTE: Check both the ultimate tube strength and the ultimate bolt strength. The ultimate strength of the complete unit is the lesser of the two strengths.
G-17
Steel Davit Arms

C4484 Static Support Arms
Hughes Brothers C4484 Static Support Arms are used to offset the shield wire a greater distance from the pole. Tube sizes are varied depending on load requirements. Contact Hughes Brothers Engineering staff for assistance.
"L" 0'-9" to 4'-0" 7/8" mounting bolts
12"
10o Grounding Lug (optional)
9-1/2"
All holes are 1-1/2" chamfered both sides. Standard End Triangular End
Ordering Example
C4484- CDE "L" G
Grounding Lug (optional) "L" Length in inches "CDE" for triangular end plate "C" for standard end plate
G-18
5-1/2"
Steel Davit Arms

C4466 Post Insulator Stand-Off Arm
L 13/16" Hole B Insulator Mtg. Hole Hughes Brothers C4466 Series of Line Post Insulator Stand-Off Arms are used for special applications requiring a 1 ft. to 3 ft. clearance from the pole.
13/16" Hole
Stock No. Post Insulator (by others) C4466-B1.0 C4466-B1.25 C4466-B1.5 C4466-B1.75 C4466-B2.0 C4466-B2.25 C4466-B2.5 C4466-B2.75 C4466-B3.0
L 12" 15" 18" 21" 24" 27" 30" 33" 36"
A 10" 10" 10" 10" 12" 12" 12" 12" 12"
B 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2"
C 4" 4" 4" 4" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5"
Wt./lbs. 33 35 37 39 43 46 49 52 55
Ordering Example:
C4466-B1.75A
"A" for 13/16" ins. mtg. hole "B" for 15/16" ins. mtg. hole Length "L" in feet
G-19
Steel Davit Arms

C4484 Distribution Underbuild Arms
Hughes Brothers C4484 Series of Distribution Underbuild Arms are manufactured from tube steel. The tube size varies with loading requirements. Contact Hughes Brothers Engineering staff for assistance. 7/8" Bolts, Nuts & Washers (ordered separately) "DET" Suffix
12"
"A"
3"
Length
13/16"
13/16"
All vangs have a 1-1/4" hole chamfered both sides.
See note*
Ordering Example
C4484-B4.5A
Base Plate Code Suffix Base Plate Type A B C D E F Pole Dia. Range 15"-18" 18"-21" 21"-24" 24"-28" 12"-15" 26"-31" Stock No. C4484-B4.0 C4484-B4.5 C4484-B5.5 Length 4' - 0" 4' - 6" 5' - 6" "A" 2' - 0" 2' - 3" 3' - 3"
*Take off link available as an option by adding suffix "DET" as follows: C4484-BDET4.5A
G-20
Steel Davit Arms

B2751-A
Steel Underbuild Bracket
The B2751-A steel underbuild bracket is designed to allow for the addition of underbuild cables. The bracket is manufactured from galvanized steel tube with an ultimate vertical load rating of 765 lbs per position. All pole mounting and cable mounting holes are 11/16 diameter.
1'-4"
4" 11/16" Keyhole Slot
1'-0"
1-1/2" 15 o 11/16" dia. hole 1/8" chamfer both sides
8"
11/16" dia. hole 1/8" chamfer both sides
3/4"
4-1/8"
765 lbs Ultimate
11/16"dia. Hole
765 lbs Ultimate
Ordering Example:
B2751-A Unit Wt. 18 lbs
Other configurations available.
G-20.1
Wood Davit Arms

C4080 Series, Medium Duty Wood Davit Arm
The Hughes Brothers C4080 Series Wood Davits make a visually pleasing structure. Manufactured using ANSI 05.2 Douglas-fir Glu-laminated timbers which are penta treated and assembled to a steel base. A variety of conductor attachment configurations are available. The unit mounts with (3) 7/8" mounting bolts (ordered separately).
Length 6"
5000 lbs Ultimate Vertical Rating Radius
1-1/2"
Rise
G
"X"
12" 12" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16"
Stock No.
C4080-B 4.5 C4080-B 5.0 C4080-A 5.5 C4080-A 6.0 C4080-A 6.5 C4080-A 7.0 C4080-A 7.5 C4080-A 8.0 C4080-A 8.5 C4080-A 9.0
Arm Size
5 1/8" x 5 " - 8 " 5 1/8" x 5 " - 8 1/4" 5 1/8" x 5 3/4" - 8 1/2" 5 1/8" x 5 3/4" - 8 3/4" 5 1/8" x 5 3/4" - 9" 5 1/8" x 5 3/4" - 9 1/4" 5 1/8" x 6 7/8" - 9 1/2" 5 1/8" x 6 7/8" - 9 3/4" 5 1/8" x 6 7/8" - 9 7/8" 5 1/8" x 6 7/8" - 10 1/8"
Length
4' - 6" 5' - 0" 5' - 6" 6' - 0" 6' - 6" 7' - 0" 7' - 6" 8' - 0" 8' - 6" 9' - 0"
Radius
10' - 7" 11' - 7" 12' - 7" 13' - 7" 14' - 7" 15' - 7" 16' - 7" 17' - 7" 18' - 7" 19' - 7"
Rise
1' - 10" 1' - 11 1/2" 1' - 11 3/4" 2' - 1 3/8" 2' - 2 7/8" 2' - 4 1/2" 2' - 6" 2' - 7 5/8" 2' - 9 1/2" 2' - 10 3/4"
Unit Wt.
123 lbs 130 lbs 142 lbs 150 lbs 158 lbs 167 lbs 180 lbs 194 lbs 208 lbs 223 lbs
G-21
Wood Davit Arms

Optional Conductor Attachment Configurations
Swinging Angle Bracket

Note: C4080-C Series, substitute C4080-C for C4080-A sizes to order swinging angle bracket.
G
Dead End Tee
Note: C4080-D Series, substitute C4080-D for C4080-A to order with dead end tee option.
G-22
Wood Davit Arms

C4113 Series, Light Duty Wood Davit Arm
The Hughes Brothers C4113 Series uses a smaller wood section for lighter loading criteria.
Length 6"
3/4" mounting bolts, nuts & washers ordered separately
1-1/2"
2500 lbs Ultimate Vertical Rating Radius
Rise
G
Stock No. C4113-B 4.5 C4113-B 5.0 C4113-A 5.5 C4113-A 6.0 C4113-A 6.5 C4113-A 7.0 C4113-A 7.5 C4113-A 8.0 C4113-A 8.5 Arm Size 3 1/8" x 5" - 8" 3 1/8" x 5" - 8" 3 1/8" x 5" - 8" 3 1/8" x 5" - 8" 3 1/8" x 5" - 8" 3 1/8" x 5" - 8 1/4" 3 1/8" x 5" - 8 1/4" 3 1/8" x 5" - 8 3/4" 3 1/8" x 5" - 9" Length 4' - 6" 5' - 0" 5' - 6" 6' - 0" 6' - 6" 7' - 0" 7' - 6" 8' - 0" 8' - 6" Radius 10' - 7" 11' - 7" 12' - 7" 13' - 7" 14' - 7" 15' - 7" 16' - 7" 17' - 7" 18' - 7" "X" 12" 12" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" 16" Rise 1' - 11" 2' - 0 5/8" 2' - 2 1/8" 2' - 3 3/8" 2' - 5 3/8" 2' - 7 1/8" 2' - 9" 2' - 10 7/8" 3' - 0 3/4" Unit Wt. 95 lbs 99 lbs 103 lbs 108 lbs 112 lbs 116 lbs 121 lbs 127 lbs 133 lbs
G-23
Wood Davit Replacement

Steel Davit Replacement For Wood Davits
If maintenance is required, one option may be to replace the wood member with the C4625 or C4619 replacement davit. The steel tube is furnished to fit in the existing base fitting used by the wood davit. Contact Hughes Brothers Engineering staff for assistance.
C4625 Series
G
C4619 Series
G-24
Structure Reframing
Structure Rebuild / Upgrade Kits
Hughes Brothers has helped utilities develop economical solutions for rebuilding and upgrading existing H-frame structures. Each upgrade project is unique with its own set of variables, objectives and goals. For this reason, close cooperation with the experienced Hughes engineering staff is required. The following benefits can be realized as the result of an upgrade project: Maintenance of existing right of way while operating lines at higher capacity Increased conductor clearances Increased service life of existing towers through repair/restoration Improved transmission reliability through increased structure strength Bring non-compliant towers into compliance with NESC codes Hughes Brothers is prepared to assist in the project completion by: assisting in structural design analysis to salvage as much of the existing structure as possible performing full scale tests to verify designs supply material in kit form to ease field construction ensure timely delivery of material to proper location(s)
H-1
Structure Reframing
C4700 Series Reframing Configurations
C4700
Bill of Material to Include: 4-Vee Braces 1-X Brace 2-Bayonets 1-Shield Wire Support Assy. Existing Structure After Upgrade
C4701
Bill of Material to Include: 4-Vee Braces 2-Bayonets 1-Shield Wire Support Assy.
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
C4702
C4703
H
After Upgrade
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
Existing Structure
H-2
Structure Reframing
C4704
Bill of Material to Include: 2-Bayonets 1-Shield Wire Support Assy.
C4705
Bill of Material to Include: 4-Vee Braces 1-X Brace 2-Bayonets
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
C4706
Bill of Material to Include: 4-Vee Braces 2-Bayonets
C4707
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
C4708
C4709
H
Bill of Material to Include: 2-Bayonets
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
Existing Structure
After Upgrade
H-3
Structure Reframing
Use the drawings and tables on the following pages to determine which upgrade kit is best suited to your needs. Please record all information on this form to assist Hughes Brothers Engineering staff in analyzing your situation.
Existing Structure Information Form
Customer Ordering Number Existing line voltage kV Rebuild line voltage kV Miles of line miles Estimated material delivery date Age of line years (example: installed age) Pole type(s): Douglas fir Southern Yellow Pine Western Red Cedar Pole heights feet thru feet Pole classes thru Existing Crossarm height feet (from top of pole) Pole spacing feet Arm Relocation Height feet Y feet IL feet Phase spacing feet Maximum vertical span feet Maximum transverse span feet Ruling span feet Existing conductor type (example: 795 ACSR 26/7) New conductor type (if applicable) (example: 954 ACSR 26/7) Number of conductors per phase Shield wire type (example: 3/8" EHS steel strand) Number of shield wires (total) Maximum tangent structure line angle Conductor Maximum design tension pounds Shield wire maximum design tension pounds NOTE: Additional copies of this Cone of protection angle (example: 30) form may be obtained by contacting Hughes Brothers. Step Bolt Option Yes No
H-4
Structure Reframing
New Shield Wire Support Assembly Bayonet Assemblies New Bracing, as Required
Arm Relocation Height
Bayonet Height
Phase Spacing
Cone of Protection Angle
IL
Existing Arm Location
New X-Bracing, as Required
Pole Spacing
H-5
Structure Reframing
Ordering Information (cont'd)
New Shield Wire Support Assembly
Reframing Ordering Codes

Ordering Pole Code Spacing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6" 13'-0" 13-6" 14'-0" 14'-6" 15'-0" 15'-6" 16'-0" 16'-6" 17'-0" 17'-6" 18'-0" 18'-6" 19'-0" 19'-6" 20'-0" 20'-6" 21'-0" 21'-6" 22'-0" 22'-6" 23'-0" 23'-6" 24'-0" 24'-6" 25'-0" 25'-6" 26'-0" 26'-6" 27'-0" 27'-6" 28'-0" 28'-6" 29'-0" 29'-6" 30'-0" Phase Spacing 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6" 13'-0" 13-6" 14'-0" 14'-6" 15'-0" 15'-6" 16'-0" 16'-6" 17'-0" 17'-6" 18'-0" 18'-6" 19'-0" 19'-6" 20'-0" 20'-6" 21'-0" 21'-6" 22'-0" 22'-6" 23'-0" 23'-6" 24'-0" 24'-6" 25'-0" 25'-6" 26'-0" 26'-6" 27'-0" 27'-6" 28'-0" 28'-6" 29'-0" 29'-6" 30'-0" Ordering Code A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Bayonet Height 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6" 13'-0" Arm Relocation Height 1'-0" 1'-6" 2'-0" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 8'-6" 9'-0" 9'-6" 10'-0" 10'-6" 11'-0" 11'-6" 12'-0" 12'-6" 13'-0"
Bayonet Assemblies New Bracing, as Required
Bayonet Height
Arm Relocation Height
Phase Spacing
Cone of Protection Angle
IL Y
Existing Arm Location
New X-Bracing, as Required
Pole Spacing
H
Ordering Example
C 4 7 0 1 G 2 E 2 ****
Customer Code (3 to 4 characters - example NSP) Reframed phase spacing Arm relocation height Reframed pole spacing Bayonet height Series Number
Existing Structure
H-6
Structure Reframing
Spacing to be specified
Bayonet Details
Optional step bolts for shield wire attachments and maintenance.
Ground wire attachment
Existing Pole Top
H
Top view of double arm connection at bayonet for arms above pole top.
H-7
Structure Reframing
Top Attachment Details
New Shield Wire Attachment Existing Shield Wire Attachment
Bent leg for clearance

Adjustable to fit existing poles
Spacing to fit existing poles
Pole Band Top Support

Maintains the structural integrity of the pole top.
H-8
Structure Reframing
Basic H-frame Installation Procedure
Prepare Bayonet on ground
Disassemble shield wire attachments from top of pole
Unbolt existing knee braces (if applicable)
Loosen crossarm mounting hardware but do not remove.
Top steel angle removed and lowered to the ground
Drill poles for new bayonets and crossarms
H
7 8 Crane raises arm to new location
Crane cable is attached to crossarm. Double arm assembly is spread apart at each pole using hydraulic jacks. Crossarm bolts are removed.
H-9
Structure Reframing
New arm mounting bolts are installed and spreading jacks are removed.
10
Shield wire angle is bolted to bayonet extensions on the ground and raised to position. Pole bands are slipped over top of pole and into position.
11
Bayonet mounting holes are drilled and mounting bolts installed.
12
Shield wire installed back on attachments.
13
Knee and vee braces are bolted into position on bayonets.
14
Ground wire is installed.
H-10
Misc. Hardware
B2739-B Right of Way Gate Assembly
8'-0" 9' - 1/4"
5'-0"
Gate by others.
Double dip galvanized for excellent longevity All fabrication done at factory Simple connections for ease of construction Long term stability Professional appearance to satisfy land owners
I-1
Misc. Hardware
B2712.1 Tower Leg Reinforcement Bracket
10.5
o
1"
12"
The B2712.1 Tower Leg Reinforcement Bracket is used to repair or brace rusted or broken lattice tower legs. New holes can be drilled into the foundation or the base plate can be made to fit existing anchor bolts. Contact Hughes Brothers with your specific lattice tower repair or reinforcement needs.
I-2
Lighting Standards
Pole Cap
C4773 Laminated Wood Lighting Standard

Pole Length 15-6 19-0 24-0 30-0 18-0 Part No. C4773.1A-1L C4773.1B-1L C4773.1C-1L C4773.1D-1L C4773.2A-1L X 3-6 4-0 4-0 5-0 4-0 Y 12-0 15-0 20-0 25-0 14-0 W 4-1/4 4-1/4 5-1/8 5-1/8 4-1/4 D Pole Cap No. 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-1/8 C4773.3A C4773.3A C4773.3B C4773.3B C4773.3A
C4773 w/ Pole Cap for Top Mounted Luminaire
Internal Raceway
2-6
Pole Length 15-6 19-0 24-0 30-0 18-0
Part No. C4773.1A-1L C4773.1B-1L C4773.1C-1L C4773.1D-1L C4773.2A-1L
X 3-6 4-0 4-0 5-0 4-0
Y 12-0 15-0 20-0 25-0 14-0
W 4-1/4 4-1/4 5-1/8 5-1/8 4-1/4
D Pole Cap No. 5-1/8 5-1/8 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-1/8 C4773.10A C4773.10A C4773.10B C4773.10B C4773.10A
I-3
Flood Light Mounting Bracket

C4141 Flood Light Mounting Bracket
Hughes Brothers Flood Light Mounting Brackets are manufactured from 4"x4" steel angle and hot dip galvanized. Other configurations are available.
Lag screws 3/4" U-bolt included

Y
2" round washer, nut & locknut
Stock No. C4141-A1 C4141-A2
Overall Length 7'-10" 10'-4" 5'-4" 2'-10"
4"
"X" 15" 30" 30" 15"
"Y" 30" 30" NA NA
Unit Wt. 70 lbs. 80 lbs. 46 lbs. 32 lbs.
4" C4141-B1 C4141-B2
I-4
Shelf Gain Fitting

AS2715 Welded Shelf Gain Fitting
Hughes Brothers Welded Shelf Gain Fittings are manufactured from 5/16 plate and channel steel and are hot dip galvanized.
Stock No. AS2715-A AS2715-B
5 2-1/2 2-1/2 1-7/8
1 x 2 Slot
12
4-3/8 5/8
3 4
I-5
Guy Anchor
B2286-C Guy Anchor Assembly
Hughes Brothers B2286-C Guy Anchor Assembly is made of 1-3/8 rod and is hot dip galvanized.
16-0
6 Thread
1-5/8
1-5/8 1-1/41-5/8
(2) 1-3/8 Hex Nuts CW130 (2) 1-3/8 Hex & Lock Nuts, 1/2 Washer 28083 Roller
1-1/4 Bolt & Locknut
4-1/2
I-6
Transmission Design
General Engineering
Since the early 1920s, the Hughes Brothers' engineering staff has assisted in the construction of more than a hundred thousand circuit miles of overhead construction. Our engineering staff is prepared to offer their assistance by providing: Structural analysis of tower configurations Full scale testing Design & computer aided drafting Cost analysis and competitive bid analysis Project administration i.e., order processing, expediting, delivery coordination for the materials we supply. Field inspection and customer service
Transmission engineers are fully aware that the mere assembly of poles, arms, braces, insulators, conductors, guys and hardware is not transmission construction. Properly designed transmission structures result from a complete study of all the conditions affecting the project.
This catalog section gives full consideration to the following important design criteria: 1) The most economically designed tangent structure, which considers only a maximum span, does not usually or necessarily result in the most economical transmission line. 2) Properly designed, efficient transmission structures result from a complete study of the route of the line, including profile, soil types, number and magnitude of angles, and the unusual and local conditions which are a part of any line. 3) Braced H-Frame lines have been built at a savings over unbraced H-Frame lines, resulting in greater strength and lower maintenance.
4) H-Frame lines can and have been built at a savings in cost over single pole lines. 5) Full size tests should be made on new developments before they are used in actual construction. 6) Successful transmission line construction is not based on the length of time in service, but whether it has been subjected to the load for which it was designed. In the presentation of this manual, we have tried to indicate to designers, operators and builders of overhead construction that our staff of engineers and our testing laboratory are available to the utility industry.
J
J-1
Transmission Design
The selection of the design of the tangent structure should be made with reference to the overall cost of the line which will include an analysis of the profile, conductor, right of way and local conditions affecting span lengths. In general, Type C construction shown below, will rarely produce the most economical line. The span length will be limited, requiring more structures and associated parts; the deflection and earth pressure will be excessive. The simple installation of the X-brace, as in Type B will eliminate deflection, reduce earth pressure, permit the use of smaller poles and result in longer spans and greater safety factors. The Type A design will usually result in the safest, strongest and most economical long span, high voltage structure. The knee or vee braces permit the pole tops to act as guided cantilevers by introducing a point of inflection between the cross arm and top of the X-braces. Without these braces, the poles above the X-Braces act as simple cantilevers.
Taken from Hughes Brothers 1937 catalog.
J
J-2
Transmission Design
Full Scale Structure Tests A Continuing Process
1935
1955
1986
J
J-3
Structural Analysis
Principles that were used 50 years ago are still applicable today
Reprinted by request from Hughes Brothers Catalog No. 11, circa late 1940's
J
J-4
Structural Analysis
Reprinted by request from Hughes Brothers Catalog No. 11, circa late 1940's
J
J-5

Structural Analysis
Theoretical Maximum Transverse Span Analysis of Hughes Brothers H-Frame Structures
Initial Conditions:
1. Bending stress of pole = 8,000 psi 2. Y = 6'-6" 3. Crossarm height = 8'-9" 4. Z = Pole spacing minus 1 ft 5. 70', class 2 Douglas-fir poles 6. Set depth = 9'-0" 7. Pole spacing = 15'-6"
Ultimate Circumference Pole Moment Location in Inches (ft-lbs.) a b c d 46.92 35.69 30.48 28.14 218,183 96,025 59,808 46,804
List of Assumptions
1. Plane surfaces will remain plane and bracing will create a plane of contraflexure (point of zero moment). 2. Horizontal load is equally distributed between the poles. 3. Pole taper is to be uniform for the entire length of pole. 4. Foundations are rigid and fixed.
NOTE: Circumferences are based on ANSI minimum dimensions. Find location of planes of contraflexure:
J
J-6
Structural Analysis
H-Frame Structure Strength Analysis (cont'd)
Find maximum load (P) to fail poles at each location:
List of Assumptions
1. Plane surfaces will remain plane and bracing will create a plane of contraflexure (point of zero moment). 2. Horizontal load is equally distributed between the poles. 3. Pole taper is uniform for the entire length of pole. 4. Foundations are rigid and fixed.
where:
L =Unbraced length in inches, assumed to be 1/2 of the brace length I = Moment of inertia E = Modulus of Elasticity
J
J-7
Structural Analysis
List of Assumptions
1. Plane surfaces will remain plane and bracing will create a plane of contraflexure (point of zero moment). 2. Horizontal load is equally distributed between the poles. 3. Pole taper is uniform for the entire length of pole. 4. Foundations are rigid and fixed.
J
J-8
Structural Analysis
9 lb
See Hughes Brothers computer span analysis on next page
J
J-9
Structural Analysis
Maximum Theoretical Transverse Spans
X-Brace= 1042 Crossarm Height Fiber Stress= 8000 psi Y Crossarm Height= 8.75 ft Y= 6.5 ft Pole Spacing= 15.5 ft 1042 X-brace
Conductor- 795 ACSR, 26/7 "Drake" Shield Wire- 3/8" EHS X-Brace Height= 3.375 in X-Brace Width= 5.375 in X-Brace Strength= 20,000 lbs Wind Load= Radial Ice= Safety Factor= # of Conductors= # of Shield Wires= 9 lbs 0 in 4 3 2
POLE CLASS
Transverse Wire Tension= 0 lbs
POLE HEIGHT
Conductor Diameter= 1.108 in Shield Wire Diameter= 0.36 in
55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
H3 H2 H1 1 2 3 1055* 1065* 1076* 1086* 1096* 1107* 981* 993* 1005* 1017* 1029* 1041* 918* 931* 944* 958* 972* 987* 864* 877* 892* 908* 924* 940* 815* 831* 847* 864* 880* 866 771* 787* 806* 825* 843* 769 730* 749* 769* 788* 808* 689 693* 713* 733* 754* 778* 624 653* 676* 699* 720* 745* 617* 640* 665* 689* 691 589* 614* 638* 664* 641 555* 581* 609* 635* 591 521* 550* 579* 607* 546 491* 519* 550* 580* 506 *Denotes X-brace controlling.
J
J-10
Pole Dimensions
Determining Pole Diameters
To determine the diameter of a pole at any given distance from the top: 1. Find the butt circumference by selecting the pole class in row 1 2. Move down the column to the desired pole length 3. Select the pole top circumference from row 2 4. Perform the following calculation: NOTE: Pole circumference tables located on pages J-12 & J-13
Special Note:
The diameter found is a minimum pole dimension, based on ANSI 05.1. Most poles will run larger than this dimension.
J
J-11
Dimensions of Douglas-fir (both types) and Southern Pine Poles from ANSI 05.1-1992
H-6 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 15 12 H-5 H-4 H-3 H-2 H-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10
Class
Minimum circumference at top (in.)
Length of pole (ft.) Minimum circumference at 6 ft from butt (in.) 58.5 61.0 63.5 65.5 67.5 69.0 71.0 72.5 74.5 76.0 77.5 79.0 80.5 82.0 83.5 85.0 86.0 82.5 78.5 75.0 81.0 77.5 74.0 80.0 76.5 72.5 69.0 70.0 71.0 78.5 75.0 71.5 68.0 77.0 74.0 70.5 67.0 63.0 64.5 65.5 66.5 67.5 76.0 72.5 69.0 65.5 62.0 74.5 71.0 67.5 64.5 61.0 73.0 69.5 66.5 63.0 59.5 56.0 57.0 58.5 59.5 60.5 61.5 62.5 63.5 71.5 68.0 65.0 61.5 58.5 55.0 69.5 66.5 63.5 60.0 57.0 54.0 50.5 51.5 53.0 54.0 55.0 56.0 57.0 58.0 59.0 59.5 68.0 65.0 62.0 59.0 55.5 52.5 49.0 66.5 63.5 60.5 57.0 54.0 51.0 48.0 45.0 46.0 47.0 48.0 49.0 64.5 61.5 58.5 55.5 52.5 49.5 46.5 43.5 62.5 59.5 57.0 54.0 51.0 48.0 45.0 42.0 60.5 58.0 55.0 52.0 49.5 46.5 43.5 40.5 38.0 39.0 40.5 41.5 58.5 55.5 53.0 50.5 47.5 45.0 42.0 39.0 36.5 56.0 53.5 51.0 48.5 45.5 43.0 40.5 37.5 35.0 32.5 34.0 51.0 48.5 46.0 43.5 41.0 38.5 36.0 33.5 31.0 43.5 41.5 39.0 36.5 34.0 31.5 29.0 36.5 34.0 32.0 29.5 27.5 25.0 27.0 28.5 30.0 33.5 31.5 29.5 27.5 25.5 23.0 31.0 29.0 27.0 25.0 23.0 21.0 19.5 21.5 23.5 25.0 17.5 19.5 20.5 -
Groundline** distance from butt (ft.)
20
4.0
14.0 15.0 -
25
5.0
30
5.5
35
6.0
Pole Dimensions
40
6.0
45
6.5
50
7.0
55
7.5
60
8.0
65
8.5
70
9.0
75
9.5
80
10.0
85
10.5
90
11.0
95
11.0
100
11.0
105
12.0
110
12.0
115
12.0
120
12.0
125
12.0
NOTE: Classes and lengths for which circumferences at 6 feet from the butt are listed in boldface type are the preferred standard sizes. Those shown in light type are included for engineering purposes only.
** The figures in this column are intended for use only when a definition of groundline is necessary in order to apply requirements relating to scars, straightness, etc.
J-12
Dimensions of Western Red Cedar* and Ponderosa Pine Poles from ANSI 05.1-1992
H-6 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 15 12 H-5 H-4 H-3 H-2 H-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10
Class
Minimum circumference at top (in.)
Length of pole (ft.) Minimum circumference at 6 ft from butt (in.) 64.5 67.0 70.0 72.0 74.5 76.5 78.5 80.5 82.5 84.5 86.0 87.5 89.5 91.0 92.5 94.0 95.5 91.5 87.5 90.0 86.0 82.0 83.0 88.5 84.5 80.5 87.0 83.5 79.5 75.5 76.5 78.0 79.0 85.5 82.0 78.0 74.0 84.0 80.5 76.5 72.5 82.5 79.0 75.0 71.5 67.5 69.0 70.0 71.5 72.5 74.0 75.0 81.0 77.0 73.5 70.0 66.0 79.0 75.5 72.0 68.5 64.5 61.0 62.5 63.5 65.0 66.0 67.5 68.5 69.5 70.5 77.0 74.0 70.5 67.0 63.0 59.5 75.5 72.0 68.5 65.0 61.5 58.0 54.5 56.0 57.0 58.5 59.5 61.0 62.0 63.0 64.0 65.0 66.0 73.5 70.0 67.0 63.5 60.0 56.5 53.0 71.5 68.0 65.0 61.5 58.5 55.0 51.5 69.0 66.0 63.0 59.5 56.5 53.5 50.0 46.5 48.0 49.5 51.0 52.0 53.5 54.5 67.0 64.0 61.0 57.5 54.5 51.5 48.5 45.0 64.5 61.5 58.5 55.5 52.5 49.5 46.5 43.5 40.0 42.0 43.5 45.0 46.0 62.0 59.0 56.0 53.5 50.5 47.5 44.5 41.5 38.5 56.5 53.5 51.0 48.0 45.0 42.5 39.5 36.5 34.0 36.0 37.5 48.0 45.5 42.5 40.0 37.5 34.5 32.0 40.0 37.5 35.0 32.5 30.0 37.0 34.5 32.5 30.0 28.0 25.5 28.0 30.0 31.5 33.0 33.5 31.5 29.5 27.0 25.0 23.0 21.5 24.0 26.0 27.5 -
Groundline** distance from butt (ft.)
20
4.0
18.5 20.5 22.0 -
15.0 16.5 -
25
5.0
30
5.5
35
6.0
40
6.0
45
6.5
50
7.0
55
7.5
60
8.0
65
8.5
70
9.0
75
9.5
80
10.0
85
10.5
90
11.0
95
11.0
100
11.0
105
12.0
110
12.0
115
12.0
120
12.0
125
12.0
NOTE: Classes and lengths for which circumferences at 6 feet from the butt are listed in boldface type are the preferred standard sizes. Those shown in light type are for engineering purposes only.
Dimensions of H classes are applicable for western red cedar only.
Pole Dimensions
J-13
**
The figures in this column are intended for use only when a definition of groundline is necessary in order to apply requirements relating to scars, straightness, etc.
Determining Stresses in Down Guys Trigonometric Diagram

NOTE: To find the angle a guy wire makes with the ground line, divide Height H by the lead. The result will be the Tangent of the Angle. Find the Secant of this Angle from the table of Natural Trigonometric Functions and Multiply by Pull s, the result of which will be the stress in the Guy Wire.
Note: Reprinted by request from
Hughes Brothers Catalog - circa 1940
Lead (feet)
J
J-14

Double Arm Assemblies

Eliminate Eccentric Loading with Hughes Brothers Double Arm Assemblies and Adjustable Spacer Fittings
Single Arm
Pole
Twisting action due to eccentric loading
Grid Gain LOAD
Eccentric vertical load.
Double Arm
LOAD
Hughes Adjustable Spacer Fittings

Hughes Adjustable Spacer Fittings with double arm assemblies eliminate eccentric loading and distribute shear forces on mounting hardware. The adjustable spacer fitting allows for variations in pole diameter. It also helps ease installation of the pre-assembled crossarms by enabling crews to widen the arm assemblies, slide them over the top of the poles, and tighten the arm assembly.
See Pole Line Hardware section for Adjustable Spacer Fitting information.
J
J-15

Post Insulators vs Davit Arm construction Hughes Brothers Davit Arm vs Post Insulator
Post Insulator
. .
Post Insulator Construction

. . Case 1 NESC "Heavy" 230 kv line Conductor:795 26/7 ACSR (Drake) bundled Vert. load = 2.0942 lbs./ft x 2 x 1.5 OCF= 6.2826lb./ft. Post Insulator L=73.75 in. Max. vert. = 2800 lbs. Max. span = 445 ft. 11.86 structures/mile NESC "Heavy" 230kv line Conductor: 795 54/7 ACSR (Condor) bundled Vert load = 2.4421 lb/ft x 2 x 1.5 OCF = 7.3263 lb/ft Post Insulator L=73.75 in. Max. vert. = 2800 lbs Max. span = 382 ft. 13.82 structures/mile
. .
Case 2
J
J-16
Post Insulators vs Davit Arm construction
Davit Arm Construction
Davit Arm
Case 1
. .
NESC "Heavy" 230 kv line Conductor:795 26/7 ACSR (Drake) bundled Vert. load = 2.0942 lbs./ft x 2 x 1.5 OCF= 6.2826 lbs./ft. Davit Arm 6'-6" arm - Hughes No. 4020A6.5C50G Max. vert. = 3630 lbs. Max. span = 577 ft. 9.15 structures/mile
. .
. .
Case 2 NESC "Heavy" 230kv line Conductor: 795 54/7 ACSR (Condor) bundled Vert load = 2.4421 lbs./ft x 2 x 1.5 OCF = 7.3263 lbs./ft. Davit Arm 6'-6" arm - Hughes No. 4020A6.5C50G Max.vert. = 3630 lbs. Max. span = 495 ft. 10.66 structures/mile
Conclusion
Hughes Brothers Davit Arms can provide a more economical means of supporting conductors than post insulators. The longer spans that are obtained with davit arm construction translate into total project cost savings. Fewer poles, insulators, and less labor lower the construction cost. In the long run, less equipment in the fields means lower maintenance costs.
J
J-17
Full Scale Testing

Full scale testing is used by Hughes Brothers, Inc. to confirm design calculations. Hughes' design methods have been proven by dozens of full scale structure tests.
Full scale structure test of a 38 yr old H-frame conducted for Dairyland Power Cooperative, November 10, 1988.
J
J-18

Full Scale Testing

Shield Wire
A B
A B
Dairyland Power Cooperative

Type C2214-AR1 Reframed 161 kV Construction Tangent Structure
November 10, 1988
Test Purpose: The purpose of this test was to verify the structural integrity of a 38 yr. old, reframed wood H-frame structure.
Conductor
D
West Pole
Thrust
Uplift
Test No. 1
Vertical Loads - Conductor (each) 4,000 lbs. Shield Wire (each) 2,500 lbs.
Transverse Loads
L O A D I N L B S. Load No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Per S.W. 0 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800 Per Phase 0 Total Load 0
LOAD
DEFLECTIONS IN INCHES A 0 0 2-1/2 3-5/8 4-7/8 6-3/4 8-1/2 10-3/4 12-3/8 14-7/8 17-1/2 21-5/8 West Pole B C 0 0 2-3/8 3-5/8 5 6-7/8 8-1/2 10-5/8 12-3/8 14-7/8 17-1/2 21-1/2 0 0 1-3/4 2-1/4 3-3/4 5-1/8 6-1/2 8-1/4 9-5/8 11-1/2 13-1/2 16-1/4 D Thrust 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A B East Pole C Uplift 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
VERTICAL
400 1800 567 2600 767 3500 967 4400 5300 1167 1367 6200 1567 7100 1767 8000 1967 8900 2167 9800 2367 10700
0 0 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/8 4-1/8 5-1/8 6-1/2 7-1/2 9 10-3/8 12-1/4 F A I
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1-3/4 2-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 3-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 2-3/8 4-3/8 4-1/2 3-1/4 3-1/8 6-1/4 6-1/4 4-5/8 4-3/8 8-3/8 8-1/8 6-1/8 5-3/4 9-3/4 9-7/8 7-3/8 6-3/4 11-1/2 11-3/4 8-7/8 8-3/8 13-7/8 14-1/8 10-1/2 10-1/8 17-1/8 17-1/8 13 12-7/8 20-7/8 21 16-1/8 NA L U R E
Test Procedure
Vertical loads are applied by suspending pre-weighed concrete and steel weights at each phase and shield wire position. The weights are raised by remotely operated hydraulic cylinders. Transverse loads are the applied by means of power operated winches. The loads are monitored by certified dynamometers. Deflections are measured at selected points on the structure by reading calibrated rules with a transit. All data is recorded at the time it is generated.
J-19
Full Scale Testing

Load 3
1,800 lbs.
Load 7
5,300 lbs.
Load 8
6,200 lbs.
Load 9
7,100 lbs.
Load 12
9,800 lbs.
Load 13
Failure
J
J-20
Full Scale Testing

Predicted Failure Stresses in Poles
Load Direction
Stress Distribution in East Pole at Failure
3910 4040
4040
4300
West
East
The above figures indicate the bending strengths of the poles predicted through nondestructive evaluation as well as the actual stresses at failure determined through structural analysis. While strength predictions will not always be this accurate (strength prediction was within 1% of stress failure), the test results illustrate the value of assessing the reliability of existing structures and making improved upgrading and reframing decisions.

-3440 3860
2680
3930 - Predicted Failure Location
3900 Actual Stress at Failure
4020 -3360 NOTE: Douglas-fir pole which had been in service 38 years.
4400 2880
Combined Stress (psi)
J
J-21
Transmission Design
Transmission Design Configurations
Since 1921, Hughes Brothers has been developing a diverse selection of framing designs for wood, concrete and steel construction. Each structure is designed to meet the specific loading, geographical, right of way and construction preferences of the project at hand. Our library of structure designs is without equal in the industry. Before embarking on a new transmission structure design, we hope that you will contact Hughes Brothers engineering staff. Our tower design expertise is offered without obligation.
69 kV - 161 kV
Wood tension braces provide maximum conductor clearance. Compression braces (braces attached below the crossarms) are also available.
69 kV - 230 kV
"Wishbone" framing with single or double arm assemblies is a very cost effective type of framing for single pole construction.
69 kV - 161 kV
69 kV - 230 kV
Fiberglass is an attractive option for both single and double circuit construction with either wood, concrete or steel poles.
Wood or steel Davits used on wood, concrete and steel poles for both single and double circuit construction and have proven to be more economical than post insulator construction for many applications.
J
J-22

Transmission Design
69 kV - 230 kV
Fiberglass framing in conjunction with wood X-Bracing is an effective option for maintenance or upgrading existing structures.
69 kV - 161 kV
Double or single (laminated or solid sawn) arms are available for the standard H-Frame with or without knee or vee braces.
69 kV - 161 kV
The framing for a typical H-Frame in this voltage range may be sized for either a single or bundled conductor.
230 kV
The framing for this typical HFrame is sized to provide electrical clearances required for lines of this voltage and may be sized for either a single or bundled conductor. Typically pole spacings are greater than for 69 - 161 kV construction.
230 kV
The framing for this K-Frame structure uses relatively short crossarm timbers which are more readily available from solid sawn lumber. The timbers may be sized for either a single or bundled conductor.
345 kV
This wide based H-Frame with the center phase supported by a vee string, reduces the length and cost of framing members and also reduces potential uplift and thrust problems.
345 kV
This narrow pole spacing H-Frame uses a vee string for support of the center phase and is especially suited for narrow right-of-way applications.
345 kV
This is a typical H-Frame for EHV. The framing members are custom designed for specified wire sizes and span lengths.
J
J-23
Transmission Design
345 kV
This H-Frame is constructed with extended double center crossarm braces to support the shield wires and is often used when the shield wires are insulated or if the structure is designed for large transverse loads.
345 kV
The 345 kV K-Frame structure utilizes shorter, more readily available timbers. The shorter members are also easier to transport in rough terrain.
345 kV
The double K-Frame is designed for long spans and/or larger conductor sizes.
69 kV - 230 kV
Wood double circuit tangent structures have proven to be reliable and very economical for most voltage ranges.
345 kV / 230 kV
Wood double circuit tangent structures with different voltages are effective and economical for voltages through 345 kV / 230 kV
J
J-24
Transmission Design
Angled Structures for Single Conductor Lines
Small Angle Small Angle
Small Angle
Medium Angle
Medium Angle
Large Angle & Dead End
Tangent Dead End
Transposition
Long Span
J
J-25
Transmission Design
Angle Structures for Bundled Conductor Lines
Small Angle Small Angle
Medium Angle
Large Angle
Large Dead End Angle
Transposition
J
J-26

Hugh Catalog

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Hugh Catalog

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Crossarms

Distribution Crossarms, 4" x 5" and smaller

Crossarms 1) Utility Specifications:

3) Utility Grade Crossarms:

Hughes Brothers Crossarms are identified by RED ENDS

Choice of structural materials:

Free of Heart Center (FOHC or Boxed Heart)

Inspection Worm Holes

Manufacture: Results of Treatments:

" 12 0" 4'-

4" 1' 2 " 1' 3 " 1/2

" 1' 3 -1/ 1' 2 4"

TOLERANCES Sizes of Holes

11/16" 7/16" 9/16"

5/8" 3/8" 1/2"

3/4" 1/2" 5/8"

Cross section tolerances plus 1/8" or minus 0"

TOLERANCES Sizes of Holes

" 2' 5 " 11 " 1' 3 " 1' 3

11/16" 7/16" 9/16"

5/8" 3/8" 1/2"

3/4" 1/2" 5/8"

" 1' 7 " 1' 7

34" 2" / 1 A 1' 2 1/2 ' 2"

" 1' 3 6"

" 1' 7 " 1' 7

34" 1' 6 " 1/2

" 2' 6 " 1' 7

6" " 2' 6 " 1' 7

Electrical Properties of Crossarms Table 1

Typical measured results of critical flashover voltages are presented in Table 1

Calculated average CFO strength based on Table 1 is presented in Table 2.

130 kV/ft 100 kV/ft -

170 kV/ft 50 kV/ft 150 kV/ft 90 kV/ft

140 kV/ft 50 kV/ft 130 kV/ft 90 kV/ft

Corners rounded with 3/8" radius.

Common Cross Sectional Sizes

Glue Laminated (special sizes)

3-1/2 x 4-1/2 Solid Sawn Arm

Crossarm Pins Not Included

Ultimate Strength Rating 2500 lbs Vertical (Balanced or Unbalanced)

5/8 Bolt, Curved Washer & Locknut (ordered separately)

Dead End Assemblies

.......Compare the climbing space!

Conventional Double Arms

Hughes 2890 Double Arms A-10

Hughes Brothers, Inc.

Dead End Assemblies

Hughes Dead End Strength Calculations

Buckarm Strength Calculations

13/16" Thru Bolt Hole S = bd2 - Bolt Hole 6

(________) Man Hours @ $________/Man Hr. = ___________

II. Field Installation Labor

Additional Benefits of Hughes Dead Ends

TOTAL COST OF FIELD ASSEMBLED ARM $________

Dead End Assemblies

2890 Double Arm Dead End

Dead End Assemblies

AS2277 Clevis Link

1/2" Bolt Drop

Bolt & Cotter

5/8" Bolt with CW60 and MF60

Dead End Assemblies

() Man Hours @ $/Man Hr. = ___